front:intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of Deuteronomy\n\n- Moses’ first speech\n - Moses reminds Israel of how Yahweh guided them through the wilderness (1:1–3:29)\n - Moses appeals to Israel to obey the law of Yahweh (4:1–49)\n- Moses’ second speech\n - The Ten Commandments (5:1–10:22)\n - Rules and warnings from the Law (11:1–26:19)\n- Moses’ third speech\n - Instructions for entering Canaan (27:1–26)\n - Blessings for obeying and curses for disobeying (28:1–68)\n - The covenant renewed (29:1–30:20)\n - Last words of Moses, the Song of Moses, and his death (31:1–34:12)\n\n### What is the book of Deuteronomy about?\n\nIn the book of Deuteronomy, Moses repeats the laws of the covenant that God made with the people of Israel. The people of Israel are about to go into the Promised Land. Before they enter the land, Moses reminds them of what Yahweh did for them and what he expects from them. Moses warns the people about worshiping idols and no longer trusting Yahweh once they settle in the Promised Land. Yahweh promises to judge those who disobey him and to bless those who obey his law. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nThe name “Deuteronomy” means “Second Law” or “the retelling of the Law.” Translators may decide on a title such as “A Repeat of the Law” or “Moses Explains the Law Again.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the book of Deuteronomy?\n\nThe writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the book of Deuteronomy. However, many scholars think that Joshua wrote chapter 34, which tells how Moses died.\n\n### What are the important features of the book of Deuteronomy?\n\nThe book contains a series of speeches that Moses gave to Israel before he died. He spoke these things just before the people entered the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Why does Yahweh command the Israelites to completely destroy the Canaanite people who live in the Promised Land?\n\nAs God prepares the Israelites to enter the Promised Land, he commands them to completely destroy the Canaanite people who live there. The Israelites will then not be tempted to join them in worship of their false gods.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### What is the role of God’s name in Deuteronomy?\n\nGod’s name is mentioned over 30 times in the book of Deuteronomy. The use of God’s name in this book usually represents God’s honor or fame. At other times in Deuteronomy, God’s name represents his presence. God said he would choose a place and make his name dwell there. This means God’s presence would be there. The people were to go to that place to worship him.\n\n### Can this book be translated before the rest of the Pentateuch?\n\nThe books of Genesis and Exodus help to explain what happens in Deuteronomy. For this reason, those books should be translated before the book of Deuteronomy.\n\n### Quotes in quotes\n\nSince this book consists of Moses’ speeches, many parts of this book are direct quotations. Within his speeches, Moses directly quotes what others said. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate or format these passages so that there are not quotations within a quotation. (See [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])\n\n### “Yahweh your God”\n\nThroughout this book, Moses refers to Yahweh as “your God” when he speaks to the Israelites. Moses is referring to the same God that he also worships. He is not distinguishing between the God of the Israelites and his own God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that this is the same God whom Moses worships. (See [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])\n\n### Moses’ audience\n\nIn his speeches, Moses speaks to the Israelites who will enter into the lan
1:intro ggp9 0 # Deuteronomy 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter forms a continuation with the last chapter of the book of Numbers. In this chapter is Moses’ first speech to the Israelites. \n\n- vv. 1-4: Introduction\n- vv. 5-49: Moses reminds the Israelites of what happened to their ancestors in the wilderness\n - vv. 9-18: Moses chooses judges and military leaders\n - vv. 19-46: The Israelites send out spies to survey the land \n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Possessing the land\n\nYahweh promised the Israelites that he would give them the land of Canaan if they obeyed him. Other people lived in the land, but Yahweh promised to give the Israelites victory over them. The land belongs to Israel, but they have not yet entered it to possess the land. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Quotes in quotes\n\nIn this chapter, Moses gives a speech in which he quotes what others have said. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate or format this passage so that there are no quotations within quotations. (See [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])\n\n### Time Background\n\nIn his speech, Moses reminds the Israelites about what happened to their ancestors when they were camping at Mt. Sinai. Throughout his speech, Moses repeats the phrase “at that time” to refer to new topics that occurred during that time period. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state this information explicitly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevents]])\n
1:1 vb79 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names ס֜וּף 1 The word **Suph** is the name of a place. It is uncertain where Suph is, but Suph could refer to the Red Sea. Alternate translation: “the Red Sea”
1:1 bg65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names תֹּ֛פֶל וְלָבָ֥ן וַחֲצֵרֹ֖ת וְדִ֥י זָהָֽב 1 These are the names of places.
1:1 mdz9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo בֵּֽין & וּבֵֽין 1 Here, the text repeats **between** to describe the relative positions of cities. If it is unnatural in your language to repeat a preposition, you could use a form that identifies an area between cities. Alternate translation: “between … and”
1:2 xcp5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אַחַ֨ד עָשָׂ֥ר יוֹם֙ 1 The implication is that the journey takes **11 days**. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “It is a journey of 11 days”
1:3 xm9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַיְהִי֙ 1 Moses is using the word translated **And it happened** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “And it came to pass”
1:3 pc9j rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal בְּאַרְבָּעִ֣ים שָׁנָ֔ה בְּעַשְׁתֵּֽי־עָשָׂ֥ר חֹ֖דֶשׁ 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use cardinal numbers here or equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “after 40 years, in month 11”
1:3 zfn5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths בְּעַשְׁתֵּֽי־עָשָׂ֥ר חֹ֖דֶשׁ 1 The **eleventh** month of the Hebrew calendar includes January on Western calendars. You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may wish instead to give just the number of the day and the name of the Hebrew month in the text of your translation and indicate in a footnote approximately what time of year that is on your calendar.
1:3 c54r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations בְּנֵ֣י 1 Although the term **sons** is masculine, the author is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “the children of”
1:3 e9a7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Here, **sons** means “descendants.” Moses is identifying the Israelites as descendants of their ancestor Jacob, who was also known as Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Israel” or “the people of Israel”
1:4 xfh0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַכֹּת֗וֹ 1 The implication is that Yahweh caused the Israelites to defeat Sihon and Og under Moses' command. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Yahweh caused the Israelites to defeat”
1:4 fivx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns הַכֹּת֗וֹ 1 Here, the pronoun **he** refers back to Moses in verse 3. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “Moses defeated”
1:4 e5t1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּעַשְׁתָּרֹ֖ת בְּאֶדְרֶֽעִי 1 The implication is that King Og ruled over both **Ashtaroth** and **Edrei**. **Ashtaroth** and **Edrei** were cities that were close to each other. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “in Ashtaroth and in Edrei”
1:5 juo3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵאמֹֽר 1 Here, the word **saying** introduces direct speech. Consider natural ways of doing that in your own language.
1:5-6 t7y4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes הוֹאִ֣יל מֹשֶׁ֔ה בֵּאֵ֛ר אֶת־הַתּוֹרָ֥ה הַזֹּ֖את לֵאמֹֽר׃ & יְהוָ֧ה אֱלֹהֵ֛ינוּ דִּבֶּ֥ר אֵלֵ֖ינוּ בְּחֹרֵ֣ב לֵאמֹ֑ר 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Moses began explaining the law that Yahweh God had spoken to his people at Horeb. He said,”
1:6 s8em rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive אֵלֵ֖ינוּ 1 Moses is using the pronoun **us** to refer to himself and every Israelite who was an adult when they were at Horeb, so use the exclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. Alternate translation: “to me and to your family members”
1:7 l6np rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor פְּנ֣וּ ׀ וּסְע֣וּ לָכֶ֗ם 1 Here, the word **Turn** describes the beginning of action. Your language may have a comparable expression that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “Start your journey”
1:7 cwjt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo וּסְע֣וּ לָכֶ֗ם 1 The expression **and journey yourselves** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “and journey”
1:7 cqqw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor שְׁכֵנָיו֒ 1 Here, **neighbors** refers to any people groups in the nearby areas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people groups near them”
1:8 bp4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor רְאֵ֛ה 1 Yahweh is using the term **Look** to focus the Israelites' attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “Listen” or "See now"
1:8 tgax rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִפְנֵיכֶ֖ם 1 Here, **faces** represent the presence of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before you”
1:8 p2mn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person נִשְׁבַּ֣ע יְ֠הוָה 1 Yahweh is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “I swore”
1:8 pcv4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לַאֲבֹ֨תֵיכֶ֜ם 1 Yahweh is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your predecessors”
1:9 dv93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וָאֹמַ֣ר 1 Here, **I** refers back to Moses in verse 5. If it would be helpful in your language, you could repeat the name “Moses” here. Alternate translation: “I, Moses, said”
1:9 l5mr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor שְׂאֵ֥ת 1 Here **to carry** means “to lead” or “to govern.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to lead”
1:10 zy9z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole כְּכוֹכְבֵ֥י הַשָּׁמַ֖יִם לָרֹֽב 1 Moses says **as the stars of the heavens in number** here as a generalization for emphasis. He means that God has greatly increased the number of Israelites. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “almost as numerous as the stars of the heavens”
1:10 x7q2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֖ם 1 When Moses says **your God**, he is referring to the same God whom he also worships. He is not distinguishing between the God of the Israelites and his own God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that this is the same God that Moses worships. See the chapter introduction for more information. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, who is our God,”\n
1:11 aj7s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing יְהוָ֞ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֽוֹתֵכֶ֗ם יֹסֵ֧ף עֲלֵיכֶ֛ם כָּכֶ֖ם אֶ֣לֶף פְּעָמִ֑ים וִיבָרֵ֣ךְ אֶתְכֶ֔ם כַּאֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּ֥ר לָכֶֽם 1 Moses is asking God to bless the Israelites. You could express this as either a blessing or a prayer, in whichever way is more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I hope that Yahweh, the God of your fathers, will add to you, as you are, 1000 times, and I hope that he will bless you, just as he spoke to you”
1:11 nybe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֲבֽוֹתֵכֶ֗ם 1 Yahweh is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your predecessors”
1:11 h9y3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יֹסֵ֧ף עֲלֵיכֶ֛ם 1 The implication is that God will **add** to the number of Israelites by births. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “add to your population”
1:11 it3v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֶ֣לֶף פְּעָמִ֑ים 1 Here, **a thousand** means “very many.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different number or another phrase that indicates that something happens many times. Alternate translation: “very many times”
1:12 fvz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion אֵיכָ֥ה אֶשָּׂ֖א לְבַדִּ֑י טָרְחֲכֶ֥ם וּמַֽשַּׂאֲכֶ֖ם וְרִֽיבְכֶֽם 1 Moses uses a question to emphasize that he cannot solve all of the Israelites' problems by himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement and use the appropriate punctuation at the end of the sentence. Alternate translation: “By myself, I cannot carry your loads and your burdens and your disputes.” or "I cannot carry your loads and your burdens and your disputes while working alone."
1:12 l36d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֶשָּׂ֖א לְבַדִּ֑י טָרְחֲכֶ֥ם וּמַֽשַּׂאֲכֶ֖ם 1 Here Moses speaks of the people’s problems and complaints that he needed to solve as if they were heavy physical **loads** and **burdens** that he needed to **carry**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will I make a decision by myself for your issues and your concerns”
1:12 xa3c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet טָרְחֲכֶ֥ם וּמַֽשַּׂאֲכֶ֖ם 1 The terms **loads** and **burdens** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “your heavy loads”
1:13 q6g6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet חֲכָמִ֧ים וּנְבֹנִ֛ים 1 The terms **wise** and **understanding** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “very wise”
1:13 ue4a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וִידֻעִ֖ים 1 Here, **well-known** could mean: (1) “of good reputation.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use a comparable expression from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and reputable” (2) “ knowing.” Alternate translation: “and understanding”
1:13 eea5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּרָאשֵׁיכֶֽם 1 Here **heads** means “leaders.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as leaders”
1:15 zzio rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor רָאשֵׁ֣י & רָאשִׁ֖ים 1 Here, **heads** means “leaders.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the leaders of … as leaders”
1:15 u5jy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וִֽידֻעִ֔ים 1 Here, **well-known** could mean: (1) “of good reputation.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use a comparable expression from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and reputable” (2) “ knowing.” Alternate translation: “and understanding”
1:15 t5iw rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers אֲלָפִ֜ים & מֵא֗וֹת & חֲמִשִּׁים֙ & עֲשָׂרֹ֔ת 1 Alternate translation: “groups of 1,000 … groups of 100 … groups of 50 … groups of 10”
1:15 w87y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit שָׂרֵ֨י אֲלָפִ֜ים וְשָׂרֵ֣י מֵא֗וֹת וְשָׂרֵ֤י חֲמִשִּׁים֙ וְשָׂרֵ֣י עֲשָׂרֹ֔ת 1 The implication is that the leaders are in charge of groups of fighting men. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “leaders of thousands of fighting men and leaders of hundreds of fighting men and leaders of fifties of fighting men and leaders of tens of fighting men”
1:15 s3vi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְשִׁבְטֵיכֶֽם 1 The implication is that Moses appointed leaders for each of the tribes of Israel. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “from each of your tribes”
1:16 imou rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֲחֵיכֶם֙ & אָחִ֖יו 1 Here **brothers** and **brother** refer to a fellow Israelite. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your fellow Israelites … a fellow Israelite”
1:16 k0bw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit שָׁמֹ֤עַ בֵּין אֲחֵיכֶם֙ 1 Here, **Listen** means “listen to the evidence in a legal case.” The judge is **in between** each party involved in the case and will listen to each party. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to the evidence from both sides of the legal case”
1:16 x7e5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative וּשְׁפַטְתֶּ֣ם 1 See [book introduction](../front/intro.md) for more information about translating **should**.
1:16 z0ng rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo בֵּֽין־אִ֥ישׁ וּבֵין־אָחִ֖יו וּבֵ֥ין גֵּרֽוֹ 1 Here, Moses repeats **between** to describe different types of relationships that could require judgment among the Israelites. The first relationship involves two Israelites. The second relationship involves an Israelite and a non-Israelite. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that describes relationships between individuals. Alternate translation: “between a man and his brother, and also between a man and the foreigner with him”
1:16 k6zm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun אִ֥ישׁ 1 The word **man** represents any Israelite in general, not one particular Israelite. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “an Israelite”
1:16 d8dp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun גֵּרֽוֹ 1 The word **foreigner** represents foreigners living among the Israelites in general, not one particular foreigner. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “foreigners”
1:17 k656 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לֹֽא־תַכִּ֨ירוּ פָנִ֜ים 1 Here, **recognize a face** is an idiom that means “show partiality.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You shall not play favorites” or “You shall not show partiality”
1:17 wjfu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בַּמִּשְׁפָּ֗ט & הַמִּשְׁפָּ֖ט 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in the legal case … the result of the legal case”
1:17 tw6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תִּשְׁמָע֔וּן 1 The implication is that the judges will **hear** legal cases. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “you should hear legal cases”
1:17 l3vl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism כַּקָּטֹ֤ן כַּגָּדֹל֙ 1 Here, **small** and **great** refer to all of the Israelites by naming the parts that are at the extreme ends of Israelite society. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all Israelites alike”
1:17 tl9s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj כַּקָּטֹ֤ן כַּגָּדֹל֙ 1 Moses is using the adjectives **small** and **great** as nouns to mean small people and great people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “small people and great people”
1:17 zbxp rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result לֹ֤א תָג֨וּרוּ֙ מִפְּנֵי־אִ֔ישׁ כִּ֥י הַמִּשְׁפָּ֖ט לֵאלֹהִ֣ים ה֑וּא 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “The judgment, it is before God, so do not be afraid from the face of man”
1:17 jze3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche מִפְּנֵי 1 Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of”
1:17 d6rd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun אִ֔ישׁ 1 The word **man** represents people in general, not one particular man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “anyone”
1:17 insr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הַמִּשְׁפָּ֖ט לֵאלֹהִ֣ים ה֑וּא 1 Moses is speaking of the Israelites' legal cases as if they were objects that **belong to God**. Moses means that God decides what is right and wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God knows which decision is right or wrong”
1:17 gn5h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תַּקְרִב֥וּן 1 Moses is speaking of legal cases as if they were objects that the Israelites could physically **bring** to him. Moses means that the Israelites should let him decide the case. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you shall refer”
1:17 spb9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּשְׁמַעְתִּֽיו 1 The implication is that Moses will not only **hear** the legal case, but also decide on a solution. You could include this information if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and I shall hear it and choose a solution”
1:19 s8zk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְהַנּוֹרָ֨א 1 The implication is that the wilderness causes terror because it is dangerous. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and unsafe”
1:21 itcd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor רְ֠אֵה 1 Yahweh is using the term **Look** to focus the Israelites' attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “Now”
1:21 sel7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd רְ֠אֵה & אֱלֹהֶ֛יךָ לְפָנֶ֖יךָ & עֲלֵ֣ה רֵ֗שׁ & אֲבֹתֶ֨יךָ֙ לָ֔ךְ & אַל־תִּירָ֖א וְאַל־תֵּחָֽת 1 Even though Moses is speaking to a group of people, **you**, **your**, and the command forms are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
1:21 cl66 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְפָנֶ֖יךָ 1 Here, the word **face** represents the presence of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before you”
1:21 c9fo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עֲלֵ֣ה 1 Here, **go up** means “go fight.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “attack”
1:21 xae1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֲבֹתֶ֨יךָ֙ 1 Moses is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your predecessors”
1:21 w65d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism אַל־תִּירָ֖א וְאַל־תֵּחָֽת 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “you shall not be afraid, nor shall you be discouraged”
1:22 yugp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְפָנֵ֔ינוּ 1 Here, the word **faces** represents the presence of people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before us”
1:22 le48 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְיָשִׁ֤בוּ אֹתָ֨נוּ֙ דָּבָ֔ר 1 Moses is speaking of news about the land as if it were a physical object that someone could **return** to someone else. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and report back to us about”
1:22 xrwu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy דָּבָ֔ר 1 Here, **word** represents a report. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a report”
1:22 jr4u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֲשֶׁ֣ר נַעֲלֶה־בָּ֔הּ 1 The implication is that the Israelites are camping in a valley, so they must travel **up** the hilly area when they **go** into the land that Yahweh promised to give to them. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “by which we will go up from the valley and into the land”
1:22 cn77 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go נָבֹ֖א 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “we will go”
1:23 t0cv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הַדָּבָ֑ר 1 Here, **word** represents what someone said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what they said”
1:23 cm5h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּעֵינַ֖י 1 Here, **in my eyes** represents Moses’ assessment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in my assessment” or "in my opinion"
1:23 xkb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וָאֶקַּ֤ח 1 Here, **took** means “chose.” Moses speaks of choosing men as if he were physically taking them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and I selected”
1:24 tock rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַיִּפְנוּ֙ 1 Here, **they** refers back to the “12 men” whom Moses chose in [verse 23](../deu/01/23.md). If it would be helpful for your readers, you could clarify this information. Alternate translation: “And the 12 men turned”
1:24 n7e4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַיִּפְנוּ֙ וַיַּעֲל֣וּ 1 Here, the word **turn** describes the beginning of action. Your language may have a comparable expression that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “And they started to go”
1:24 mdt5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַיָּבֹ֖אוּ 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “And they went”
1:24 m2qr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names נַ֣חַל אֶשְׁכֹּ֑ל 1 Here, **the Valley of Eshkol** is the name of a place. This is a valley in the Hebron region, which is south of Jerusalem.
1:25 c795 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo וַיִּקְח֤וּ בְיָדָם֙ 1 The expression **they took with their hands** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “And they took”
1:25 gns5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַיִּקְח֤וּ 1 Here, the word **took** means “plucked” or “harvested.” You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “And they plucked”
1:25 w02p rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns מִפְּרִ֣י 1 In this verse, the word **fruit** is singular in form, but it refers to all the fruit of the land as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “a bit of fruit from”
1:25 et1g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַיָּשִׁ֨בוּ אֹתָ֤נוּ דָבָר֙ 1 Moses is speaking of news about the land as if it were a physical object that someone could **return** to someone else. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and report back to us about”
1:25 iiy2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy דָבָר֙ 1 Here, **word** represents a report. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a report”
1:25 dgea rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וַיֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ טוֹבָ֣ה הָאָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר־יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵ֖ינוּ נֹתֵ֥ן לָֽנוּ 1 If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “and said that the land that Yahweh our God is giving to us is good”
1:26 t13i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לַעֲלֹ֑ת 1 Here, **go up** means “go fight.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to fight”
1:26 k4x9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy פִּ֥י 1 Here, **mouth** refers to Yahweh’s commands and what he says to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the commands of”
1:27 vy6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo וַתֵּרָגְנ֤וּ בְאָהֳלֵיכֶם֙ וַתֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ 1 Here, the text uses two verbs of speaking, **grumbled** and **said**, to introduce direct speech. If it is unnatural in your language to use two verbs of speech, you could use only one. Alternate translation: “And you grumbled in your tents, saying”
1:27-28 wgzi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וַתֵּרָגְנ֤וּ בְאָהֳלֵיכֶם֙ וַתֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ בְּשִׂנְאַ֤ת יְהוָה֙ אֹתָ֔נוּ הוֹצִיאָ֖נוּ מֵאֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרָ֑יִם לָתֵ֥ת אֹתָ֛נוּ בְּיַ֥ד הָאֱמֹרִ֖י לְהַשְׁמִידֵֽנוּ & אָנָ֣ה ׀ אֲנַ֣חְנוּ עֹלִ֗ים אַחֵינוּ֩ הֵמַ֨סּוּ אֶת־לְבָבֵ֜נוּ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And you grumbled in your tents. You claimed that Yahweh hates you and brought you from the land of Egypt to give you into the hand of the Amorites. You asked me how you could go up, and you told me that your brothers had caused your heart to melt”
1:27 gpei rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְּשִׂנְאַ֤ת יְהוָה֙ אֹתָ֔נוּ 1 Here, the Israelites are using the possessive form to describe the **hatred** that they believe Yahweh is showing towards them. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a verb to show how **hatred** and **Yahweh** are related. Alternate translation: “Since Yahweh hates us,”
1:27 u8rq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בְּשִׂנְאַ֤ת יְהוָה֙ אֹתָ֔נוּ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hatred**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Since Yahweh hates us”
1:27 am5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּיַ֥ד הָאֱמֹרִ֖י 1 The word **hand** refers to the power of the owner of the hand, **the Amorites**. Alternate translation: “into the power of the Amorites”
1:28 dm6t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion אָנָ֣ה ׀ אֲנַ֣חְנוּ עֹלִ֗ים 1 The Israelites use a question to emphasize that they are afraid of the Amorites and do not want to go near them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “We have nowhere safe to go.”
1:28 foq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אָנָ֣ה ׀ אֲנַ֣חְנוּ עֹלִ֗ים 1 The implication is that the Israelites are camping in a valley, so they must travel **up** the hilly area when they **go** into the land that Yahweh promised to give to them. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Where can we go up from this valley”
1:28 s442 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אַחֵינוּ֩ 1 Here, the term ** Our brothers** refers back to the “12 men” in [verse 23](../deu/01/23.md) who scouted the land. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Our 12 brothers who scouted the land”
1:28 qpgk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אַחֵינוּ֩ 1 Here **brothers** refers to other Israelites. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Our fellow Israelites”
1:28 x4y4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הֵמַ֨סּוּ אֶת־לְבָבֵ֜נוּ 1 Here, the phrase **have caused our heart to melt** means that the **brothers** made the rest of the Israelites feel weak and afraid. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a similar expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “have made my heart skip a beat” or “have made us very fearful” \n
1:28 yik3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns לְבָבֵ֜נוּ 1 In this verse, the word **heart** is singular in form, but it refers to all the hearts of the Israelites. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “our hearts”
1:28 yi6u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes לֵאמֹ֗ר עַ֣ם גָּד֤וֹל וָרָם֙ מִמֶּ֔נּוּ עָרִ֛ים גְּדֹלֹ֥ת וּבְצוּרֹ֖ת בַּשָּׁמָ֑יִם וְגַם־בְּנֵ֥י עֲנָקִ֖ים רָאִ֥ינוּ שָֽׁם 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation, without the preceding comma: “by saying that the people are greater and taller than us, with cities great and fortified to the heavens, and also, that they have seen the sons of the Anakim there”
1:28 ckkl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet גָּד֤וֹל וָרָם֙ 1 Here, the term **greater** could mean: (1) “more powerful.” Alternate translation: “are stronger and taller” (2) “greater in size.” In this case, the terms **greater** and **taller** mean similar things. The Israelites are using the two terms together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “are much bigger”
1:28 vs1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole וּבְצוּרֹ֖ת בַּשָּׁמָ֑יִם 1 The Israelites say **fortified to the heavens** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “and extremely well-fortified”
1:28 brf4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֥י 1 Here, **sons** means “descendants.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the offspring of”
1:29 ukp2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism לֹא־תַֽעַרְצ֥וּן וְֽלֹא־תִֽירְא֖וּן מֵהֶֽם 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Do not be terrified, nor be afraid of them”
1:29 dgo7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive לֹא־תַֽעַרְצ֥וּן 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do not fear”
1:30 l93e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הַהֹלֵ֣ךְ לִפְנֵיכֶ֔ם 1 When Moses says that Yahweh **walks before** the Israelites, he is describing how Yahweh guides them and protects them. See the chapter introduction for more information about Yahweh's presence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who guides you”
1:30 sv3g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִפְנֵיכֶ֔ם 1 Here, the word **faces** represents the presence of people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before you”
1:30 wdr7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְעֵינֵיכֶֽם 1 Here, **eyes** represents the act of seeing. The Israelites could see physical proof that Yahweh fought for them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternative translation: “in your sight”
1:31 yy3f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor רָאִ֔יתָ 1 Here, Moses speaks of experiencing something as if it were being **seen**. If this word does not have that meaning in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you have experienced”
1:31 t94m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd רָאִ֔יתָ & נְשָׂאֲךָ֙ & אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to a group of people, **you** and **your** are singular here. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
1:31 b4n9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נְשָׂאֲךָ֙ 1 Here, **carried** means “led” and “protected.” If this word does not have that meaning in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “protected you” or "took care of you"
1:31 awy9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כַּאֲשֶׁ֥ר יִשָּׂא־אִ֖ישׁ אֶת־בְּנ֑וֹ 1 Moses is saying that Yahweh guiding and protecting the Israelites is like how **a man carries his son**, because a father will help his son when the son is unable to do something by himself. A father will hold his son, protect his son, and help his son go where he needs to go. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as a father carries his child who is too weak to walk”
1:31 ivd6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַמָּק֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה 1 Here, **this place** refers to the base of Mt. Sinai where the Israelites camped. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “this mountain where you are camping.”
1:32 hy2f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּבַדָּבָ֖ר הַזֶּ֑ה 1 Here, **this word** represents what Yahweh said. Yahweh said in a promise that he will fight for the Israelites and cause them to possess the land. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But in this promise from Yahweh”
1:33 gg6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִפְנֵיכֶ֜ם 1 Here, **before your faces** represents being in the presence of these people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before you”
1:33 w2xc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בָּאֵ֣שׁ ׀ לַ֗יְלָה לַרְאֹֽתְכֶם֙ בַּדֶּ֨רֶךְ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר תֵּֽלְכוּ־בָ֔הּ וּבֶעָנָ֖ן יוֹמָֽם 1 These phrases refer to [Exodus 13:21–22](../exo/13/21.md), which explains how Yahweh led the Israelites with a pillar of fire and pillar of cloud. After the Israelites left Egypt, they did not know which direction to go. They needed Yahweh to guide them, and Yahweh chose to guide them through the physical signs of fire and cloud.
1:33 o90m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo אֲשֶׁ֣ר תֵּֽלְכוּ־בָ֔הּ 1 The expression **that you should go in it** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “that you should go”
1:34 a5i6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ק֣וֹל דִּבְרֵיכֶ֑ם 1 Here, the phrase **the sound of your words** means “what you were saying.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what you were saying” or "what you said"\n
1:34 gv71 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵאמֹֽר 1 Here, the word **saying** introduces direct speech. Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language.
1:34-36 depn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וַיִּשָּׁבַ֥ע לֵאמֹֽר & אִם־יִרְאֶ֥ה אִישׁ֙ בָּאֲנָשִׁ֣ים הָאֵ֔לֶּה הַדּ֥וֹר הָרָ֖ע הַזֶּ֑ה אֵ֚ת הָאָ֣רֶץ הַטּוֹבָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר נִשְׁבַּ֔עְתִּי לָתֵ֖ת לַאֲבֹתֵיכֶֽם & זֽוּלָתִ֞י כָּלֵ֤ב בֶּן־יְפֻנֶּה֙ ה֣וּא יִרְאֶ֔נָּה וְלֽוֹ־אֶתֵּ֧ן אֶת־הָאָ֛רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר דָּֽרַךְ־בָּ֖הּ וּלְבָנָ֑יו יַ֕עַן אֲשֶׁ֥ר מִלֵּ֖א אַחֲרֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And he swore that no one from your parents’ generation would see the good land that he swore to give to your fathers except Caleb son of Jephunneh. He swore to give him the land that he steps on, and to his sons, becauses Caleb is wholly after him”
1:35 n9j8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations אִישׁ֙ בָּאֲנָשִׁ֣ים הָאֵ֔לֶּה 1 Although the words **man** and **men** are masculine, Yahweh is using these words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “one person of these people of”
1:35 l5ps rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole יִרְאֶ֥ה 1 Yahweh says that the rebellious generation would not even **see** the land here as a generalization for emphasis. He means that the rebellious Israelites will not be able to enter and live in the land that Yahweh promised them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “shall live in”
1:36 p6yl rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ה֣וּא יִרְאֶ֔נָּה 1 For emphasis, Yahweh is stating the pronoun **he**, whose meaning is already included in the verb translated as **see**. If your language can state implied pronouns explicitly for emphasis, you may want to use that construction in your translation. Other languages may have other ways of bringing out this emphasis. The ULT does so by using the intensive pronoun **himself**. Alternate translation: “he indeed shall see it”
1:36 z43i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ה֣וּא יִרְאֶ֔נָּה 1 Here **see** means “enter and experience.” If this word does not have that meaning in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he himself shall go into it”
1:36 s7rb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וְלֽוֹ־אֶתֵּ֧ן אֶת־הָאָ֛רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר דָּֽרַךְ־בָּ֖הּ וּלְבָנָ֑יו יַ֕עַן אֲשֶׁ֥ר מִלֵּ֖א אַחֲרֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could move the last phrase to the beginning, since the last phrase gives the reason for the result that the beginning of the sentence describes. Alternate translation: “He is wholly after Yahweh, so to him I will give the land that he has stepped on, and to his sons”
1:36 hwf9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּלְבָנָ֑יו 1 Here, **sons** means “descendants.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and to his offspring”
1:36 namd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֲשֶׁ֥ר מִלֵּ֖א אַחֲרֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 Yahweh is speaking of obedience as if it were a path that one could follow **after**. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “he wholly fulfills Yahweh’s commands”
1:36 ix6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person אַחֲרֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 Yahweh is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “after me, Yahweh”\n\n
1:37 j94d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit גַּם־בִּי֙ הִתְאַנַּ֣ף יְהוָ֔ה בִּגְלַלְכֶ֖ם 1 This refers to [Numbers 20](Num/20/10.md), when Moses disobeyed what Yahweh told him to do because Moses was angry with the people of Israel. The Israelite people complained that they did not have water in the wilderness. Yahweh told Moses to speak to the rock so water would come out, but Moses disobeyed Yahweh and struck the rock with his staff. As a result, Yahweh promised that Moses would not enter the land.
1:38 du4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names נוּן֙ 1 The word **Nun** is the name of Joshua’s father.
1:38 ze5m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הָעֹמֵ֣ד 1 The implication is that Joshua **stands** before the Israelites as a servant before their master. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “who stands as your servant”
1:38 q1og rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְפָנֶ֔יךָ 1 Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before you”
1:39 dvtj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְטַפְּכֶם֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר אֲמַרְתֶּ֜ם לָבַ֣ז יִהְיֶ֗ה 1 The implication is that the Israelites thought that they would lose the battles against the Amorites, and so their **children** would be captured as **plunder**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “And your children, whom you said would be plunder when you lost the battle”
1:39 gn7q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations וּ֠בְנֵיכֶם 1 Although the term **sons** is masculine, Yahweh is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “and your children”
1:39 it12 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֹא־יָדְע֤וּ הַיּוֹם֙ ט֣וֹב וָרָ֔ע 1 The implication is that the children are not responsible for rebelling against Yahweh, because they **do not know good or evil**. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “do not yet know good or evil and will not be punished for your rebellion”
1:40 mrt9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit פְּנ֣וּ לָכֶ֑ם 1 The implication is that Yahweh wants the Israelites to **turn** around and go back the way they came. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “turn around”
1:41 wwe3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys וַֽתַּעֲנ֣וּ ׀ וַתֹּאמְר֣וּ אֵלַ֗י 1 The two words **answered** and **said** express a single idea. The word **answered** indicates that the Israelites **said** the following quote in response to Yahweh's anger. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning in a different way. Alternate translation: “And you answered me”
1:41 tnnn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אֲנַ֤חְנוּ נַעֲלֶה֙ וְנִלְחַ֔מְנוּ 1 For emphasis, the Israelites are stating the pronoun **ourselves**, whose meaning is already included in the verbs translated as **go up and fight**. If your language can state implied pronouns explicitly for emphasis, you may want to use that construction in your translation. Other languages may have other ways of bringing out this emphasis. The ULT does so by using the intensive pronoun **ourselves**. Alternate translation: “We will even go up and fight”
1:41 zg19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לַעֲלֹ֥ת הָהָֽרָה 1 Here, **go up** means “fight.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to attack the hill {country}.”
1:41 l3as rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הָהָֽרָה 1 Here, **hill {country}** refers to the people that live in that area. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the people who live in the hill {country}”
1:42 zjfh rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result לֹ֤א תַֽעֲלוּ֙ וְלֹא־תִלָּ֣חֲמ֔וּ כִּ֥י אֵינֶ֖נִּי בְּקִרְבְּכֶ֑ם וְלֹא֙ תִּנָּֽגְפ֔וּ לִפְנֵ֖י אֹיְבֵיכֶֽם 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could move the last phrase to the beginning, since the last phrase gives the reason for the result that the beginning of the sentence describes. Alternate translation: “I will not be among you, so do not go up and do not fight, and you will not be defeated before the face of your enemies.”
1:42 ahae rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לֹ֤א תַֽעֲלוּ֙ 1 Here, **go up** means “approach in battle.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not go to war”
1:42 vgw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְלֹא֙ תִּנָּֽגְפ֔וּ לִפְנֵ֖י אֹיְבֵיכֶֽם 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “or your enemies will defeat you”
1:42 i703 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo וְלֹא֙ תִּנָּֽגְפ֔וּ לִפְנֵ֖י אֹיְבֵיכֶֽם 1 Yahweh is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that the Israelites will **be defeated** if they “fight”. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “or you will be defeated before the face of your enemies”
1:42 vuy5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֖י 1 Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by”
1:42 ps2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֵינֶ֖נִּי בְּקִרְבְּכֶ֑ם 1 As God, Yahweh is always everywhere. The implication is that Yahweh **will not be among** the Israelites in a special way to help them. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. See chapter introduction for more information. Alternate translation: “I will not help you”
1:43 q8fb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy פִּ֣י 1 Here, **mouth** refers to Yahweh’s commands and what he says to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the command of”
1:43 hqd8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַתַּעֲל֥וּ הָהָֽרָה 1 The implication is that the Israelite soldiers **went up to the hill {country}** to attack the people there. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and attacked the people who live in the hill country”
1:44 z33p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile וַיִּרְדְּפ֣וּ אֶתְכֶ֔ם כַּאֲשֶׁ֥ר תַּעֲשֶׂ֖ינָה הַדְּבֹרִ֑ים 1 Moses compares the Amorites to **bees* because large swarms of bees attack and sting people. So many Amorites attacked the Israelite soldiers that they had to flee from the battle. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a similar expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and chased you like a dog chases a cat” or “and chased you persistently”
1:44 ebxo rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הַדְּבֹרִ֑ים 1 A **bee** is a small, flying insect that may fly in a swarm; it stings people who threaten it. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of insect, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the stinging insects”
1:44 xcg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַֽיַּכְּת֥וּ אֶתְכֶ֛ם 1 Here, **caused to scatter** means “defeated in battle” or “caused to retreat.” You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and defeated you and caused you to retreat”
1:44 j3li rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names חָרְמָֽה 1 The word **Hormah** is the name of a city.
1:45 yrs7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַתָּשֻׁ֥בוּ 1 The implication is that the fighting men returned from the battle to where the rest of the Israelites were camping at Kadesh Barnea. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “And you returned to Kadesh Barnea”
1:45 d7e5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֣י 1 Here, **face** represents the presence of Yahweh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the presence of”
1:45 wf0c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּקֹ֣לְכֶ֔ם 1 Here, **voice** represents the words the Israelites spoke. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to what you said”
1:45 w3kr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְלֹ֥א הֶאֱזִ֖ין 1 Here, **give ear** is a figure of speech that means “listen.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and he did not lend his ear” or “and he did not pay attention”
1:45 tvc1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וְלֹֽא־שָׁמַ֤ע יְהוָה֙ בְּקֹ֣לְכֶ֔ם וְלֹ֥א הֶאֱזִ֖ין אֲלֵיכֶֽם 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “but Yahweh did not listen to your voice, nor did he give ear to you”
1:46 fnvl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo יָמִ֣ים רַבִּ֑ים כַּיָּמִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר יְשַׁבְתֶּֽם 1 The expression **according to the days that you stayed {there}** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “many days.”
1:46 h3kp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יָמִ֣ים רַבִּ֑ים כַּיָּמִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר יְשַׁבְתֶּֽם 1 Here, **days** is an idiom that refers to a length of time. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for quite some time”
2:intro ji46 0 # Deuteronomy 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter continues Moses’ first speech from the previous chapter.\n\n- vv. 1-11: Moses recounts the Israelites’ journey from the wilderness to the land of the Edomites, Moabites, and Ammonites\n- vv. 24-37: Moses recounts how Yahweh allowed the Israelites to defeat King Sihon\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Possessing the land\n\nYahweh promised the Israelites that he would give them the land of Canaan if they obeyed him. Other peoples lived in the land, but Yahweh promised to give the Israelites victory over them. The land belongs to Israel, but they have not yet entered it to possess the land. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Quotes in quotes\n\nIn this chapter, Moses gives a speech and quotes what others said. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate or format this passage so that there are no quotations within a quotation. (See [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])\n\n### Moses represents the Israelites\n\nThe singular pronoun “you” occurs when Yahweh speaks directly to Moses. The Israelites request that Moses speak to Yahweh on their behalf because the Israelites fear Yahweh and do not want to speak directly to him. Moses acts as a representative on behalf of all the Israelites. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could clarify that Yahweh wants Moses to tell the Israelites everything that Yahweh says.\n\n### Raphaites\n\nVerses 11 and 20 refer to a group of people called the Raphaites. The term “Raphaites” is a variation of the term “Rephaites” or “Rephaim.” These terms all refer to the Rapha people group. Use a form in your language that is a natural way to refer to a people group. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Background information\n\nThe writer of Deuteronomy adds background information to help readers understand the historical context of Moses’ speech. In the ULT, this information is enclosed in parentheses. Use a method that is natural in your language for indicating that a section of text is background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2:1 ys5a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַנֵּ֜פֶן 1 The implication is that the Israelites **turned** around and went back the way they came. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “And we turned around” or "And we turned back"\n
2:1 b9af rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יָמִ֥ים רַבִּֽים 1 Here, the phrase **many days** is an idiom that means “a long time.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a very long time”
2:2 l1m8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵאמֹֽר 1 Here, the word **saying** introduces direct speech. Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language.
2:3 xhnw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo פְּנ֥וּ לָכֶ֖ם 1 The expression **Turn yourselves** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “Turn”
2:4 p210 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וְאֶת־הָעָם֮ צַ֣ו לֵאמֹר֒ אַתֶּ֣ם עֹֽבְרִ֗ים בִּגְבוּל֙ אֲחֵיכֶ֣ם 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “And command the people to cross the border of their brothers”
2:4 t4vc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵאמֹר֒ 1 Here, the word **saying** introduces direct speech. Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language.
2:4 u7cl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בִּגְבוּל֙ אֲחֵיכֶ֣ם 1 Here, Yahweh is using the possessive form to describe **the border** around the land that is occupied by the **brothers** of the Israelites. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a comparable expression. Alternate translation: “into the land occupied by your brothers”
2:4 trl3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֲחֵיכֶ֣ם בְּנֵי־עֵשָׂ֔ו 1 The Israelites are descendants of Jacob, who was Esau's brother. The Israelites and the **sons of Esau** are all descendants of Isaac. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “your relatives, the sons of Esau”
2:4 zvqh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֲחֵיכֶ֣ם בְּנֵי 1 Here, **brothers** means “relatives” and **sons** means “descendants.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your relatives, the offspring of”
2:4 hlaq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative וְנִשְׁמַרְתֶּ֖ם מְאֹֽד 1 See the [book introduction](../front/intro.md) for more infromation about translating **shall**. Alternate translation: “Be exceedingly on guard!”
2:5 mzpa rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result אַל־תִּתְגָּר֣וּ בָ֔ם כִּ֠י לֹֽא־אֶתֵּ֤ן לָכֶם֙ מֵֽאַרְצָ֔ם עַ֖ד מִדְרַ֣ךְ כַּף־רָ֑גֶל כִּֽי־יְרֻשָּׁ֣ה לְעֵשָׂ֔ו נָתַ֖תִּי אֶת־הַ֥ר שֵׂעִֽיר 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases, since the last phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “I have given Mount Seir to Esau, so I will not give you any of their land, even as little as a step of the sole of a foot, so you shall not fight them”
2:5 h7uv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֠י 1 Here, the word **for** introduces the reason why the Israelites **shall not fight** the descendants of Esau. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different a word or phrase that introduces a reason. Alternate translation: “since”
2:5 m4jy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְעֵשָׂ֔ו 1 Yahweh is using **Esau** to represent Esau and all of his descendants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to Esau and his offspring”
2:6 rd6v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo אֹ֣כֶל תִּשְׁבְּר֧וּ מֵֽאִתָּ֛ם בַּכֶּ֖סֶף וַאֲכַלְתֶּ֑ם וְגַם־מַ֜יִם תִּכְר֧וּ מֵאִתָּ֛ם בַּכֶּ֖סֶף וּשְׁתִיתֶֽם 1 This verse contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the verse. Alternate translation: “You will buy food from them, and also, you will purchase water from them”
2:7 eq6o rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּי֩ 1 The word translated as **For** indicates that what follows is a reason that the Israelites should obey the commands that came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “Obey these commands because”
2:7 st5n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd אֱלֹהֶ֜יךָ בֵּֽרַכְךָ֗ & יָדֶ֔ךָ & לֶכְתְּךָ֔ & אֱלֹהֶ֨יךָ֙ עִמָּ֔ךְ לֹ֥א חָסַ֖רְתָּ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
2:7 ief6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה יָדֶ֔ךָ 1 Moses is using **hand** to represent all of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your work”
2:7 act3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יָדַ֣ע לֶכְתְּךָ֔ אֶת־הַמִּדְבָּ֥ר הַגָּדֹ֖ל הַזֶּ֑ה 1 The implication is that Yahweh **has known** everything that happened to the Israelites when they were **walking through** the **great wilderness**. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “He has known all that happened to you during your walking through this great wilderness”
2:7 bkwb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהֶ֨יךָ֙ עִמָּ֔ךְ 1 As God, Yahweh is always everywhere. The implication is that Yahweh was **with** the Israelites in a special way. Alternate translation: “Yahweh your God has been with you in a special way”
2:7 emyu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes לֹ֥א חָסַ֖רְתָּ דָּבָֽר 1 Moses is using a figure of speech here that expresses a strongly positive meaning by using a negative word, **not**, together with an expression that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the positive meaning. Alternate translation: “You have received all things that you required”
2:8 n8fq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אַחֵ֣ינוּ בְנֵי־עֵשָׂ֗ו 1 The Israelites are descendants of Jacob, who was Esau's brother. The Israelites and the **sons of Esau** are all descendants of Isaac. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. See how you translated this in [2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: “our relatives, the sons of Esau”
2:8 bmap rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אַחֵ֣ינוּ בְנֵי 1 Here, **brothers** means “relatives” and **sons** means “descendants.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you translated this in [2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: “our relatives, the descendants of”
2:8 lbh3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַנֵּ֨פֶן֙ 1 The implication is that the Israelites **turned** away from the area where the descendants of Esau lived. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “And we turned away from their land”
2:9 lo87 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וַיֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה אֵלַ֗י אֶל־תָּ֨צַר֙ אֶת־מוֹאָ֔ב וְאַל־תִּתְגָּ֥ר בָּ֖ם מִלְחָמָ֑ה כִּ֠י לֹֽא־אֶתֵּ֨ן לְךָ֤ מֵֽאַרְצוֹ֙ יְרֻשָּׁ֔ה כִּ֣י לִבְנֵי־ל֔וֹט נָתַ֥תִּי אֶת־עָ֖ר יְרֻשָּֽׁה 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh commanded me not to allow you to trouble Moab or to fight agains them in battle. He said that he would not give to us from its land a possession, because he has given Ar to the sons of Lot, as a possession”
2:9 jttu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism אֶל־תָּ֨צַר֙ אֶת־מוֹאָ֔ב וְאַל־תִּתְגָּ֥ר בָּ֖ם מִלְחָמָ֑ה 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second clause emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word that shows that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “You shall not trouble Moab or fight against them in battle”
2:9 ftp7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מוֹאָ֔ב 1 The word **Moab** represents the people of Moab. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of Moab”
2:9 j20t rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֠י 1 Here, the word **for** introduces the reason why the Israelites shall not fight the people of Moab. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a reason. Alternate translation: “since”
2:9 gsfb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo כִּ֠י לֹֽא־אֶתֵּ֨ן לְךָ֤ מֵֽאַרְצוֹ֙ יְרֻשָּׁ֔ה כִּ֣י לִבְנֵי־ל֔וֹט נָתַ֥תִּי אֶת־עָ֖ר יְרֻשָּֽׁה 1 The expression to **give** someone's **land** as **a possession** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “For I will not give to you from his land, because I have given Ar to the sons of Lot”
2:9 mx1u rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result לֹֽא־אֶתֵּ֨ן לְךָ֤ מֵֽאַרְצוֹ֙ יְרֻשָּׁ֔ה כִּ֣י לִבְנֵי־ל֔וֹט נָתַ֥תִּי אֶת־עָ֖ר יְרֻשָּֽׁה 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “I have given Ar to the sons of Lot as a possession, so I will not give to you from his land a possession”
2:9 i60c rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns מֵֽאַרְצוֹ֙ 1 The pronoun **its** refers to Moab. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the name of the land here. Alternate translation: “from the land of Moab”
2:9 neab rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לִבְנֵי 1 Here, **sons** means “descendants.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the offspring of”
2:10 d4pi rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הָאֵמִ֥ים 1 The word **Emite** is the name of a people group.
2:10-12 am7r rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background הָאֵמִ֥ים לְפָנִ֖ים יָ֣שְׁבוּ בָ֑הּ עַ֣ם גָּד֥וֹל וְרַ֛ב וָרָ֖ם כָּעֲנָקִֽים & רְפָאִ֛ים יֵחָשְׁב֥וּ אַף־הֵ֖ם כָּעֲנָקִ֑ים וְהַמֹּ֣אָבִ֔ים יִקְרְא֥וּ לָהֶ֖ם אֵמִֽים & וּבְשֵׂעִ֞יר יָשְׁב֣וּ הַחֹרִים֮ לְפָנִים֒ וּבְנֵ֧י עֵשָׂ֣ו יִֽירָשׁ֗וּם וַיַּשְׁמִידוּם֙ מִפְּנֵיהֶ֔ם וַיֵּשְׁב֖וּ תַּחְתָּ֑ם כַּאֲשֶׁ֧ר עָשָׂ֣ה יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל לְאֶ֨רֶץ֙ יְרֻשָּׁת֔וֹ אֲשֶׁר־נָתַ֥ן יְהוָ֖ה לָהֶֽם 1 These verses provide background information about people groups who lived in the area that the Edomites and Moabites occupy. This information helps readers understand what happens next in the story. These verses are not part of Moses’ speech to the Israelites. In your translation, present this information in a way that makes it clear that this is background information.
2:11 zxl2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive רְפָאִ֛ים יֵחָשְׁב֥וּ אַף־הֵ֖ם 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People refer to them as Raphaites”
2:11 eds2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names רְפָאִ֛ים & אֵמִֽים 1 The words **Raphaites** and **Emites** refer to the same people group.
2:12 ye16 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַחֹרִים֮ 1 The word **Horite** is the name of a people group.
2:12 fxju rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּבְנֵ֧י 1 Here, **sons** means “descendants.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the offspring of”
2:12 ikp0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַיַּשְׁמִידוּם֙ מִפְּנֵיהֶ֔ם 1 The pronouns **they** and **their** refer to the sons of Esau. The pronoun **them** refers to the Horites. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the names of the people groups here. Alternate translation: “And the sons of Esau destroyed the Horites from their faces”
2:12 vv8s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִפְּנֵיהֶ֔ם 1 Here, **faces** represents the presence of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from their presence”
2:12 g53a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עָשָׂ֣ה יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל לְאֶ֨רֶץ֙ יְרֻשָּׁת֔וֹ 1 Here, **Israel** represents the people of Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Israelites did to the land of their possession”
2:12 kkbr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense עָשָׂ֣ה 1 Here, the writer uses the past tense, **did**, to refer to events that happen after Moses said all these things. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “would do”
2:12 zpks rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession לְאֶ֨רֶץ֙ יְרֻשָּׁת֔וֹ אֲשֶׁר־נָתַ֥ן יְהוָ֖ה לָהֶֽם 1 The writer is using the possessive form to describe the **land** that **Yahweh gave** the Israelites to live in as a **possession**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the land that Yahweh gave them to live in as a possession”
2:13 ruf4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations עַתָּ֗ה קֻ֛מוּ וְעִבְר֥וּ לָכֶ֖ם אֶת־נַ֣חַל זָ֑רֶד 1 The implication is that Yahweh is speaking these commands. If it would be more natural in your language, you could: (1) use a natural way of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “Then Yahweh said, ‘‘Now, for yourselves, rise up and cross the brook Zered” (2) translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Then Yahweh told us to rise up for ourselves and cross the brook Zered”
2:13 va2q return rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor קֻ֛מוּ 1 Here, **rise up** describes the beginning of action. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “start your journey”
2:13 mn1h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names נַ֣חַל זָ֑רֶד & נַ֥חַל זָֽרֶד 1 The term **the brook Zered** is the name of a stream that flows into the Dead Sea. The brook goes from the southeast and creates the border between Edom and Moab.
2:14 pphi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְהַיָּמִ֞ים אֲשֶׁר־הָלַ֣כְנוּ ׀ מִקָּדֵ֣שׁ בַּרְנֵ֗עַ עַ֤ד אֲשֶׁר־עָבַ֨רְנוּ֙ אֶת־נַ֣חַל זֶ֔רֶד שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים וּשְׁמֹנֶ֖ה שָׁנָ֑ה 1 Here, **days** an idiom that refers to a duration of time. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And the time that had passed from when we came from Kadesh Barnea until we crossed the brook Zered was 38 years”
2:14 v37p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עַד־תֹּ֨ם כָּל־הַדּ֜וֹר אַנְשֵׁ֤י הַמִּלְחָמָה֙ מִקֶּ֣רֶב הַֽמַּחֲנֶ֔ה כַּאֲשֶׁ֛ר נִשְׁבַּ֥ע יְהוָ֖ה לָהֶֽם 1 The Israelites who were old enough to fight disobeyed Yahweh. As a result, Yahweh punished them so they would die before they could enter the land that Yahweh said he would give to them. See [1:19-45](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “until all the generation of men of war were finished from among the camp, according to the punishment of Yahweh for their disobedience”
2:14 a2ue rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism תֹּ֨ם 1 Moses is referring to death in a polite way by using the phrase **were finished**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to death in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “had died”
2:14 xqe0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִקֶּ֣רֶב הַֽמַּחֲנֶ֔ה 1 Here, **camp** represents all of the Israelites and anyone traveling with them in the wilderness. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from among the Israelites”
2:15 q5m7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יַד־יְהוָה֙ הָ֣יְתָה בָּ֔ם 1 Here, **hand** represents Yahweh’s power and actions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh used his power against them”
2:15 tz4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִקֶּ֣רֶב הַֽמַּחֲנֶ֑ה 1 Here, **camp** represents all of the Israelites and everyone traveling with them in the wilderness. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from among the Israelites”
2:15 jl5l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism תֻּמָּֽם 1 Moses is referring to death in a polite way by using the phrase **came to an end**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “they died”
2:16 pv43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַיְהִ֨י 1 Moses is using the word translated **And it happened** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Then”
2:16 xmpd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism תַּ֜מּוּ כָּל־אַנְשֵׁ֧י הַמִּלְחָמָ֛ה לָמ֖וּת מִקֶּ֥רֶב הָעָֽם 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The first clause uses a euphemism, while the second clause states the meaning plainly. The second clause emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word that shows that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “all the men of war came to an end, indeed, they died from among the people”
2:17 i2gj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵאמֹֽר 1 Here, the word **saying** introduces direct speech. Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language.
2:18 yrj6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אַתָּ֨ה 1 Here, the singular pronoun **you** refers to Moses. Yahweh is speaking to Moses, but he is giving commands for all of the Israelites. If this is not clear for your readers, you could (1) use plural forms of the pronoun. (2) state the audience plainly. Alternate translation: “These are instructions for you and all the Israelites. You”
2:18 g7yv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names עָֽר 1 The word **Ar** is the name of a city in Moab. See how you translated it in [2:9](../02/09.md).
2:19 c269 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd וְקָרַבְתָּ֗ & אַל־תְּצֻרֵ֖ם וְאַל־תִּתְגָּ֣ר & לְךָ֙ 1 Here, the singular pronoun **you** refers to Moses. Yahweh is speaking to Moses, but he is giving commands for all of the Israelites. If this is not clear for your readers, you could (1) use plural forms of the pronoun. (2) state the audience plainly. See how you translated this in the previous verse.
2:19 p8cq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּנֵ֣י עַמּ֔וֹן & בְּנֵי־עַמּ֤וֹן & לִבְנֵי־ל֖וֹט 1 Like the Moabites, the people of **Ammon** are also descendants of **Lot**. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the sons of Ammon, who are descendants of Lot … the sons of Ammon … to the sons of Lot
2:19 aj03 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י & בְּנֵי & לִבְנֵי 1 Here, **sons** means “descendants.” Although the term **sons** is masculine, Moses is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of”
2:19 esqk rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 Here, the word **for** introduces the reason why the Israelites **shall not fight** the descendants of Esau. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different a word or phrase that introduces a reason. Alternate translation: “since”
2:19 skvn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism אַל־תְּצֻרֵ֖ם וְאַל־תִּתְגָּ֣ר בָּ֑ם 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “You shall not trouble them, indeed, you shall not fight them”
2:19 iice rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result לֹֽא־אֶ֠תֵּן מֵאֶ֨רֶץ בְּנֵי־עַמּ֤וֹן לְךָ֙ יְרֻשָּׁ֔ה כִּ֥י לִבְנֵי־ל֖וֹט נְתַתִּ֥יהָ יְרֻשָּֽׁה 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “I have given the land to the sons of Lot as a possession, so I will not give to you from it as a possession”
2:19 ra5l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo לֹֽא־אֶ֠תֵּן מֵאֶ֨רֶץ בְּנֵי־עַמּ֤וֹן לְךָ֙ יְרֻשָּׁ֔ה כִּ֥י לִבְנֵי־ל֖וֹט נְתַתִּ֥יהָ יְרֻשָּֽׁה 1 The expression to **give** someone's **land** as **a possession** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “I will not give to you from the land of the sons of Ammon, because I have given it to the sons of Lot”
2:20 n15r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive אֶֽרֶץ־רְפָאִ֥ים תֵּחָשֵׁ֖ב אַף־הִ֑וא 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Also, people refer to it as a land of the Raphaites”
2:20 p2rw rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names רְפָאִ֥ים & רְפָאִ֤ים & זַמְזֻמִּֽים 1 The words **Raphaites** and **Zamzummites** are names for the same people group. See how you translated **Raphaites** in [2:11](../02/11.md).
2:20-23 s8bn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background אֶֽרֶץ־רְפָאִ֥ים תֵּחָשֵׁ֖ב אַף־הִ֑וא רְפָאִ֤ים יָֽשְׁבוּ־בָהּ֙ לְפָנִ֔ים וְהָֽעַמֹּנִ֔ים יִקְרְא֥וּ לָהֶ֖ם זַמְזֻמִּֽים & עַ֣ם גָּד֥וֹל וְרַ֛ב וָרָ֖ם כָּעֲנָקִ֑ים וַיַּשְׁמִידֵ֤ם יְהוָה֙ מִפְּנֵיהֶ֔ם וַיִּירָשֻׁ֖ם וַיֵּשְׁב֥וּ תַחְתָּֽם & כַּאֲשֶׁ֤ר עָשָׂה֙ לִבְנֵ֣י עֵשָׂ֔ו הַיֹּשְׁבִ֖ים בְּשֵׂעִ֑יר אֲשֶׁ֨ר הִשְׁמִ֤יד אֶת־הַחֹרִי֙ מִפְּנֵיהֶ֔ם וַיִּֽירָשֻׁם֙ וַיֵּשְׁב֣וּ תַחְתָּ֔ם עַ֖ד הַיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה & וְהָֽעַוִּ֛ים הַיֹּשְׁבִ֥ים בַּחֲצֵרִ֖ים עַד־עַזָּ֑ה כַּפְתֹּרִים֙ הַיֹּצְאִ֣ים מִכַּפְתּ֔וֹר הִשְׁמִידֻ֖ם וַיֵּשְׁב֥וּ תַחְתָּֽם 1 These verses provide background information about people groups who lived in the area that the Ammonites, Edomites, and Caphtorim occupied. This information helps readers understand what happens next in the story. These verses are not part of Moses’ speech to the Israelites. In your translation, present this information in a way that makes it clear that this is background information.
2:21 sq14 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַיַּשְׁמִידֵ֤ם יְהוָה֙ מִפְּנֵיהֶ֔ם וַיִּירָשֻׁ֖ם וַיֵּשְׁב֥וּ תַחְתָּֽם 1 Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the Raphaites. The pronoun **their** in the first clause refers to the Ammonites. The pronoun **their** in the second clause refers to the Raphaites. If this is not clear for your readers, you could repeat the names of the people groups. Alternate translation: “But Yahweh destroyed the Raphaites before the Ammonites’ faces, and the Ammonites dispossessed the Raphaites and lived in their place”
2:21 xz3g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִפְּנֵיהֶ֔ם 1 Here, **faces** represents the presence of people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in their presence”
2:22 ulcb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לִבְנֵ֣י 1 Here, **sons** means “descendants.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for the offspring of”
2:22 y1ib rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַחֹרִי֙ 1 The word **Horites** is the name of a people group. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 2:12](../02/12.md).
2:22 yq6w rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns מִפְּנֵיהֶ֔ם וַיִּֽירָשֻׁם֙ וַיֵּשְׁב֣וּ תַחְתָּ֔ם 1 In the first clause, the pronoun **their** refers to the sons of Esau. In the second clause, **they** refers to the sons of Esau, while the pronouns **them** and **their** refer to the Horites. If it would be helpful in your language, you could repeat the names of the people groups. Alternate translation: “from before the sons of Esau's faces, and the sons of Esau dispossessed the Horites and have lived in their place”
2:22 l5ul rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִפְּנֵיהֶ֔ם 1 Here, **faces** represents the presence of people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before them”
2:23 i3fg rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants וְהָֽעַוִּ֛ים הַיֹּשְׁבִ֥ים בַּחֲצֵרִ֖ים עַד־עַזָּ֑ה כַּפְתֹּרִים֙ הַיֹּצְאִ֣ים מִכַּפְתּ֔וֹר 1 Here, the author introduces **the Avvites** and then describes what happened to them. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “As for the Avvites who lived in villages as far as Gaza, the Caphtorites, who came from Caphtor”
2:23 c7kb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְהָֽעַוִּ֛ים & כַּפְתֹּרִים֙ 1 The words **Avvites** and **Caphtorites** are the names of people groups.
2:23 wmz4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מִכַּפְתּ֔וֹר 1 The word **Caphtor** is the name of a place. It may be another name for the island of Crete, located in the Mediterranean Sea.
2:23 feg9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns הִשְׁמִידֻ֖ם וַיֵּשְׁב֥וּ תַחְתָּֽם 1 Here, the pronouns **them** and **their** refer to the Avvites. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “destroyed the Avvites and lived in their place”
2:24 mopq return rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ק֣וּמוּ סְּע֗וּ וְעִבְרוּ֮ & 1 Even though Yahweh is speaking to Moses, the forms of these commands are plural. Yahweh wants Moses to tell these commands to all of the Israelites. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use singular pronouns.
2:24 yyy9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ק֣וּמוּ 1 Here, **Rise up** describes the beginning of action. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you translated this term in [verse 13](../02/13.md). Alternate translation: “Begin traveling”
2:24 kvlv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor רְאֵ֣ה 1 Yahweh is using the term **Look** to focus the Israelites' attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “See”
2:24 g8xa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you בְ֠יָדְךָ & הָחֵ֣ל רָ֑שׁ וְהִתְגָּ֥ר 1 Here, the singular pronoun **your** refers to Moses. The forms of the commands are also singular. Yahweh is speaking to Moses because Moses is the leader of the Israelites, but these phrases apply to all of the Israelites. If this is not clear for your readers, you could (1) use plural forms of the pronoun. (2) state the audience plainly. See how you translated this in [verse 18](../02/18.md).
2:24 j7cy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְ֠יָדְךָ 1 Here, the word **hand** means “power” or “control.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you power over”
2:24 d644 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אַרְצ֖וֹ 1 Here, the possessive form describes the **land** that King Sihon rules over. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a comparable expression. Alternate translation: “the land he rules over”
2:24 k7py rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche בּ֖וֹ 1 Here, the pronoun **him** refers to Sihon and his army. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “against him and his army”
2:25 il8b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd פַּחְדְּךָ֙ וְיִרְאָ֣תְךָ֔ & שִׁמְעֲךָ֔ 1 Although Yahweh is speaking about all of the Israelites, Yahweh uses the singular pronouns **you** and **your**. This is because Yahweh is speaking directly to Moses who acts as a representative for the Israelites. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use plural forms of the pronoun. Alternate translation: “the fear of the Israelites and the terror of the Israelites … a report of the Israelites”
2:25 jywf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תֵּ֤ת פַּחְדְּךָ֙ וְיִרְאָ֣תְךָ֔ עַל־פְּנֵי֙ הָֽעַמִּ֔ים 1 Here Yahweh speaks of emotions as if they were something you could physically **put on the faces of the peoples**. He means that he will cause **the peoples** to feel **fear** and **terror**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to cause the peoples to feel the fear of you and the terror of you”
2:25 m2y5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns אָחֵל֙ תֵּ֤ת פַּחְדְּךָ֙ וְיִרְאָ֣תְךָ֔ עַל־פְּנֵי֙ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **fear** and **terror**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “I will begin to cause you to frighten and terrify the hearts of”
2:25 sayz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession פַּחְדְּךָ֙ וְיִרְאָ֣תְךָ֔ & שִׁמְעֲךָ֔ 1 Yahweh is using the possessive form to describe how the Israelites will cause **fear**, **terror**, and **a report** about them. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a comparable expression that describes cause and effect. Alternate translation: “the fear caused by you and the terror caused by you … a report about you”
2:25 jg6p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet פַּחְדְּךָ֙ וְיִרְאָ֣תְךָ֔ 1 The terms **fear** and **terror** mean similar things. Yahweh is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “the extremely great fear of you”
2:25 x3s5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom תַּ֖חַת כָּל־הַשָּׁמָ֑יִם 1 Here, **under all the heavens** is an idiom that means “everywhere.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all over the place”
2:25 ksjv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal אֲשֶׁ֤ר 1 Here, the word **that** identifies what comes after it as the purpose of the clause that comes before it. Yahweh will cause the peoples to fear the Israelites in order that the peoples might tremble. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. Alternate translation: “in order that”
2:25 fjp4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet וְרָגְז֥וּ וְחָל֖וּ 1 The terms **quake** and **tremble** mean similar things. Paul is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “and will surely tremble”
2:25 j2yu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche מִפָּנֶֽיךָ 1 Here, **face** means **because of you.** If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because of you”
2:26 d2n3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וָאֶשְׁלַ֤ח 1 Here, the pronoun **I** refers to Moses. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “And I, Moses, sent”
2:26 p6fj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מִמִּדְבַּ֣ר קְדֵמ֔וֹת 1 The term **wilderness of Kedemoth** is the name of a place near the valley of Arnon.
2:26 efk3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession דִּבְרֵ֥י שָׁל֖וֹם 1 Here, Moses is using the possessive form to describe how his message to Sihon contains **words** that are characterized by **peace**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a comparable expression. Alternate translation: “with a peaceful message”
2:26 bbuw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns דִּבְרֵ֥י שָׁל֖וֹם 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “communicating peaceably”
2:26 gnsw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations לֵאמֹֽר 1 Here, the word **saying** introduces direct speech. Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language.
2:27 bwd3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אֶעְבְּרָ֣ה & אֵלֵ֑ךְ לֹ֥א אָס֖וּר 1 Moses is speaking on behalf of all the Israelites, so he uses the singular pronouns **me** and **I** here. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use plural pronouns.
2:27 cp9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְאַרְצֶ֔ךָ 1 Moses is using the possessive form to describe the **land** that King Sihon rules over. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a comparable expression. Alternate translation: “the land that you rule over”
2:27 gytl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism בַּדֶּ֖רֶךְ אֵלֵ֑ךְ לֹ֥א אָס֖וּר יָמִ֥ין וּשְׂמֹֽאול 1 These two sentences mean basically the same thing. The second sentence emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the sentences with a word that shows that, in the new sentence, the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “On the road I will go; indeed, I will not turn right or left”
2:27 bpdc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בַּדֶּ֖רֶךְ אֵלֵ֑ךְ 1 By beginning the sentence with **On the road**, Moses is emphasizing that he will only **go** by traveling upon the road and not off of it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word order or phrase that clarifies this information. Alternate translation: “I will go on the road only”
2:28 n54c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative אֹ֣כֶל בַּכֶּ֤סֶף תַּשְׁבִּרֵ֨נִי֙ וְאָכַ֔לְתִּי וּמַ֛יִם בַּכֶּ֥סֶף תִּתֶּן־לִ֖י וְשָׁתִ֑יתִי 1 Moses is assuring Sihon that the Israelites will not trouble Sihon and his people by stealing from them. Instead, they will pay for everything they need. Moses is communicating a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please sell me food for money, and I will eat. And please give to me water for money, and I will drink.”
2:28 brfk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo אֹ֣כֶל בַּכֶּ֤סֶף תַּשְׁבִּרֵ֨נִי֙ וְאָכַ֔לְתִּי וּמַ֛יִם בַּכֶּ֥סֶף תִּתֶּן־לִ֖י וְשָׁתִ֑יתִי 1 This verse contains expressions with extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “You will sell me food and water”
2:28 jp21 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche תַּשְׁבִּרֵ֨נִי֙ וְאָכַ֔לְתִּי & לִ֖י וְשָׁתִ֑יתִי & אֶעְבְּרָ֥ה בְרַגְלָֽי 1 Moses is speaking on behalf of all the Israelites, so he uses the singular pronouns **me**, **I**, and **my** here. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use plural pronouns or clarify to whom the pronouns refer. Alternate translation: “You will sell me and the Israelites … and we will eat … to us … and we will drink … let us pass through on our feet”
2:28 oogz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶעְבְּרָ֥ה בְרַגְלָֽי 1 The implication is that the Israelites will **pass through** the land peacefully by walking across it. They will not harass or attack the people living in the land. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “please allow me to travel through your land and we will not disturb you”
2:28 twx5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְרַגְלָֽי 1 Here, **on my feet** is an idiom that means “traveling by walking.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by walking”
2:29 tlpc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לִ֜י & אֶֽעֱבֹר֙ 1 Here, the singular pronouns **me** and **I** refer to Moses. Moses is speaking to Yahweh because Moses is the leader of the Israelites, but these phrases apply to all of the Israelites. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use plural forms of the pronoun. Alternate translation: “for us … we pass over”
2:29 k54p rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְּנֵ֣י 1 Here, **sons** means “descendants.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the offspring of”
2:29 nj8q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְּעָ֑ר 1 The word **Ar** is the name of a city. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 2:9](../02/09.md).
2:30 n8cg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd אֱלֹהֶ֜יךָ & בְיָדְךָ֖ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, **your** is singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
2:30 fad4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism הִקְשָׁה֩ & אֶת־רוּח֗וֹ & וְאִמֵּץ֙ אֶת־לְבָב֔וֹ 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “had hardened his spirit; indeed, he strengthened his heart”
2:30 scq4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הִקְשָׁה֩ & אֶת־רוּח֗וֹ & וְאִמֵּץ֙ אֶת־לְבָב֔וֹ 1 Here, **hardened his spirit** and **strengthened his heart** are idioms that mean “caused him to be stubborn.” If these phrases do not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “had caused him to be stiff-necked and caused him to be as stubborn as a mule” or “had caused him to be resistant and caused him to be obstinate”
2:30 m4wj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְיָדְךָ֖ 1 Here, **hand** represents someone’s power and control. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “into your control”\n
2:30 ep81 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כַּיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה 1 The implication is that the Israelites control Sihon’s land at the time when Moses is giving this speech to the Israelites. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “as you control his land this day”
2:31 b1at rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וַיֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֵלַ֔י רְאֵ֗ה הַֽחִלֹּ֨תִי֙ תֵּ֣ת לְפָנֶ֔יךָ אֶת־סִיחֹ֖ן וְאֶת־אַרְצ֑וֹ הָחֵ֣ל רָ֔שׁ לָרֶ֖שֶׁת אֶת־אַרְצֽוֹ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh told me that he had begun giving before my face Sihon and his land. He commanded me to begin, possoess, to possess his land”
2:31 f11n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor רְאֵ֗ה 1 Yahweh is using the term **Look** to focus the Moses’ attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “See now”
2:31 farh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תֵּ֣ת לְפָנֶ֔יךָ אֶת־סִיחֹ֖ן וְאֶת־אַרְצ֑וֹ 1 Here Yahweh speaks as if he is physically **giving** Sihon to Moses. Yahweh means that he is enabling Moses to defeat Sihon and take over the land. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “giving victory before your face over Sihon and his land”
2:31 q366 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְפָנֶ֔יךָ 1 Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before you”
2:31 mn2v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אַרְצ֑וֹ & אַרְצֽוֹ 1 Here, the pronoun **his** refers to King Sihon. Yahweh is using the possessive form to describe the **land** that King Sihon rules over. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a comparable expression. Alternate translation: “the land that he rules over … the land that he rules over”
2:31 wz3l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication הָחֵ֣ל רָ֔שׁ לָרֶ֖שֶׁת 1 The words **possess, to possess** translate a verb that is repeated for emphasis. Yahweh wants the Israelites to fully possess the land. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “Begin to fully possess”
2:32 tf3w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַיֵּצֵא֩ סִיחֹ֨ן לִקְרָאתֵ֜נוּ 1 The implication is that **Sihon came out** of his main city, Heshbon and went to Jahaz to fight against the Israelites. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “And Sihon came out from Heshbon to attack us”
2:32 ampg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive לִקְרָאתֵ֜נוּ 1 By **us**, Moses means himself and the Israelite men old enough to fight, but not the rest of the Israelites, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
2:32 fczt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עַמּ֛וֹ 1 Here, **his people** refers to the fighting men whom Sihon led. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “his fighting men”
2:33 u79t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַֽיִּתְּנֵ֛הוּ יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵ֖ינוּ 1 Here Moses speaks as if Yahweh physically **gave** Sihon to the Israelites. Moses means that Yahweh enabled the Israelites to defeat Sihon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh our God gave us victory over him”
2:33 ker2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְפָנֵ֑ינוּ 1 Here, **faces** represents the presence of people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before us”
2:33 k449 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants בנו 1 Many ancient manuscripts read “son.” The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read the plural, “sons.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
2:33 mn5p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בנו 1 The implication is that the Israelites killed Sihon’s heir, **his son**, so that Sihon would not have descendants that would try to take the land back from the Israelites. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “his heir”
2:33 gvqy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession עַמּֽוֹ 1 Here, **people** refers to the fighting men whom Sihon led. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a comparable phrase to describe the relationship between Sihon and the **people**. Alternate translation: “the fighting men under his control”
2:36 fhuh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor שְׂפַת 1 Here, **the lip** is means “the edge.” In this case, **lip** specifically refers to the bank of a dry riverbed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly, as modelled by the UST.
2:36 pd7q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names נַ֨חַל אַרְנֹ֜ן 1 The term **Valley of Arnon** is the name of a place. The word **Arnon** is the name of a river. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 2:24](../02/24.md).
2:36 snr1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes לֹ֤א הָֽיְתָה֙ קִרְיָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר שָׂגְבָ֖ה מִמֶּ֑נּוּ 1 Moses is using a figure of speech here that expresses a strongly positive meaning by using a negative word, **not**, together with an expression, **too high**, that has the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the positive meaning. Alternate translation: “we were able to defeat the people of every city even if the city had high walls around it”
2:36 v2fl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַכֹּ֕ל 1 The implication is that Yahweh gave the Israelites **the whole** of the land described in this verse. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “all of the land”
2:36 npii rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְפָנֵֽינוּ 1 Here, **faces** represents the presence of people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before us”
2:37 xjvt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure רַ֛ק אֶל־אֶ֥רֶץ בְּנֵי־עַמּ֖וֹן לֹ֣א קָרָ֑בְתָּ כָּל־יַ֞ד נַ֤חַל יַבֹּק֙ וְעָרֵ֣י הָהָ֔ר וְכֹ֥ל אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֖ה יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵֽינוּ 1 Moses means that the Israelites only traveled where Yahweh commanded them to travel, and not anywhere else. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the phrasing of this verse. Alternate translation: “You only approached the land that Yahweh our God had commanded. You did not approach the land of the sons of Ammon, all the side of the Jabbok River, and the cities of the hill country”
2:37 v1z7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd לֹ֣א קָרָ֑בְתָּ 1 Even though **you** is singular in this verse, Moses is referring to himself and all the Israelites. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a different pronoun. Alternate translation: “we did not approach”
2:37 cezq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יַ֞ד 1 Here, **hand** means “side” or, as relating to a river, “the riverside.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the riverside of”
2:37 vt6d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names נַ֤חַל יַבֹּק֙ 1 The term **Jabbok River** is the name of a river. That river created the border between Sihon’s land and the land of the Ammonites.
3:intro z1ea 0 # Deuteronomy 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter continues Moses’ speech that began in Chapter 1.\n\n- vv. 1-11: Moses recounts how the Israelites defeated King Og\n- vv. 12-22: Moses allots land east of the Jordan to Reuben, Gad, and Manasseh\n- vv. 23-29: Yahweh forbids Moses from entering the land\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Possessing the land\n\nYahweh promised the Israelites that he will give them the land of Canaan if they obey him. Other people groups live in the land, but Yahweh promises to give the Israelites victory over them. The land belongs to Israel, but they have not yet entered it to possess the land. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties\n\n### “You”\nWhen Moses is referring to the Israelites, he uses the plural forms of “you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])### Quotes in quotes\n\nIn this chapter, Moses gives a speech and quotes what others said. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate or format this passage so that there are no quotations within a quotation. (See [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])\n\n### Time Background\n\nIn his speech, Moses reminds the Israelites about what happened to their ancestors before they entered the land that Yahweh promised to give to them. Throughout his speech, Moses repeats the phrase “at that time” to refer to events that occurred during that time period. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state this information explicitly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevents]])
3:1 lu1c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַנַּ֔עַל 1 Here, the term **went up** means "traveled on." You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and traveled on”
3:1 sahw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession דֶּ֖רֶךְ הַבָּשָׁ֑ן 1 Here, Moses is using the possessive form to describe a **road** that goes through the region of **Bashan**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different way to explain the relationship between **road** and **Bashan**. Alternate translation: “the road in the land of Bashan”
3:1 z2w7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names עוֹג֩ 1 The word **Og** is the name of a king. See how you translated it in [1:4](../01/04.md).
3:1 ylw5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַיֵּצֵ֣א עוֹג֩ מֶֽלֶךְ־הַבָּשָׁ֨ן לִקְרָאתֵ֜נוּ 1 The implication is that Og **came out** of the city where he lived in order to fight against the Israelites. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “And Og, the king of the Bashan, came out from his city to attack us”
3:1 zned rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive לִקְרָאתֵ֜נוּ 1 By **us**, Moses means himself and the Israelite men old enough to fight but not the rest of the Israelites, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. Alternate translation: “against our fighting men”
3:1 xyiq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עַמּ֛וֹ 1 Here, **people** refers to fighting men. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “his fighting men”
3:1 ki4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession עַמּ֛וֹ 1 Moses is using the possessive form to describe **people** whom King Og leads. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a comparable phrase to describe the relationship between Og and the **people**. Alternate translation: “the people whom King Og led”
3:1 v626 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶדְרֶֽעִי 1 The word **Edrei** is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [1:4](../01/04.md).
3:2 nt9o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וַיֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֤ה אֵלַי֙ אַל־תִּירָ֣א אֹת֔וֹ כִּ֣י בְיָדְךָ֞ נָתַ֧תִּי אֹת֛וֹ וְאֶת־כָּל־עַמּ֖וֹ וְאֶת־אַרְצ֑וֹ וְעָשִׂ֣יתָ לּ֔וֹ כַּאֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשִׂ֗יתָ לְסִיחֹן֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ הָֽאֱמֹרִ֔י אֲשֶׁ֥ר יוֹשֵׁ֖ב בְּחֶשְׁבּֽוֹן 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh commanded me not to fear him, for he has given him and all his people and his land into my hand. He told me to do to him as I did to Sihon, king of the Amorites, who lived at Heshbon”
3:2 a2ly rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative אַל־תִּירָ֣א 1 See the [book introduction](../front/intro.md) for more infromation about translating **shall**. Alternate translation: “Do not fear”
3:2 w3dp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אֹת֔וֹ & אֹת֛וֹ & עַמּ֖וֹ & אַרְצ֑וֹ & לּ֔וֹ 1 Here, the words **him** and **his** refer back to Og in the previous verse. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “Og … Og … his people … his land … to him”
3:2 dgpy rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 The word translated as **for** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “this is because”
3:2 tvji rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְיָדְךָ֞ 1 Here, the word **hand** means “power” or “control.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “under your control”
3:3 n4lw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּיָדֵ֗נוּ 1 Here, the word **hand** means “power” or “control.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “into our control”
3:3 maii rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַנַּכֵּ֕הוּ 1 Here, **struck down** means “defeated in battle.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And we smote him” or "And we slew them"
3:4 nwb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives לֹ֤א הָֽיְתָה֙ קִרְיָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־לָקַ֖חְנוּ מֵֽאִתָּ֑ם שִׁשִּׁ֥ים עִיר֙ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the repeated negative particle **not**. Alternate translation: “We took from them every city of 60 cities”
3:4 x9q1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names חֶ֣בֶל אַרְגֹּ֔ב 1 The word **Argob** is the name of a **region** within the country Bashan.
3:5 p7qc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עָרִ֧ים בְּצֻר֛וֹת 1 The implication is that these **cities** were fortified, so they were hard to access. The walls, gates, and bars protected the city from attack. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “were cities fortified”
3:5 qup3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys דְּלָתַ֣יִם וּבְרִ֑יחַ 1 This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **bars** tells what the **gates** were like. The city walls had gates with metal bars across them to keep enemies from coming in the cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “that had barred gates”
3:6 kqel rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אוֹתָ֔ם 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the cities and towns over which King Og ruled. If this is not clear for your readers, you could include this information. Alternate translation: “the cities”
3:6 vk9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy כָּל־עִ֣יר 1 Here, **city** represents the people living inside the cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all the people in every city”
3:8 w2ct rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִיַּ֗ד 1 Here, the word **hand** means “power” or “control.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “away from the control of” or "out of the control of"
3:8 l9c4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּעֵ֣בֶר הַיַּרְדֵּ֑ן 1 The implication is that the Amorites were **across the Jordan** from the rest of the land that Yahweh promised to give to the Israelites. The Amorites were east of the Jordan. Alternate translation: “were over on the east side of the Jordan”
3:8 c8hd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מִנַּ֥חַל אַרְנֹ֖ן 1 The term **Valley of Arnon** is the name of a place. See how you translated it in [2:24](../02/24.md).
3:8 b5q8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַ֥ר חֶרְמֽוֹן 1 The term **Mount Hermon** is the name of a mountain at the northern border of Bashan.
3:9 c5pg rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background צִידֹנִ֛ים יִקְרְא֥וּ לְחֶרְמ֖וֹן שִׂרְיֹ֑ן וְהָ֣אֱמֹרִ֔י יִקְרְאוּ־ל֖וֹ שְׂנִֽיר 1 This verse provides background information about the land that the Israelites conquered. This information helps readers understand what happened in the story. These verses are not part of Moses’ speech to the Israelites. In your translation, present this information in a way that makes it clear that this is background information.
3:9 nk7s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names לְחֶרְמ֖וֹן שִׂרְיֹ֑ן & שְׂנִֽיר 1 The words **Hermon**, **Sirion**, and **Senir** are all names for the same mountain, which is at the northern border of Bashan.
3:10 gk8j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַמִּישֹׁ֗ר 1 The **plain** is an area of high, flat land between the Arnon River and Mount Gilead. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the highland”
3:10 x89s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession עָרֵ֣י הַמִּישֹׁ֗ר 1 Here, Moses is using the possessive form to describe **cities** that are located on **the plain**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could describe the location in a comparable way. Alternate translation: “the cities located on the plain”
3:10 g7ie rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names סַלְכָ֖ה וְאֶדְרֶ֑עִי 1 The words **Salekah** and **Edrei** are names of cities. See how you translated **Edrei** in [1:4](../01/04.md).
3:11 nd7p rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background כִּ֣י רַק־ע֞וֹג מֶ֣לֶךְ הַבָּשָׁ֗ן נִשְׁאַר֮ מִיֶּ֣תֶר הָרְפָאִים֒ הִנֵּ֤ה עַרְשׂוֹ֙ עֶ֣רֶשׂ בַּרְזֶ֔ל הֲלֹ֣ה הִ֔וא בְּרַבַּ֖ת בְּנֵ֣י עַמּ֑וֹן תֵּ֧שַׁע אַמּ֣וֹת אָרְכָּ֗הּ וְאַרְבַּ֥ע אַמּ֛וֹת רָחְבָּ֖הּ בְּאַמַּת־אִֽישׁ 1 This verse provides background information about King Og. This information helps readers understand what happened in the story. These verses are not part of Moses’ speech to the Israelites. In your translation, present this information in a way that makes it clear that this is background information.
3:11 mdg3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הָרְפָאִים֒ 1 The word **Raphaites** is the name of a people group. See how you translated this in [2:11](../02/11.md).
3:11 i4qm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הִנֵּ֤ה 1 The author is using the term **Behold** to focus attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “Consider now”
3:11 ug2b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עַרְשׂוֹ֙ עֶ֣רֶשׂ 1 Here, the word **couch** refers to furniture that one can lie down on. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “his bedstead was a bedstead of”
3:11 ev4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲלֹ֣ה הִ֔וא בְּרַבַּ֖ת בְּנֵ֣י עַמּ֑וֹן 1 The writer uses a question to remind the Israelites that they could go to Rabbah and see how large Og must have been. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “It is in Rabbah, of the sons of Ammon.”
3:11 b98u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance אַמּ֣וֹת & אַמּ֛וֹת & בְּאַמַּת 1 A **cubit** is a measurement of distance equivalent to 46 centimeters. Nine cubits is approximately four meters, and four cubits is approximately 1.8 meters. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote.
3:11 z43d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְּאַמַּת־אִֽישׁ 1 Here, the author is using the possessive form to describe the measurement of **the cubit** that a **man** would normally use. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a comparable expression to describe a standard measurement. Alternate translation: “according to the cubit that most people use”
3:12 s921 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מֵעֲרֹעֵ֞ר 1 The word **Aroer** is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [2:36](../02/36.md).
3:12 h352 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names נַ֣חַל אַרְנֹ֗ן 1 The term **Valley of Arnon** is the name of a place. See how you translated it in [2:24](../02/24.md).
3:12 j8cy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וְעָרָ֔יו 1 Here, Moses is using the possessive form to describe **cities** that are located in the hill country of Gilead. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a comparable expression for describing location. Alternate translation: “and the cities in that region”
3:13 u0qk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וְיֶ֨תֶר הַגִּלְעָ֤ד וְכָל־הַבָּשָׁן֙ מַמְלֶ֣כֶת ע֔וֹג 1 Here, the author is using the possessive form to describe a **kingdom** that **Og** rules over. The kingdom includes parts of **Gilead and all Bashan**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a comparable expression for describing a kingdom. Alternate translation: “And the rest of Gilead and all Bashan, which Og ruled, ”
3:13 l167 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לַחֲצִ֖י שֵׁ֣בֶט הַֽמְנַשֶּׁ֑ה 1 Yahweh explains which areas belong to the part of the tribe of Manasseh that lives east of the Jordan in [Joshua 13:29-31](Jos/13/29.md). Moses allotted part of the land west of the Jordan to part of the tribe of Manasseh in [Deuteronomy 17:1-13](Deu/17/01.md). You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers, either in the text or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “to the half of the tribe of Manasseh that lived east of the Jordan”
3:13 pt8s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הָֽאַרְגֹּב֙ 1 The word **Argob** is the name of a region in Bashan. See how you translated this in [verse 4](../03/04.md).
3:13 g27b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names רְפָאִֽים 1 The word **Raphaites** is the name of a people group. See how you translated it in [2:11](../02/11.md).
3:13-14 xzf3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background כֹּ֣ל חֶ֤בֶל הָֽאַרְגֹּב֙ לְכָל־הַבָּשָׁ֔ן הַה֥וּא יִקָּרֵ֖א אֶ֥רֶץ רְפָאִֽים׃ & יָאִ֣יר בֶּן־מְנַשֶּׁ֗ה לָקַח֙ אֶת־כָּל־חֶ֣בֶל אַרְגֹּ֔ב עַד־גְּב֥וּל הַגְּשׁוּרִ֖י וְהַמַּֽעֲכָתִ֑י וַיִּקְרָא֩ אֹתָ֨ם עַל־שְׁמ֤וֹ אֶת־הַבָּשָׁן֙ חַוֺּ֣ת יָאִ֔יר עַ֖ד הַיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה׃ 1 These verses provide background information about the land that the people of Israel captured. This information helps readers understand what happened in the story. These verses are not part of Moses’ speech to the Israelites. In your translation, present this information in a way that makes it clear that this is background information.
3:14 aa4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names יָאִ֣יר 1 The word **Jair** is the name of a man.
3:14 x9m7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בֶּן 1 Here, **son** means “descendant.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a descendant of”
3:14 uz9u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עַד־גְּב֥וּל 1 The implication is that **the border of** the Geshurites and the Maacathites is north of the region of Argob. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “northward to the border of”
3:14 g7g2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names חַוֺּ֣ת יָאִ֔יר 1 The term **Havvoth Jair** is the name of a region. The name means ‘tent villages of Jair’ or ‘realm of Jair.’
3:14 o57c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עַ֖ד הַיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה 1 The implication is that the Israelites still refer to the region as Havvoth Jair on **this day**. Here, **this day** refers to the time frame introduced in [1:1-4](../01/04.md), when Moses is giving this speech to the Israelites. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “as you call that region to this day”
3:15 nnzh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּלְמָכִ֖יר 1 **Machir** had died before Moses gave this land. His name refers to his descendants. Alternate translation: “to the descendants of Machir”
3:15 fik9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns נָתַ֥תִּי 1 Here the pronoun **I** refers to Moses. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “I, Moses, gave”
3:16 n3af rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names נַ֣חַל אַרְנֹ֔ן 1 The term **Valley of Arnon** is the name of a place. See how you translated it in [2:24](../02/24.md).
3:16 x4dj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִן־הַגִּלְעָד֙ וְעַד־נַ֣חַל אַרְנֹ֔ן 1 The implication is that **the Valley of Arnon** is the southern border of **Gilead**. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. \n
3:16 ni9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names יַבֹּ֣ק הַנַּ֔חַל 1 The term **Jabbok River** is the name of a river. See how you translated this in [2:37](../02/37.md).
3:16 c3df rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession גְּב֖וּל בְּנֵ֥י עַמּֽוֹן 1 Here, Moses is using the possessive form to describe **the border** around the land that is occupied by the **sons of Ammon** of the Israelites. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a comparable expression. Alternate translation: “the border of the land occupied by the sons of Ammon”
3:16 nkm8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֥י 1 Here, **sons** means “descendants.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the descendants of”
3:17 y51g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מִכִּנֶּ֗רֶת 1 The word **Kinnereth** is the name of a large fresh-water lake that is also called “the Sea of Galilee.”
3:18 i7wz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וָאֲצַ֣ו אֶתְכֶ֔ם בָּעֵ֥ת הַהִ֖וא לֵאמֹ֑ר 1 Here, the word **saying** introduces direct speech. Consider natural ways of doing that in your own language. Alternate translation: “And I commanded you at that time” or "And at that time I commanded you"\n\n
3:18 i1zt rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אֶתְכֶ֔ם & אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֗ם & לָכֶ֜ם & אֲחֵיכֶ֥ם 1 The pronouns **you** and **your** refer to the people of the tribe of Reuben, the tribe of Gad, and the half tribe of Manasseh. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the names of the tribes here. Alternate translation: “you three tribes … your God … to you tribesmen … the other tribesmen”
3:18 c6xs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo נָתַ֨ן לָכֶ֜ם אֶת־הָאָ֤רֶץ הַזֹּאת֙ לְרִשְׁתָּ֔הּ 1 The expression **has given to you this land to possess it** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “has given you this land”
3:18 rt7n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy חֲלוּצִ֣ים 1 Here, **girded ones** represents fighting men. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The fighting men”\n
3:18 ql33 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּנֵי־חָֽיִל 1 The expression **sons of** describes a person who shares the qualities of **bravery**. The fighting men were **sons of bravery** because they fought in battle. If it would be helpful, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “brave men” or "men who are brave"
3:18 gnl8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תַּֽעַבְר֗וּ 1 The implication is that the fighting men of the three tribes will **cross over** the Jordan River. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “will cross the Jordan River”
3:18 j9qx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֛י 1 Here, **faces** represent the presence of people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before”
3:18 mq1x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֲחֵיכֶ֥ם 1 Here, **brothers** means “male relatives.” The Israelites are all descendants of Jacob. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “your fellow Israelites”
3:18 e8ey rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּנֵֽי 1 Here, **sons** means “male descendants.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the men of”
3:18 vrky rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Here, Moses is speaking to the tribe of Reuben, the tribe of Gad, and the half tribe of Manasseh. Here, **Israel** refers to the other tribes of Israel. You could use an exclusive form if your language marks that distinction.
3:19 ma9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns נְשֵׁיכֶ֣ם וְטַפְּכֶם֮ וּמִקְנֵכֶם֒ & לָכֶ֑ם & בְּעָ֣רֵיכֶ֔ם & לָכֶֽם 1 The pronouns **you** and **your** refer to the people of the tribe of Reuben, the tribe of Gad, and the half tribe of Manasseh. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the names of the tribes here.
3:20 cpr8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns לַֽאֲחֵיכֶם֮ כָּכֶם֒ & וְשַׁבְתֶּ֗ם & לָכֶֽם 1 The pronouns **you** and **your** refer to the people of the tribe of Reuben, the tribe of Gad, and the half tribe of Manasseh. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the names of the tribes here.
3:20 zgr3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לַֽאֲחֵיכֶם֮ 1 Here, **brothers** means “male relatives.” The Israelites are all descendants of Jacob. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “your fellow Israelites”
3:20 isu7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יָנִ֨יחַ & ׀ לַֽאֲחֵיכֶם֮ כָּכֶם֒ 1 The implication is that **to have rest** is the absence of war. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “causes your brothers, as you, to have rest from fighting”\n
3:20 b0ti rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun אִ֚ישׁ 1 The word **man** represents every fighting man from the three tribes in general, not one particular man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “every fighting man”
3:20 ac2j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּעֵ֣בֶר הַיַּרְדֵּ֑ן 1 The implication is that the land **across the Jordan** is on the west. Moses was east of the Jordan when he said this. Alternate translation: “west of the Jordan River”
3:20 xkx5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לִֽירֻשָּׁת֔וֹ 1 The implication is that the **inheritance** is the land that Moses allotted to each family. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “to his land”
3:20 s3hn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְשַׁבְתֶּ֗ם 1 Moses is emphasizing that the other tribes must possess their land before Yahweh will permit these three tribes to possess their land. You could include this information if it would be helpful for your readers. Alternate translation: “Only then are you to return.”
3:21 xd1l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche עֵינֶ֣יךָ 1 Here, **eyes** represent the whole person in the act of seeing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You yourself”
3:21 p9pl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לִשְׁנֵי֙ הַמְּלָכִ֣ים הָאֵ֔לֶּה 1 Here, the term **these two kings** refers to King Sihon and King Og, whom the Israelites defeated. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “to these two kings, Sihon and Og”
3:21 d7dr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit שָֽׁמָּה 1 Here, the word **there** refers to all of the land that Yahweh promised to give to the Israelites. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “in the land that he will give you”
3:22 w5lw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns לֹ֖א תְִּירָא֑וּם 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the people who live in the land that the Israelites are about to occupy. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the names of the people groups here. Alternate translation: “Do not fear the people who live in the land”
3:22 cl6k rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֚י 1 The word translated as **for** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “because”
3:22 o5gl rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ה֖וּא הַנִּלְחָ֥ם 1 For emphasis, Moses is stating the pronoun **himself**, whose meaning is already included in the verb **fight**. Moses uses the word **himself** to emphasize how significant it was that Yahweh will fight for the Israelites. If your language can state implied pronouns explicitly for emphasis, you may want to use that construction in your translation. Other languages may have other ways of bringing out this emphasis. The ULT does so by using the intensive pronoun **himself**. Alternate translation: “it is he who will fight”
3:23 d3fi rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵאמֹֽר 1 Here, the word **saying** introduces direct speech. Consider natural ways of doing that in your own language.
3:24 z9tn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person עַבְדְּךָ֔ 1 Here, Moses is referring to himself as **your servant**, which is a polite way of speaking to someone with greater authority. Alternate translation: “me, your servant,”
3:24 rgyp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet אֶ֨ת־גָּדְלְךָ֔ וְאֶת־יָדְךָ֖ הַחֲזָקָ֑ה 1 The terms **greatness** and **strong hand** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “your powerful greatness”
3:24 idr1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יָדְךָ֖ הַחֲזָקָ֑ה 1 Here, **hand** represents Yahweh’s power. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your strong power”
3:24 qkn5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מִי־אֵל֙ בַּשָּׁמַ֣יִם וּבָאָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר־יַעֲשֶׂ֥ה כְמַעֲשֶׂ֖יךָ וְכִגְבוּרֹתֶֽךָ 1 Moses uses a question to emphasize that Yahweh is the only God, and only he has the power to do the works he has done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “No god in heaven or in earth could do works as your works and as your mighty deeds.”
3:24 ls1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism בַּשָּׁמַ֣יִם וּבָאָ֔רֶץ 1 Here, Moses is referring to all places by naming the parts that are at the extreme ends of it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is there anywhere”
3:24 sd4i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet כְמַעֲשֶׂ֖יךָ וְכִגְבוּרֹתֶֽךָ 1 The terms **works** and **mighty deeds** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “as your very mighty works”
3:25 qg4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness נָּ֗א 1 The word translated as **please** here is a term used in polite requests. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could use an equivalent expression for making a polite request.
3:25 c8zq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּעֵ֣בֶר הַיַּרְדֵּ֑ן 1 The implication is that the land **across the Jordan** is on the west side. When Moses spoke these words to Yahweh, he was east of the Jordan River in Moab. Alternate translation: “is west of the Jordan River.”
3:26 p3zp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַיִּתְעַבֵּ֨ר יְהוָ֥ה בִּי֙ לְמַ֣עַנְכֶ֔ם 1 This refers to [Numbers 20](Num/20/10.md), when Moses, because he was angry with the people of Israel, disobeyed what Yahweh told him to do. The Israelite people complained that they did not have water in the wilderness. Yahweh told Moses to speak to the rock so water would come out, but Moses disobeyed Yahweh and struck the rock with his staff. As a result, Yahweh promised that Moses would not enter the land.
3:27 s4i8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy רֹ֣אשׁ 1 Here, **head** represents the top of something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the peak of”
3:27 qm9b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַפִּסְגָּ֗ה 1 The word **Pisgah** is the name of a mountain. See how you translated this is in [verse 17](../03/17.md).
3:27 rbsz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְשָׂ֥א עֵינֶ֛יךָ 1 Here, the term **lift up your eyes** means “look.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an expression from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and gaze”
3:27 a7ag rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּרְאֵ֣ה בְעֵינֶ֑יךָ 1 Yahweh uses the phrase **look with your eyes** to emphasize that Moses will only see but not enter the land. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “And you may only look with your eyes”
3:28 swy2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet וְחַזְּקֵ֣הוּ וְאַמְּצֵ֑הוּ 1 The terms **encourage** and **strengthen** mean similar things. Yahweh is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “and greatly strengthen him”
3:28 qi30 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo לִפְנֵי֙ 1 Here, **faces** represent the presence of people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before”
3:28 lo1o rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְהוּא֙ יַנְחִ֣יל אוֹתָ֔ם 1 For emphasis, Yahweh is stating the pronoun **himself**, whose meaning is already included in the verb translated as **cause to inherit**. If your language can state implied pronouns explicitly for emphasis, you may want to use that construction in your translation. Other languages may have other ways of bringing out this emphasis. The ULT does so by using the intensive pronoun **himself**. Alternate translation: “and it is he who will cause them to inherit”
3:28 tsxo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶת־הָאָ֖רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר תִּרְאֶֽה 1 The implication is that from the top of Mount Pisgah Moses **will see the land** that Joshua will lead the Israelites to conquer. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the land that you will see from the top of Mount Pisgah”
4:intro d8g8 0 # Deuteronomy 4 General Notes\n\n## Chapter Outline\n- vv. 1-40: Moses encourages the Israelites to obey Yahweh\n- vv. 41-43: Moses appoints cities of refuge\n- vv. 44-49: Summary of Moses’ first speech\n\n## Special Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Moses’ instructions\nGod will not allow Moses to enter into the Promised Land. Since the Israelites are getting ready to possess the Promised Land, Moses gives them some last instructions before his death. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])\n\n### Cities of Refuge\n\nVerses 41-43 discuss cities of refuge, which are towns to which a manslayer could flee. In this case, a manslayer is anyone who accidentally kills another person. In those times, a close family member of the deceased would be obligated to take revenge for the killing of his family member by finding and killing the manslayer. Yahweh provides protection for the manslayer so that they will not be punished too harshly. \n(See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/refuge]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])\n\n### Likeness\nVerses 15-31 warn the Israelites against creating idols. The other people groups in the land worshiped entities in nature such as the sun, moon, stars, trees, and so on. They created idols that looked like (in the likeness of) these entities. Yahweh forbids the Israelites from making likenesses of anything for the purpose of worshiping it. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/likeness]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nMoses uses several rhetorical questions in verses 7-8, and 33-34. The purpose of these questions is to convince his readers to obey his instructions. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Words for the law\n- statutes\n- ordinances\n- judgments\nMoses uses several words to refer to the law that Yahweh commanded the Israelites to obey. It is unclear what the differences are between these terms. If your language has different terms for the law, you could use them here to differentiate between the different Hebrew words. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])\n\n### “You”\n\n- vv. 1-22: “You” and “your” are both singular and plural; see notes for details.\n- vv. 23-40: “you” and “your” are singular.\n\nMoses is speaking to the Israelites who are alive, but he refers to events that happened to their ancestors. The pronouns “you” or “your” are plural here unless otherwise noted. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could explicitly state that these events happened to their ancestors. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n
4:1 m1n5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 Here, **Israel** represents the people of Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people of Israel”
4:1 hfw2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet אֶל־הַֽחֻקִּים֙ וְאֶל־הַמִּשְׁפָּטִ֔ים 1 The terms **statutes** and **ordinances** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “to the important statutes”
4:1 zdp5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לְמַ֣עַן 1 Here, **so that** marks what comes after as the goal or purpose of what comes before. Moses wants the Israelites to live in the land. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.
4:2 ft3x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche הַדָּבָר֙ 1 Here, **word** represents all of the words of the law that Yahweh spoke to Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the statutes” or "the words of the law"
4:2 r77u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מִצְוֺת֙ יְהוָ֣ה 1 Here, Moses is using the possessive form to describe **commandments** that come from **Yahweh**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the commandments given by Yahweh”
4:3 u7gv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche עֵֽינֵיכֶם֙ 1 Moses is using **eyes** to represent all of a person in the act of seeing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You yourselves”
4:3 bs2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּבַ֣עַל פְּע֑וֹר 1 Here, Moses is referring to the events of [Numbers 25:1-9](Num/25/01.md), when Israelite men committed sexual immorality with Moabite women. The women tempted the Israelite men to worship their idol, the **Baal** of **Peor**. As a result, Yahweh punished the Israelites with a plague until Phinehas the priest killed a man who was still committing adultery.
4:3 p9ok rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הָלַךְ֙ אַחֲרֵ֣י 1 Here, **walked after** means “worshiped.” Moses is speaking of worshiping idols as if people were physically walking behind idols to follow them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “worshiped”
4:3 naji rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הִשְׁמִיד֛וֹ 1 The implication is that Yahweh **destroyed them** by killing them. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “has killed them”
4:3 yl8h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd מִקִּרְבֶּֽךָ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all of the Israelites, the pronoun **your** is singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
4:4 x6hf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הַדְּבֵקִ֔ים בַּיהוָ֖ה 1 Moses speaks as if obeying Yahweh were like physically holding on to him as one would hold on to another person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who carefully obeyed Yahweh”
4:5 hs9r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor רְאֵ֣ה 1 Moses is using the word **Look** to focus the Israelites' attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “Indeed”
4:5 v63r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo בָּאִ֥ים שָׁ֖מָּה לְרִשְׁתָּֽהּ 1 The expression **going into to possess it** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “are going into to possess”
4:6 zr9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet וּשְׁמַרְתֶּם֮ וַעֲשִׂיתֶם֒ 1 The terms **keep** and **do** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “And you shall carefully do them”
4:6 fau5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative וּשְׁמַרְתֶּם֮ וַעֲשִׂיתֶם֒ 1 See the [book introduction](../front/intro.md) for more infromation about translating **shall**. Alternate translation: “And keep and do them”
4:6 ce6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 The word translated as **for** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “because”
4:6 bhy7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns חָכְמַתְכֶם֙ וּבִ֣ינַתְכֶ֔ם 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **wisdom** and **understanding**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “is how you can act wisely and with understanding”
4:6 di77 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet חָכְמַתְכֶם֙ וּבִ֣ינַתְכֶ֔ם & חָכָ֣ם וְנָב֔וֹן 1 The terms **wisdom** and **understanding** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “is your great wisdom … very wise”
4:6 f2rh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לְעֵינֵ֖י 1 Here, **in the eyes of** is an idiom for a person's opinion or evaluation. Moses speaks as if evaluating something were physically seeing it with one's **eyes**. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the evaluation of”
4:6 ij0i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִשְׁמְע֗וּן 1 Here, the word **hear** means “learn about.” Moses speaks as if hearing reports about Yahweh’s law were the same as physically hearing the law itself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will hear about”
4:6 dkil rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וְאָמְר֗וּ 1 Here, the word **say** introduces direct speech. Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language.
4:6 sr33 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עַם־חָכָ֣ם וְנָב֔וֹן הַגּ֥וֹי הַגָּד֖וֹל הַזֶּֽה 1 Here, **nation** represents the people of that nation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of this great nation are wise and understanding”
4:7 thf7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֚י 1 The word translated as **For** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before.
4:7 hx9w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor קְרֹבִ֣ים אֵלָ֑יו 1 Here Moses is speaking of Yahweh’s protection and guidance as if Yahweh could physically come **near** to the Israelites. See the book introduction for more information about Yahweh’s presence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who is protecting it”
4:7-8 m62n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion כִּ֚י מִי־ג֣וֹי גָּד֔וֹל אֲשֶׁר־ל֥וֹ אֱלֹהִ֖ים קְרֹבִ֣ים אֵלָ֑יו כַּיהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֔ינוּ בְּכָּל־קָרְאֵ֖נוּ אֵלָֽיו׃ & וּמִי֙ גּ֣וֹי גָּד֔וֹל אֲשֶׁר־ל֛וֹ חֻקִּ֥ים וּמִשְׁפָּטִ֖ים צַדִּיקִ֑ם כְּכֹל֙ הַתּוֹרָ֣ה הַזֹּ֔את אֲשֶׁ֧ר אָנֹכִ֛י נֹתֵ֥ן לִפְנֵיכֶ֖ם הַיּֽוֹם׃ 1 Moses is using the question form to emphasize how great Yahweh is compared to the lifeless idols that other nations follow. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or exclamations. Alternate translation: “For there is no other great nation that has a god near to it as Yahweh our God is whenever we call on him. And, there is no other great nation that has statutes and ordinances as righteous as all this law that I am giving before your faces today.”
4:8 g3lt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet חֻקִּ֥ים וּמִשְׁפָּטִ֖ים 1 The terms **statutes** and **ordinances** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “important rules”
4:8 po9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נֹתֵ֥ן 1 Here Moses is speaking of reading the law as if he were physically **giving** it to the Israelites. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “am repeating”
4:8 odq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִפְנֵיכֶ֖ם 1 Here, **faces** represents the presence of people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before you”
4:9 z7zs rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases רַ֡ק 1 Here Moses is using **Only** to emphasize his commands. Use a connector to introduce something important that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: "Be sure that you"
4:9 bfw3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd הִשָּׁ֣מֶר לְךָ֩ וּשְׁמֹ֨ר נַפְשְׁךָ֜ & תִּשְׁכַּ֨ח & עֵינֶ֗יךָ & מִלְּבָ֣בְךָ֔ & חַיֶּ֑יךָ וְהוֹדַעְתָּ֥ם לְבָנֶ֖יךָ & בָנֶֽיךָ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, **you**, **your**, and the command forms are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
4:9 d2dg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet הִשָּׁ֣מֶר לְךָ֩ וּשְׁמֹ֨ר נַפְשְׁךָ֜ מְאֹ֗ד 1 The terms **guard yourself** and **guard your spirit strongly** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “carefully guard all of yourself”
4:9 i05z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo פֶּן & וּפֶן 1 Moses uses the word **lest** to introduce a hypothetical condition as a warning. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “in case … and in case”
4:9 n4sg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַדְּבָרִ֜ים 1 The implication is that the Israelites should not forget **the things** that Yahweh did for them, such as the miracles that Yahweh did to help the Israelites in the wilderness. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the miraculous things Yahweh did”
4:9 urlx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche עֵינֶ֗יךָ 1 Here, **eyes** represents all of a person in the act of seeing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you yourself”
4:9 yh8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יָס֨וּרוּ֙ מִלְּבָ֣בְךָ֔ 1 Here Moses is speaking as if memories physically **retreat** from one's **heart** when one forgets something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you forget them”
4:9 j9jf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כֹּ֖ל יְמֵ֣י חַיֶּ֑יךָ 1 Here, the word **days** refers to a specific period of time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the entire duration of your life”
4:9 l723 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לְבָנֶ֖יךָ וְלִבְנֵ֥י בָנֶֽיךָ 1 Here, **sons** means “children.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to your children and to the children of your children”
4:9 rqwy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication לְבָנֶ֖יךָ וְלִבְנֵ֥י בָנֶֽיךָ 1 Here, Moses repeats **sons** to emphasize how important it is for the Israelites to teach their children about Yahweh and his commands. If your language can repeat words for emphasis, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation.
4:10 i0uq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit י֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֨ר עָמַ֜דְתָּ לִפְנֵ֨י יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶיךָ֮ בְּחֹרֵב֒ 1 Moses is referring to the events of [Exodus 19](Exo/19/01.md) when Yahweh spoke from Mount Sinai from a fire. The Israelite people were afraid of Yahweh and stood far away.
4:10 tkm7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd עָמַ֜דְתָּ & אֱלֹהֶיךָ֮ 1 Even though Moses is speaking about the Israelites and their ancestors, **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
4:10 vcet rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֨י 1 Here, **face** represents someone’s presence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before”
4:10 ivm8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַקְהֶל־לִי֙ אֶת־הָעָ֔ם 1 The implication is that Yahweh wants Moses to bring all the Israelite **people** to **Assemble** at Mount Sinai, where Yahweh will speak through a thunderstorm. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Tell the Israelite people to gather here”
4:10 onov rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result אֲשֶׁ֨ר 2 The word translated as **that** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “so that”
4:11 wy4q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תַּ֣חַת 1 Here **under** means “at the foot of.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at the foot of”
4:11 t7n0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לֵ֣ב 1 Here the word **heart** means “middle.” Moses is speaking of the sky as if it had a heart in its middle. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the middle of”
4:12 ik93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּתְמוּנָ֛ה אֵינְכֶ֥ם רֹאִ֖ים 1 Here **form** means the visible form of a living being. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and you saw no visible form”
4:14 sge4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet חֻקִּ֖ים וּמִשְׁפָּטִ֑ים 1 The terms **statutes** and **judgments** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “important rules”
4:14 wod7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לַעֲשֹׂתְכֶ֣ם 1 Here, **for** marks what follows as the goal or purpose of what comes before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.
4:14 bdx7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo בָּאָ֕רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר אַתֶּ֛ם עֹבְרִ֥ים שָׁ֖מָּה לְרִשְׁתָּֽהּ 1 The expression **the land which you are going over to possess it** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “in the land you will possess”
4:15 r8lb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 The word translated as **for** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “this is because”
4:15 miaf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּי֗וֹם דִּבֶּ֨ר יְהוָ֧ה אֲלֵיכֶ֛ם בְּחֹרֵ֖ב מִתּ֥וֹךְ הָאֵֽשׁ 1 Moses is referring to the events of [Exodus 19](Exo/19/01.md) when Yahweh spoke from Mount Sinai from a fire. The Israelite people were afraid of Yahweh and stood far away.
4:16 f5bb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo פֶּ֨ן 1 Moses is using the word **lest** to introduce a hypothetical condition as a warning. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “in case”
4:16 ouuk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תַּשְׁחִת֔וּן 1 Here, the term **act corruptly** means to sin or do wrong. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “you sin”
4:16 n63q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns תַּבְנִ֥ית 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **likeness**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “anything looking like a”
4:16 r6fd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish זָכָ֖ר א֥וֹ נְקֵבָֽה 1 Here, **male or female** refers to human beings, not to animals. Be sure that this distinction is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “a male person or a female person”
4:5 gw9a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish אֱלֹהָ֑י 1 Here, Moses refers to Yahweh as **my God** in order to emphasize that he himself worships and obeys Yahweh. He does not mean that he is the only one who worships Yahweh. If this would not be clear for your readers, you could use an equivalent expression to describe Moses’ relationship with Yahweh. Alternate translation, adding a comma after Yahweh: “, the God whom I worship,”
4:17 dsbm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns תַּבְנִ֕ית & תַּבְנִית֙ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **likeness**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “anything looking like … anything looking like”
4:18 fgec rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns תַּבְנִ֕ית & תַּבְנִ֛ית 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **likeness**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “anything looking like … anything looking like”
4:18 xe6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit רֹמֵ֖שׂ 1 A **creeping thing** means any creature that crawls on the ground. This could include reptiles and insects. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “reptile”
4:19 hips rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo וּפֶן 1 Moses uses the word **lest** to introduce a hypothetical condition as a warning. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “And in case”
4:19 a5bt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd תִּשָּׂ֨א עֵינֶ֜יךָ & וְֽ֠רָאִיתָ & וְנִדַּחְתָּ֛ וְהִשְׁתַּחֲוִ֥יתָ & וַעֲבַדְתָּ֑ם & אֱלֹהֶ֨יךָ֙ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to a group of people, **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
4:19 d0wc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom תִּשָּׂ֨א עֵינֶ֜יךָ 1 Here, **you lift up your eyes** is an idiom that means “you look.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you turn your eyes” or “you look”
4:19 r5pg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כֹּ֚ל צְבָ֣א הַשָּׁמַ֔יִם 1 Here, **all the multitude of the heavens** is an idiom that means “all the heavenly bodies in the sky.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all the heavenly bodies in the sky”\n
4:19 mg57 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְנִדַּחְתָּ֛ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and let them seduce you”
4:19 os1x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְנִדַּחְתָּ֛ 1 The implication is that the Israelites might **be seduced** to worship the sun, moon, or stars and commit the sin of idolatry. You could include this information if it would be helpful for your readers. Alternate translation: “and be seduced to idolatry”
4:19 mpi9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֲשֶׁ֨ר חָלַ֜ק יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהֶ֨יךָ֙ אֹתָ֔ם לְכֹל֙ הָֽעַמִּ֔ים תַּ֖חַת כָּל־הַשָּׁמָֽיִם 1 Moses speaks of the heavenly bodies as if they were small objects that Yahweh **allotted** and gave out to the people groups. Moses means that all people groups are able to see the sun, moon, and the stars. Alternate translation: “those which Yahweh your God has allowed all the peoples under all the heavens to see”
4:20 uej2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִכּ֥וּר הַבַּרְזֶ֖ל 1 An **iron furnace** is very hot; people use it to melt iron. Moses speaks as if the sufferings of the Israelites in Egypt were so severe that it was like being in an **iron furnace**; the Israelites were the iron inside the furnace. Alternate translation: “brought you out of the land where the Egyptians severely oppressed you”
4:20 c59d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ל֛וֹ לְעַ֥ם נַחֲלָ֖ה 1 Moses speaks as if all the people of Israel were one object that Yahweh owns. Moses means that Yahweh chose to have a special relationship with Israel. See the chapter introduction for more information. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his chosen people”
4:20 ga0x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כַּיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה 1 The implication is that the Israelites still have a special relationship with Yahweh at the time when Moses is giving this speech to them. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “as you are this day as I speak to you”
4:21 l8rk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַֽיהוָ֥ה הִתְאַנֶּף־בִּ֖י עַל־דִּבְרֵיכֶ֑ם וַיִּשָּׁבַ֗ע לְבִלְתִּ֤י עָבְרִי֙ אֶת־הַיַּרְדֵּ֔ן וּלְבִלְתִּי־בֹא֙ אֶל־הָאָ֣רֶץ הַטּוֹבָ֔ה 1 This refers to [Numbers 20](Num/20/10.md), when Moses disobeyed what Yahweh told him to do because Moses was angry with the people of Israel. The Israelite people complained that they did not have water in the wilderness. Yahweh told Moses to speak to the rock so water would come out, but Moses disobeyed Yahweh and struck the rock with his staff. As a result, Yahweh **swore** that Moses would not **go in to the good land**.
4:21 qnf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ & לְךָ֖ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
4:22 k52a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd כִּ֣י 1 Moses uses the word **But** here to indicate a strong contrast between the fact that he will not enter the land, while the Israelites will enter the land. In your translation, indicate this strong contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “As for me,”
4:22 xbn3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בָּאָ֣רֶץ הַזֹּ֔את אֵינֶ֥נִּי עֹבֵ֖ר אֶת־הַיַּרְדֵּ֑ן 1 The implication is that **this land** is the land of Moab, which is east of **the Jordan** River. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “here in Moab. I will not cross to the west side of the Jordan”
4:23 gf5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo פֶּֽן 1 Moses is using the word **lest** to introduce a hypothetical condition as a warning. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “in case”
4:23 ffm0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֶת־בְּרִ֤ית יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹ֣הֵיכֶ֔ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר כָּרַ֖ת 1 To **cut** a **covenant** means to make a covenant. The phrase refers to ancient rituals around making covenants, illustrated in [Genesis 15](Gen/15/01). See the imagery and how you translated there. Alternate translation: “the covenant of Yahweh your God, which he made”
4:23 k54j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit צִוְּךָ֖ 1 Yahweh **commanded** the Israelites not to make idols. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “has commanded you not to do”
4:23 q9m3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd צִוְּךָ֖ & אֱלֹהֶֽיךָ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, **you** and **your** are singular here. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
4:24 fc5i rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֚י 1 The word translated as **For** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “This is because”
4:24 z6c8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֵ֥שׁ אֹכְלָ֖ה 1 Here Moses is speaking of Yahweh’s response, when he is jealous, as if it were **a devouring fire**. Yahweh will destroy anyone who disobeys him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is a destroyer of people who disobey him just as a fire burns its fuel to ashes”\n
4:25 sw65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd תוֹלִ֤יד & אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to a group of people, **you** and **your** are singular here. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
4:25 d5qj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בָּנִים֙ וּבְנֵ֣י בָנִ֔ים 1 Here, **sons** means “children.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “children, and children of children”
4:25 adae rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּבְנֵ֣י בָנִ֔ים 1 The implication is that the living Israelites will bear children, and then those children will bear children. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and they beget sons”
4:25 y9c0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo וְהִשְׁחַתֶּ֗ם 1 Moses is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that Yahweh will only become angry and punish the Israelites if the Israelites sin by making an idol. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “and if you act corruptly”
4:25 e3zj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְהִשְׁחַתֶּ֗ם 1 Here, the term **act corruptly** means "to sin or do wrong." You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and you sin” See how you translated these words in [verse 16](../04/16.md).
4:25 v824 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּעֵינֵ֥י 1 Here, **in the eyes of** is an idiom for a person's opinion or evaluation. Moses speaks as if evaluating something meant physically seeing it with one's **eyes**. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the evaluation of”
4:26 ciie rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַעִידֹתִי֩ בָכֶ֨ם הַיּ֜וֹם אֶת־הַשָּׁמַ֣יִם וְאֶת־הָאָ֗רֶץ 1 The implication is that **the heavens and the earth** will **witness** whether or not the Israelites will disobey Yahweh. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “I will make the heavens and the earth witness whether you obey or disobey”
4:26 lbi9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism אֶת־הַשָּׁמַ֣יִם וְאֶת־הָאָ֗רֶץ 1 Here, Moses is referring to everything that exists in the universe by naming the parts that are at the extreme ends of it. Moses is referring to everything, living and non-living. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the whole universe”
4:26 c910 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication אָבֹ֣ד תֹּאבֵדוּן֮ & הִשָּׁמֵ֖ד תִּשָּׁמֵדֽוּן 1 The words **surely perish** and **completely destroyed** translate verbs that are repeated for emphasis. If your language can repeat words for emphasis, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation.
4:26 r2k3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo הָאָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֨ר אַתֶּ֜ם עֹבְרִ֧ים אֶת־הַיַּרְדֵּ֛ן שָׁ֖מָּה לְרִשְׁתָּ֑הּ 1 The expression **the land to which you are going over the Jordan to possess it** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “the land to which you are going over the Jordan to possess”
4:26 tz2p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לֹֽא־תַאֲרִיכֻ֤ן יָמִים֙ עָלֶ֔יהָ 1 The implication is that if the Israelites sin by making idols, then they will leave the land and live somewhere else. Yahweh **will not prolong** the **days** when the Israelites can live on the land. You could include this information if it would be helpful for your readers. Alternate translation: “You will not be able to live on the land for long”
4:26 eme2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole הִשָּׁמֵ֖ד תִּשָּׁמֵדֽוּן 1 As indicated in [verse 27](../04/27), not every Israelite will be killed. Here “completely destroyed” is an overgeneralization used to emphasize that many of the Israelites will die. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “surely many of you will be destroyed”
4:26 kwik rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הִשָּׁמֵ֖ד תִּשָּׁמֵדֽוּן 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will cause your complete destruction”
4:27 yy63 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וְהֵפִ֧יץ יְהוָ֛ה אֶתְכֶ֖ם בָּעַמִּ֑ים & יְנַהֵ֧ג יְהוָ֛ה אֶתְכֶ֖ם שָֽׁמָּה 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh will scatter you among the peoples … , indeed, Yahweh will drive you there”
4:27 swv8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְהֵפִ֧יץ יְהוָ֛ה אֶתְכֶ֖ם 1 Moses speaks as if the Israelite people were seeds that Yahweh could **scatter** around a field. Moses means that Yahweh will cause the Israelites to go live in many different places among many different peoples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will cause you to leave the land and live”
4:27 uka7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְנִשְׁאַרְתֶּם֙ מְתֵ֣י מִסְפָּ֔ר 1 The implication is that the population of Israelites in each nation would be very small. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the phrasing. Alternate translation: “and there will be few of you”
4:27 u1el rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יְנַהֵ֧ג יְהוָ֛ה אֶתְכֶ֖ם 1 Here Moses is speaking of the Israelites as if they were livestock that **Yahweh** could **drive** from one place to another. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will make you go”
4:28 f8ls rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מַעֲשֵׂ֖ה יְדֵ֣י אָדָ֑ם 1 Here, Moses is using the possessive form to describe a **work**, as in an object, that is made by **the hands of man**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use an equivalent expression to describe a man-made object. Alternate translation: “objects made by the hands of man”
4:28 eq2t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche יְדֵ֣י אָדָ֑ם 1 Moses is using **hands** to represent all of a person in the act of making an idol. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “mere men”
4:29 nz82 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִשָּׁ֛ם 1 The word **there** refers to all the other nations where Yahweh will force the Israelites to live if they disobey him. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “from those other nations”
4:29 dh1a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּבִקַּשְׁתֶּ֥ם מִשָּׁ֛ם אֶת־יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ וּמָצָ֑אתָ כִּ֣י תִדְרְשֶׁ֔נּוּ 1 Here Moses is speaking of praying to and knowing Yahweh as if one could physically **search for** and **seek** him and **find him** in a specific place. As God, Yahweh is everywhere and cannot be limited to a single space. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And from there you will pray to Yahweh your God, and he will answer when you appeal to him”
4:29 t9hj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ וּמָצָ֑אתָ & תִדְרְשֶׁ֔נּוּ & לְבָבְךָ֖ & נַפְשֶֽׁךָ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, **you** and **your** are singular here. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
4:29 fki1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche בְּכָל־לְבָבְךָ֖ וּבְכָל־נַפְשֶֽׁךָ 1 Here the words **heart** and **spirit** refer to a person’s will and desire to do something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with all your will and with all your desire”
4:29 qkwr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet בְּכָל־לְבָבְךָ֖ וּבְכָל־נַפְשֶֽׁךָ 1 The terms **heart** and **spirit** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “with all of your will”
4:30 ybue rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd לְךָ֔ וּמְצָא֕וּךָ & וְשַׁבְתָּ֙ & אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ וְשָׁמַעְתָּ֖ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
4:30 n0yn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּמְצָא֕וּךָ 1 Here Moses is speaking of experiencing trouble as if it were an object that one could **find**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and you experience”
4:30 bu4p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כֹּ֖ל הַדְּבָרִ֣ים הָאֵ֑לֶּה 1 The phrase **all these things** refers to the hardship that the Israelites will experience when they live in the other nations. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “all these hardships”
4:30 vnz1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְשַׁבְתָּ֙ עַד־יְהוָ֣ה 1 Here Moses is speaking of the Israelites choosing to worship **Yahweh** again as if **Yahweh** were a physical location to which they could **return**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “then you will again worship Yahweh”
4:30 xhr4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְשָׁמַעְתָּ֖ 1 Here the word **listen** means to intentionally hear and obey. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and be obedient to” or "and act according to"\n
4:30 hmqf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּקֹלֽוֹ 1 Here, **voice** represents the words that Yahweh spoke, which include his commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what he says”
4:31 c8wq rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 The word translated as **For** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “This is because”
4:31 yfl2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ & יַרְפְּךָ֖ & יַשְׁחִיתֶ֑ךָ & אֲבֹתֶ֔יךָ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
4:31 vlxi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְלֹ֣א יַשְׁחִיתֶ֑ךָ 1 The implication is that Yahweh **will not destroy** the Israelites, because he will make sure that some Israelites survive. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and he will not eliminate you completely”
4:31 gml8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives וְלֹ֤א יִשְׁכַּח֙ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative verb **forget**. Alternate translation: “and he will remember”
4:31 nsl7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְּרִ֣ית אֲבֹתֶ֔יךָ 1 Here, Moses is using the possessive form to describe the **covenant** that Yahweh made with the **fathers** of the Israelites. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use an equivalent expression to describe the covenant. Alternate translation: “the covenant between Yahweh and your fathers”
4:31 ebks rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֲבֹתֶ֔יךָ 1 Moses is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your predecessors”
4:32 yss9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you שְׁאַל & לְפָנֶ֗יךָ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, the word **your** and the command **ask** are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
4:32 pkpy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor שְׁאַל 1 Here the word **ask** means “think.” Moses is speaking as if asking questions about something were the same as thinking about it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “consider”
4:32 c553 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness נָא֩ 1 The word translated as **please** here is a term used in polite requests. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could use an equivalent expression for making a polite request.
4:32 tg9v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְפָנֶ֗יךָ 1 Here, **face** represents the presence of a person and **before** here means "prior to." If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before your existence”
4:32 njz0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַיּוֹם֙ אֲשֶׁר֩ בָּרָ֨א אֱלֹהִ֤ים ׀ אָדָם֙ עַל־הָאָ֔רֶץ 1 Moses is referring to the events of [Genesis 1:27](Gen/01/27.md) when Yahweh created human beings, male and female, in his image. This was on the sixth day of creation.
4:32 i0fo rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns אָדָם֙ 1 In this verse, the word **man** is singular in form, but it refers to all human beings as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “human beings”
4:32 vugi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism וּלְמִקְצֵ֥ה הַשָּׁמַ֖יִם וְעַד־קְצֵ֣ה הַשָּׁמָ֑יִם 1 Here, Moses is referring to all of the world by naming the parts that are at the extreme ends of it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and on all the earth”
4:32 kmtn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כַּדָּבָ֤ר הַגָּדוֹל֙ הַזֶּ֔ה 1 The term **a great thing** refers to the works that Yahweh did, which Moses mentions in the following verses. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “as great a thing as what Yahweh did”
4:33 gv8c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲשָׁ֣מַֽע עָם֩ ק֨וֹל אֱלֹהִ֜ים מְדַבֵּ֧ר מִתּוֹךְ־הָאֵ֛שׁ כַּאֲשֶׁר־שָׁמַ֥עְתָּ אַתָּ֖ה וַיֶּֽחִי 1 Here Moses is using the question form to emphasize how amazing it is that the Israelites heard Yahweh speak from the fire in [Exodus 19-20](Exo/19/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “No other people has heard the voice of God speaking from the midst of the fire, as you have heard, and lived.”
4:33 uge5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ק֨וֹל אֱלֹהִ֜ים 1 Here, **voice** represents Yahweh in the act of speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God himself”
4:33 yydf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd שָׁמַ֥עְתָּ אַתָּ֖ה 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
4:33 a261 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns שָׁמַ֥עְתָּ אַתָּ֖ה 1 For emphasis, Moses is stating the pronoun **you**, whose meaning is already included in the verb **heard**. If your language can state implied pronouns explicitly for emphasis, you may want to use that construction in your translation. Other languages may have other ways of bringing out this emphasis. The ULT does so by using the intensive pronoun **yourself**. Alternate translation: “you indeed have heard”
4:34 i1ev rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion א֣וֹ ׀ הֲנִסָּ֣ה אֱלֹהִ֗ים לָ֠בוֹא לָקַ֨חַת ל֣וֹ גוֹי֮ מִקֶּ֣רֶב גּוֹי֒ 1 Moses is using the question form to emphasize how amazing it was that Yahweh chose Israel and saved them from Egypt. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Make sure to end the sentence with the appropriate punctuation. Alternate translation: “God has not attempted to go and take for himself any other nation from the midst of another nation.”
4:34 sczh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּמַסֹּת֩ 1 Here the word **trials** refers to the plagues in [Exodus 7-11](Exo/07/01.md) that Yahweh sent so that the Egyptians would suffer. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “by plagues”
4:34 k5no rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet בְּאֹתֹ֨ת וּבְמוֹפְתִ֜ים 1 The words **signs** and **wonders** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “by great signs”
4:34 xi2r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּבְמִלְחָמָ֗ה 1 The word **war** refers to [Exodus 14](Exo/14/01.md), when the Egyptian army chased the Israelites as they left Egypt. Yahweh enabled the Israelites to defeat the Egyptian army. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and by enabling you to defeat the Egyptians in war”
4:34 fjbf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet וּבְיָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙ וּבִזְר֣וֹעַ נְטוּיָ֔ה 1 The terms **mighty hand** and **outstretched arm** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “and by very great power”
4:34 uct8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּבְיָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙ 1 Here the word **hand** represents God’s power. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and by mighty power”
4:34 iny4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּבִזְר֣וֹעַ נְטוּיָ֔ה 1 Here, **arm** refers to Yahweh’s power. Moses speaks of stretching out an **arm** as if it were a demonstration of supernatural power. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and by great deeds”
4:34 r398 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְעֵינֶֽיךָ 1 Here, the word **eyes** represents the act of seeing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in your sight”
4:34 r7hs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd לְעֵינֶֽיךָ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, **your** is singular here. If the singular form would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural form in your translation.
4:35 yl1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd אַתָּה֙ הָרְאֵ֣תָ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to a group of people, **you** and **yourself** are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
4:35 q7ug rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אַתָּה֙ הָרְאֵ֣תָ 1 For emphasis, Moses is stating the pronoun **you**, whose meaning is already included in the verb **have been shown**. If your language can state implied pronouns explicitly for emphasis, you may want to use that construction in your translation. Other languages may have other ways of bringing out this emphasis. The ULT does so by using the intensive pronoun **yourself**. Alternate translation: “you indeed have been shown”
4:35 gajq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive אַתָּה֙ הָרְאֵ֣תָ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He showed these to you yourself”
4:35 nu4a rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal אַתָּה֙ הָרְאֵ֣תָ לָדַ֔עַת 1 Here, the word **to** marks **know** as the goal or purpose of **you have been shown**. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. Alternate translation: “You yourself have been shown so that you might know”
4:36 r411 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִן־הַשָּׁמַ֛יִם הִשְׁמִֽיעֲךָ֥ אֶת־קֹל֖וֹ 1 The implication is that the **voice** of Yahweh came **from the heavens** and not from earth. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “He caused you to hear his voice that came from the heavens”
4:36 pii8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd הִשְׁמִֽיעֲךָ֥ & לְיַסְּרֶ֑ךָּ & הֶרְאֲךָ֙ & שָׁמַ֖עְתָּ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, **you** is singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
4:36 au03 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal הִשְׁמִֽיעֲךָ֥ אֶת־קֹל֖וֹ לְיַסְּרֶ֑ךָּ 1 Here, the word **to** marks **instruct you** as the goal or purpose of **he caused you to hear his voice**. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. Alternate translation: “he caused you to hear his voice so that he might instruct you”
4:36 jlv0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּדְבָרָ֥יו שָׁמַ֖עְתָּ מִתּ֥וֹךְ הָאֵֽשׁ 1 Moses is referring to the events of [Exodus 19](Exo/19/01.md) when Yahweh spoke from Mount Sinai from a fire. The Israelite people were afraid of Yahweh and stood far away.
4:36 gza6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וּדְבָרָ֥יו שָׁמַ֖עְתָּ 1 Here, Moses is using the possessive form to describe **words** that Yahweh spoke. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use an equivalent expression to describe Yahweh’s speech. Alternate translation: “and you heard the words that Yahweh spoke”
4:37 ss1r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd אֲבֹתֶ֔יךָ & וַיּוֹצִֽאֲךָ֧ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
4:37 p6x2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֲבֹתֶ֔יךָ 1 Moses is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your ancestors”
4:37 yey2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּפָנָ֛יו 1 Moses is using **face**, meaning Yahweh’s presence, to represent Yahweh’s ability to save the Israelites. Moses is emphasizing that Yahweh brought the Israelites out of Egypt by himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by himself”
4:37 crec rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns בְּזַרְע֖וֹ אַחֲרָ֑יו 1 In this verse, the pronouns **his** and **him** are singular in form, but they refer to all of the Israelites’ ancestors as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “their seed after them”
4:38 kbdx rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense לְהוֹרִ֗ישׁ גּוֹיִ֛ם גְּדֹלִ֧ים וַעֲצֻמִ֛ים מִמְּךָ֖ מִפָּנֶ֑יךָ 1 This could refer to: (1) nations which the Israelites have already defeated and expelled from the land, as in [Deuteronomy 2-3](../02/26.md). Alternate translation: “when he drove out from before your faces nations greater and mightier than you” (2) nations which the Israelites will expel from the land in the future. Alternate translation: “so that he might drive out from before your faces nations greater and mightier than you”
4:38 rdl9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd מִמְּךָ֖ מִפָּנֶ֑יךָ לַהֲבִֽיאֲךָ֗ & לְךָ֧ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
4:38 xjq9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִפָּנֶ֑יךָ 1 Here, **faces** represents the presence of a people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from before you” or "from before your presence"
4:38 q3n0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לַהֲבִֽיאֲךָ֗ 1 The implication is that Yahweh will use his power to **bring** the Israelites into the land. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “to bring you into the land”
4:38 n4e6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כַּיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה 1 The implication is that the land is the inheritance of the Israelites, even as Moses is speaking to them before they enter it. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “as it belongs to you now, even as I speak to you”
4:39 esi7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd וְיָדַעְתָּ֣ & וַהֲשֵׁבֹתָ֮ & לְבָבֶךָ֒ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
4:39 sp48 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וְיָדַעְתָּ֣ הַיּ֗וֹם וַהֲשֵׁבֹתָ֮ אֶל־לְבָבֶךָ֒ 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “And you shall know today, indeed, you shall return it to your heart”
4:39 v9br rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְיָדַעְתָּ֣ 1 Here **know** means “think about.” Moses is speaking of thinking about something as if that were knowing it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And you shall consider”
4:39 ufg5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַהֲשֵׁבֹתָ֮ אֶל־לְבָבֶךָ֒ 1 Here, **return to your heart** is an idiom that means “think about.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and you shall call it to mind” or “and think about it”
4:39 f524 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism בַּשָּׁמַ֣יִם מִמַּ֔עַל וְעַל־הָאָ֖רֶץ מִתָּ֑חַת 1 Here, Moses is referring to the whole universe by naming the parts that are at the extreme ends of it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everywhere”
4:40 w9d5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd וְשָׁמַרְתָּ֞ & מְצַוְּךָ֙ & לְךָ֔ וּלְבָנֶ֖יךָ אַחֲרֶ֑יךָ & תַּאֲרִ֤יךְ & אֱלֹהֶ֛יךָ & לְךָ֖ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
4:40 xgha rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְשָׁמַרְתָּ֞ 1 Here the word **keep** means “obey.” Moses is speaking of commandments as if they were physical objects that one could **keep** in one's possession. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And you shall obey”
4:40 e877 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet חֻקָּ֣יו וְאֶת־מִצְוֺתָ֗יו 1 The terms **statutes** and **commandments** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “his important statutes”
4:40 nx43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּלְבָנֶ֖יךָ 1 Here, **sons** means “descendants.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and for your offspring”
4:40 c3aw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תַּאֲרִ֤יךְ יָמִים֙ עַל־הַ֣אֲדָמָ֔ה 1 The implication is that if the Israelites obey Yahweh, they will **prolong** the **days** in which they live **in the land**. Moses is speaking of time as if it were something over which man could exercise control, to **prolong** it. You could include this information if it would be helpful for your readers. See how you translated this concept in [verse 26](../04/26.md). Alternate translation: “you may live in the land for many generations”
4:40 wxen rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כָּל־הַיָּמִֽים 1 Here, **all the days** is an idiom that means “forever.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “until the end of time” or “always”
4:41 bt78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent אָ֣ז 1 The author is using the word translated **Then** to introduce a new event in the story. Moses’s speech, which began in [1:6](../01/06.md), has finished, and the writer continues the narrative that ended in [1:5](../01/05.md). Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “After he finished his speech,” \n
4:41 vowz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מִזְרְחָ֖ה שָֽׁמֶשׁ 1 Here, **the rising of the sun** is an idiom that means “east.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “toward the east”
4:42 vlww rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor רֵעֵ֨הוּ֙ 1 Here, **neighbor** means “fellow Israelite.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his fellow Israelite”
4:42 eoix rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בִּבְלִי־דַ֔עַת 1 Here **without knowing** means “unintentionally.” Moses is speaking of knowledge as if it were the same thing as intention. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “unintentionally”
4:42 yxbk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְה֛וּא לֹא־שֹׂנֵ֥א ל֖וֹ מִתְּמ֣וֹל שִׁלְשׁ֑וֹם 1 The implication is that the **manslayer** did not premeditate murder. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and he did not hate him previously before and did not plan to kill him”
4:42 lkg9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo מִתְּמ֣וֹל שִׁלְשׁ֑וֹם 1 The expression **previously before** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “before”
4:42 mfo9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וָחָֽי 1 The implication is that the family members of the dead person would try to kill the manslayer, so the people of those cities would protect the manslayer. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and the avenger would not be able to kill him there”
4:43 csf7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בֶּ֧צֶר & גּוֹלָ֥ן 1 The words **Bezer** and **Golan** are names of cities.
4:44 x5pl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor שָׂ֣ם 1 Here the word **placed** means “delivered.” Moses is speaking here as if the words of the law were physical objects that he **placed** before the Israelites. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “told”
4:44 gskk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֖י 1 Here, **faces** represents the presence of people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before”
4:44 i55w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 Here, **sons** means “descendants.” Moses is identifying the Israelites as descendants of their ancestor Jacob, who was also known as Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel”
4:45 qrkq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background אֵ֚לֶּה הָֽעֵדֹ֔ת וְהַֽחֻקִּ֖ים וְהַמִּשְׁפָּטִ֑ים אֲשֶׁ֨ר דִּבֶּ֤ר מֹשֶׁה֙ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל בְּצֵאתָ֖ם מִמִּצְרָֽיִם 1 Moses is giving background information to help readers understand where the law comes from. Moses first told the Israelites the law in [Exodus 20-24](Exo/20/01.md) on Mount Sinai, after the Israelites left Egypt. Moses is repeating that same law in his speech here. In your translation, present this information in a way that makes it clear that this is background information.
4:45 sntd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Here, **sons** means “descendants.” Moses is identifying the Israelites as descendants of their ancestor Jacob, who was also known as Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel”
4:46 blvj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּעֵ֨בֶר הַיַּרְדֵּ֜ן 1 As Moses is repeating the law to the Israelites, they are camping on the east side of the Jordan River. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “when the Israelites are camping east of the Jordan”
4:46 zf9l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בֵּ֣ית פְּע֔וֹר 1 The term **Beth Peor** is the name of a town in Moab near Mount Pisgah. See how you translated this in [3:29](../03/29.md).
4:46 c8za rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְּחֶשְׁבּ֑וֹן 1 The word **Heshbon** is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [1:4](../01/04.md).
4:46 rpq1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּבְנֵֽי יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Here, **sons** means “descendants.” Moses is identifying the Israelites as descendants of their ancestor Jacob, who was also known as Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel”
4:46 t7op rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּצֵאתָ֖ם מִמִּצְרָֽיִם 1 The events discussed in this verse occur after the Israelites **came out from Egypt** and after Moses told the Israelites the law the first time. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “after they came out from Egypt”
4:46-49 k6c9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background בְּעֵ֨בֶר הַיַּרְדֵּ֜ן בַּגַּ֗יְא מ֚וּל בֵּ֣ית פְּע֔וֹר בְּאֶ֗רֶץ סִיחֹן֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ הָֽאֱמֹרִ֔י אֲשֶׁ֥ר יוֹשֵׁ֖ב בְּחֶשְׁבּ֑וֹן אֲשֶׁ֨ר הִכָּ֤ה מֹשֶׁה֙ וּבְנֵֽי יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל בְּצֵאתָ֖ם מִמִּצְרָֽיִם׃ & וַיִּֽירְשׁ֨וּ אֶת־אַרְצ֜וֹ וְאֶת־אֶ֣רֶץ ׀ ע֣וֹג מֶֽלֶךְ־הַבָּשָׁ֗ן שְׁנֵי֙ מַלְכֵ֣י הָֽאֱמֹרִ֔י אֲשֶׁ֖ר בְּעֵ֣בֶר הַיַּרְדֵּ֑ן מִזְרַ֖ח שָֽׁמֶשׁ׃ & מֵעֲרֹעֵ֞ר אֲשֶׁ֨ר עַל־שְׂפַת־נַ֧חַל אַרְנֹ֛ן וְעַד־הַ֥ר שִׂיאֹ֖ן ה֥וּא חֶרְמֽוֹן׃ &\nוְכָל־הָ֨עֲרָבָ֜ה עֵ֤בֶר הַיַּרְדֵּן֙ מִזְרָ֔חָה וְעַ֖ד יָ֣ם הָעֲרָבָ֑ה תַּ֖חַת אַשְׁדֹּ֥ת הַפִּסְגָּֽה׃פ 1 The writer is repeating the events that Moses summarized in his first speech from [2:26-3:10](../02/26.md). These events occurred in [Numbers 21:21-35](Num/21/21.md). This information helps the readers understand where the Israelites were camping when Moses is telling them the law. In your translation, present this information in a way that makes it clear that this is background information.
4:47 ya36 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אַרְצ֜וֹ 1 The pronoun **his** refers to King Sihon. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “King Sihon’s land”
4:47 t6wp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מִזְרַ֖ח שָֽׁמֶשׁ 1 Here, **the rising of the sun** is an idiom that means “east.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “toward the east”
4:48 kwj2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מֵעֲרֹעֵ֞ר 1 The word **Aroer** is the name of a city. See how you translated this in [2:36](../02/36.md).
4:48 brkt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor שְׂפַת 1 Here, **the lip** means “the edge.” In this case, **lip** specifically refers to the bank of a dry riverbed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the edge of”
4:48 n3ct rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names נַ֧חַל אַרְנֹ֛ן 1 The term **the Valley of Arnon** is the name of a place. See how you translated this in [2:24](../02/24.md).
4:48 vyn6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names שִׂיאֹ֖ן & חֶרְמֽוֹן 1 The words **Sion** and **Hermon** are different names for the same mountain. The word **Sion** is another spelling of “Sirion” ([3:9](../03/09.md)). You could keep the same spelling for both occurrences if it would be clearer for your readers. For **Hermon**, see how you translated that name in [3:8](../03/08.md).
4:49 l26x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom תַּ֖חַת אַשְׁדֹּ֥ת 1 The phrase **under the slopes of** means “at the base of” when referring to a mountain. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated this in [3:17](../03/17.md).
4:49 x6zf rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַפִּסְגָּֽה 1 The word **Pisgah** is the name of a mountain. See how you translated it in [3:17](../03/17.md).
5:intro xsp1 0 # Deuteronomy 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n- vv.1-4: Moses reminds the Israelites that Yahweh made a covenant with them on Mount Sinai\n- vv. 5-21: Moses repeats the Ten Commandments\n- vv. 22-33: Moses reminds the Israelites that he spoke to Yahweh on their behalf because they feared Yahweh\n\nSome translations set each of the commandments in the list of Ten Commandments in 5:7–21 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT uses a separate paragraph for each commandment.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Ten Commandments\n\nThis chapter repeats the words from Exodus 20, which are known as the Ten Commandments. It is important for the Israelites to obey these words as part of their covenant with Yahweh. Yahweh gave the Israelites the Ten Commandments on Mount Sinai after the Israelites left Egypt. The Ten Commandments are written on two stone tablets that are placed in the ark of the covenant. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/tencommandments]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/arkofthecovenant]])\n\n### The Sabbath\nYahweh commands the Israelites to rest on the seventh day, known as the Sabbath. The rest reminds the Israelites that Yahweh rested on the seventh day of creation. The Sabbath also reminds the Israelites that they have rest because Yahweh rescued them from being slaves in Egypt, where they had no rest. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])\n\n## Other Translation Issues\n\n### “You”\n\nWhen Moses is addressing the Israelites, he uses both the singular and plural forms of “You.”\n\n- vv. 1-5: “You” and “your” are plural.\n- vv. 8-21: “You” and “your” are singular.\n- vv. 22-24: “You” and “your” are plural.\n- vv. 28: “You” and “your” are plural.\n- vv. 32-33: “You” and “your” are plural.\n\n(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
5:1 zd9l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַיִּקְרָ֣א מֹשֶׁה֮ אֶל־כָּל־יִשְׂרָאֵל֒ 1 Here the word **called** means “summoned.” The writer is speaking as if calling someone is the same as summoning them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Then Moses commanded all Israel to come”
5:1 kvw4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵל֒ & יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 Here **Israel** refers to all the Israelites. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “the Israelites … Israelites”
5:1 d5qb rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַיֹּ֣אמֶר 1 Here, the phrase **and said** introduces direct speech. Moses is beginning his second speech to the Israelites. Consider natural ways of doing that in your own language.
5:1 w7kq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet הַחֻקִּ֣ים וְאֶת־הַמִּשְׁפָּטִ֔ים 1 The terms **statutes** and **ordinances** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “the important statutes”
5:1 rwb1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche בְּאָזְנֵיכֶ֖ם 1 Moses is using **ears** to represent all of a person in the act of hearing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to you yourselves”
5:2 gqfi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֗ינוּ כָּרַ֥ת עִמָּ֛נוּ בְּרִ֖ית בְּחֹרֵֽב 1 Moses is referring to the events of [Exodus 19-24](Exo/19/01.md), when Moses told the Israelites what Yahweh had commanded them and the Israelites agreed to obey. In return, Yahweh would have a special relationship with the Israelites. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers.
5:2 lhkx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כָּרַ֥ת עִמָּ֛נוּ בְּרִ֖ית 1 To **cut a covenant** means to make a covenant. The phrase refers to ancient rituals around making covenants, illustrated in [Genesis 15](Gen/15/01.md). See the imagery and how you translated the term there. Alternate translation: “made a covenant with us”
5:3 so4m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish לֹ֣א אֶת־אֲבֹתֵ֔ינוּ כָּרַ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־הַבְּרִ֣ית הַזֹּ֑את 1 Moses means that the covenant was not only for the ancestors of the Israelites, but for the current generation also. Be sure that this distinction is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “Yahweh cut this covenant not only with our fathers”
5:3 hf3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֲבֹתֵ֔ינוּ 1 Here **fathers** could mean: (1) the parents of the living Israelites, who made a covenant with Yahweh at Mount Sinai. Alternate translation: “with our parents” (2) the ancestors of the Israelites such as Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, who made a covenant with Yahweh. Alternate translation: “with our predecessors”
5:3 g39m rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast כִּ֣י 1 The word translated as **but** marks a strong contrast with the previous clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “but, in fact,”
5:3 thc5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism אֲנַ֨חְנוּ אֵ֥לֶּה פֹ֛ה הַיּ֖וֹם כֻּלָּ֥נוּ חַיִּֽים 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “those of us here today, indeed, all who are living”
5:4 n291 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit פָּנִ֣ים ׀ בְּפָנִ֗ים דִּבֶּ֨ר יְהוָ֧ה עִמָּכֶ֛ם בָּהָ֖ר מִתּ֥וֹךְ הָאֵֽשׁ 1 Moses is referring to the events of [Exodus 19](Exo/19/01.md), when Yahweh spoke from Mount Sinai from a fire. The Israelite people were afraid of Yahweh and stood far away.
5:4 h6t4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy פָּנִ֣ים ׀ בְּפָנִ֗ים 1 Here, **face** represents someone’s presence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in your presence”
5:4 qpnd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish פָּנִ֣ים ׀ בְּפָנִ֗ים 1 [4:15](../04/15.md) states that the Israelites only heard Yahweh’s voice but did not see him. Moses means that the Israelites physically and personally heard the voice of Yahweh’s voice. Be sure that this distinction is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “personally”
5:5 b7in rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo בֵּין & וּבֵֽינֵיכֶם֙ 1 Here, the text repeats the word “between” to describe how Moses spoke to Yahweh on behalf of the Israelites while they stood far away. If it is unnatural in your language to repeat a preposition, you could use a form that identifies physical distance between people. Alternate translation: “between … and you”
5:5 n0gc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לְהַגִּ֥יד 1 Here, the word **to** marks “reveal to you the word of Yahweh” as the goal or purpose of Moses standing between Yahweh and the Israelites. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.
5:5 c0kf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶת־דְּבַ֣ר יְהוָ֑ה 1 Here, **word** represents everything that Yahweh said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh told me to tell you”
5:5 ia47 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֤י 1 The word translated as **For** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “This is because”
5:5 l82u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִפְּנֵ֣י 1 Here, **face** represents the presence of something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of the presence of”
5:5 fihv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵאמֹֽר 1 Here, the word **saying** introduces direct speech. Consider natural ways of doing that in your own language.
5:6 nwcg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit 0 In this verse, Yahweh is referring to the events of [Exodus 1-14](Exo/01/01.md), when Yahweh did amazing things so that the Israelites could leave Egypt.
5:6 dav1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ & הוֹצֵאתִ֛יךָ 1 Yahweh is speaking directly to Moses, so the pronouns **you** and **your** are singular in this verse and in the rest of Yahweh’s speech. See chapter introduction for more information.
5:6 fbu5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִבֵּ֥ית עֲבָדִֽים 1 Yahweh speaks of Egypt as if it were a **house** where people keep **slaves**. See how you translated this in [Exodus 13:3](Exo/13/03.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the place where you were slaves”
5:7 f42x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative לֹא־יִהְיֶ֥ה לְךָ֛ 1 See the [book introduction](../front/intro.md) for more infromation about translating **shall**. Alternate translation: “Do not have”
5:7 y3yg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עַל־פָּנָֽיַ 1 Here, **face** represents the presence of Yahweh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “besides me”
5:8 netg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd לֹֽ֣א־תַעֲשֶׂ֥ה לְךָ֥ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all of the Israelites, **yourself** and other forms of you are singular from this verse to [verse 21](../05/21.md). If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
5:8 nzor rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns כָּל־תְּמוּנָ֔ה 1 \nIf your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **likeness**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “anything looking like something”
5:8 bs7n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism בַּשָּׁמַ֨יִם֙ מִמַּ֔עַל וַאֲשֶׁ֥ר בָּאָ֖רֶץ מִתָּ֑חַת וַאֲשֶׁ֥ר בַּמַּ֖יִם מִתַּ֥חַת לָאָֽרֶץ 1 \n\nThis list refers to anything in the universe. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “is in the universe”
5:9 sxf4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns לָהֶ֖ם 1 Here, the pronoun **them** refers to carved figures or idols.
5:9 a6ef rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit פֹּ֠קֵד עֲוֺ֨ן 1 The implication is that Yahweh will **visit** or extend the punishment for the **iniquity** of one generation onto future generations. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “I put the punishment for the iniquity of”
5:9 qj4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations אָב֧וֹת עַל־בָּנִ֛ים 1 Although the terms **fathers** and **sons** are masculine, Yahweh is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “parents on the children”
5:9 fsfp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis עַל־בָּנִ֛ים וְעַל־שִׁלֵּשִׁ֥ים וְעַל־רִבֵּעִ֖ים 1 Yahweh is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Here, **generation** is implied by **sons**, therefore **third** and **fourth** refers to the grandchildren and great-grandchildren. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “on the sons down to the third and fourth generations of”
5:9 d9fs rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal וְעַל־שִׁלֵּשִׁ֥ים וְעַל־רִבֵּעִ֖ים 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “and on generations 3 and 4 of”
5:10 zxf7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְעֹ֥שֶׂה חֶ֖סֶד לַֽאֲלָפִ֑ים לְאֹהֲבַ֖י וּלְשֹׁמְרֵ֥י מִצְוֹתָֽי׃ס 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faithfulness**, you can express the same idea with the words “faithfully” or “faithful.” Alternate translation: “But I faithfully love the thousands who are lovers of me and keepers of my commandments.”
5:10 rq8x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis לַֽאֲלָפִ֑ים 1 Yahweh is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. “Generations” is implied by the previous verse. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “to a thousand generations”
5:10 xq3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לַֽאֲלָפִ֑ים 1 Here, **thousands** could mean: (1) “forever,” that is, “to all descendants forever.” Alternate translation: “to every generation” (2) a number too many to count. Alternate translation: “to innumerable people”
5:11 kd28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֹ֥א תִשָּׂ֛א & אֲשֶׁר־יִשָּׂ֥א 1 Here **lift up** means “use” or “say.” This includes invoking Yahweh’s name, making a claim to him, attempting to manipulate him, or misrepresenting him. A broad word should be used in translation of this term. Alternate translation: “Do not use … he who uses”
5:11 uv88 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לַשָּׁ֑וְא & לַשָּֽׁוְא 1 Here, **with emptiness** means “carelessly” or “without proper respect.” Yahweh is speaking of his name as if it were a physical object that could be emptied of substance. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “carelessly”
5:11 in6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives כִּ֣י לֹ֤א יְנַקֶּה֙ יְהוָ֔ה 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative **leave unpunished**. Alternate translation: “for Yahweh will certainly treat as guilty”
5:13 p3yg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מְלַאכְתֶּֽךָ 1 The implication is that the Israelites do **work** for six days, including any responsibilities, jobs, or duties that are required in daily life. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “your labor” or “your tasks”
5:14 cx31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal וְי֨וֹם֙ הַשְּׁבִיעִ֔י 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “but day seven” or “but day 7”
5:14 po5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche בִּשְׁעָרֶ֔יךָ 1 Here, **gates** represents the border of a town or city. Anyone who was inside the gates was part of the community. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “is within your community”
5:15 ls4c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet בְּיָ֥ד חֲזָקָ֖ה וּבִזְרֹ֣עַ נְטוּיָ֑ה 1 The terms **mighty hand** and **outstretched arm** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “and by very great power”
5:15 n9t4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּיָ֥ד חֲזָקָ֖ה 1 Here the word **hand** represents God’s power. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by a mighty power”
5:15 knso rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּבִזְרֹ֣עַ נְטוּיָ֑ה 1 Here, **arm** refers to Yahweh’s power. Moses speaks of stretching out an **arm** as if it were a demonstration of supernatural power. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and by great deeds”
5:15 fpf8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result עַל־כֵּ֗ן 1 The words translated as **Therefore** indicate that what follows is a result of what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a result of what came before. Alternate translation: “As a result,”
5:16 g54g rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal כַּבֵּ֤ד אֶת־אָבִ֨יךָ֙ וְאֶת־אִמֶּ֔ךָ כַּאֲשֶׁ֥ר צִוְּךָ֖ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֑יךָ לְמַ֣עַן ׀ יַאֲרִיכֻ֣ן יָמֶ֗יךָ וּלְמַ֨עַן֙ יִ֣יטַב לָ֔ךְ 1 Here, **so that** marks **you may prolong your days** and **it may go well with you** as the goal or purpose of **Honor your father and your mother**. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.
5:16 hu7r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יַאֲרִיכֻ֣ן יָמֶ֗יךָ 1 If the Israelites obey Yahweh, they will **prolong the days** that they live on the land. Moses is speaking of time as if it were something over which man could exercise control, to **prolong** it. You could include this information if it would be helpful for your readers. Alternate translation: “you may live for many generations”
5:17 x2en rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֹ֖א תִּרְצָֽח 1 Here, **murder** does not mean all kinds of killing, which would imply that killing in war, accidental killing, and execution were also sinful acts. Alternate translation: "Do not commit an unlawful, premeditated killing"
5:18 lke6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְלֹ֖א תִּנְאָֽף 1 Alternate translation: “And do not have sexual relations with anyone other than your spouse”
5:20 vp3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְלֹֽא־תַעֲנֶ֥ה בְרֵֽעֲךָ֖ עֵ֥ד שָֽׁוְא 1 The implication is that the **testimony** would be given in court or before a judge. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “And do not lie as you testify”
5:20 p6zg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְרֵֽעֲךָ֖ 1 Here, **neighbor** means “fellow Israelite.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “against your fellow Israelite”
5:21 a80l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor רֵעֶ֑ךָ & רֵעֶ֗ךָ & לְרֵעֶֽךָ 1 Here, **neighbor** means “fellow Israelite.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your fellow Israelite … your fellow Israelite … is of your fellow Israelite”
5:21 sqc4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וְכֹ֖ל אֲשֶׁ֥ר לְרֵעֶֽךָ 1 Here, Yahweh is using the possessive form to describe **anything** that is a material possession that belongs to **your neighbor**. If it would be helpful for your readers, use an expression for the possessions that someone else owns. Alternate translation: “and any possession that belongs to your neighbor”
5:22 c5s9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ק֥וֹל גָּד֖וֹל 1 The implication is that the voice of Yahweh was very loud. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “loudly”
5:22 yl0m rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns קְהַלְכֶ֜ם 1 The pronoun **your** refers to all the Israelites who were present at Mount Sinai when Yahweh gave the law to Moses. If this is not clear for your readers, you could clarify who **your** refers to. Alternate translation: “the assembly of Israelites”
5:23 vkg3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַיְהִ֗י 1 Moses is using the word translated **And it happened** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “And then” or "At that time"
5:23 ar5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הַקּוֹל֙ 1 Here, **voice** represents the sound of someone speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the sound of Yahweh speaking”
5:23 zwfr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive וַתִּקְרְב֣וּן 1 By **you**, Moses means the leaders of the Israelites but not all of the Israelites, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
5:23 y5zg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor רָאשֵׁ֥י 1 Here, **heads** means “leaders.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the leaders of”
5:23 p4d6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet רָאשֵׁ֥י שִׁבְטֵיכֶ֖ם וְזִקְנֵיכֶֽם 1 The terms **the heads of your tribes** and **your elders** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “your leaders”
5:24 k558 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַתֹּאמְר֗וּ 1 Here, the word **said** introduces direct speech. Consider natural ways of doing that in your own language.
5:24 grlj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הֵ֣ן 1 The Israelite leaders are using the term **behold** to focus Moses’ attention on what they are about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to what we have to say:”
5:24 z2gi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy קֹל֥וֹ 1 Here, **voice** represents the sound of someone speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the sound of Yahweh speaking”
5:24 gzgc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations הָֽאָדָ֖ם 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, the Israelite leaders are using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “humankind”
5:25 zra9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וְעַתָּה֙ לָ֣מָּה נָמ֔וּת 1 The Israelite leaders are using the question form to express their fears that they would die if Yahweh spoke to them. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “And we do not want to die.”
5:25 ty2s rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical כִּ֣י תֹֽאכְלֵ֔נוּ הָאֵ֥שׁ הַגְּדֹלָ֖ה הַזֹּ֑את אִם־יֹסְפִ֣ים ׀ אֲנַ֗חְנוּ לִ֠שְׁמֹעַ אֶת־ק֨וֹל יְהוָ֧ה אֱלֹהֵ֛ינוּ ע֖וֹד וָמָֽתְנוּ 1 The Israelite leaders are suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that they will only **die** **if** they **continue to hear the voice of Yahweh**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “If we continue anymore to hear the voice of Yahweh our God, then this great fire will consume us, then we will die”
5:26 qk3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion כִּ֣י מִ֣י כָל־בָּשָׂ֡ר אֲשֶׁ֣ר שָׁמַ֣ע קוֹל֩ אֱלֹהִ֨ים חַיִּ֜ים מְדַבֵּ֧ר מִתּוֹךְ־הָאֵ֛שׁ כָּמֹ֖נוּ וַיֶּֽחִי 1 The Israelite leaders are using the question form to explain why they are very afraid. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “No flesh has heard the voice of the living God speak from the midst of the fire like us and has lived.”
5:26 z4hp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּ֣י מִ֣י כָל־בָּשָׂ֡ר אֲשֶׁ֣ר שָׁמַ֣ע קוֹל֩ אֱלֹהִ֨ים חַיִּ֜ים מְדַבֵּ֧ר מִתּוֹךְ־הָאֵ֛שׁ כָּמֹ֖נוּ וַיֶּֽחִי 1 The Israelite leaders mean that, while they have heard God speak and have lived, it is a rare occurrence, one which they do not believe will happen again. This verse does not contradict [verse 24](../05/24.md). You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers, as modeled by the UST.
5:26 sdf1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בָּשָׂ֡ר 1 The Israelite leaders are using **flesh** to represent humans. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “humankind”\n
5:26 tp48 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy קוֹל֩ 1 Here, **voice** represents the sound of someone speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the sound of the words of”
5:26 pj1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֱלֹהִ֨ים חַיִּ֜ים 1 The implication is that only Yahweh is a **living God** and can cause people to die, in contrast with idols who are not living and cannot cause real harm to people. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the only living God”
5:27 a934 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תְּדַבֵּ֣ר אֵלֵ֗ינוּ 1 The implication is that the Israelite leaders want Moses to go up Mount Sinai to speak with Yahweh on their behalf, then come back down to their camp to tell the Israelites what Yahweh said. This way, the Israelites do not have to listen to Yahweh speak. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “come back down the mountain to tell us”
5:28 j5bk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo ק֣וֹל דִּבְרֵיכֶ֔ם בְּדַבֶּרְכֶ֖ם אֵלָ֑י & ק֨וֹל דִּבְרֵ֜י הָעָ֤ם הַזֶּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר דִּבְּר֣וּ אֵלֶ֔יךָ 1 The expression **the sound of your words when you spoke to me** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “what you said to me … what this people spoke to you”
5:29 m98l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מִֽי־יִתֵּ֡ן וְהָיָה֩ 1 Yahweh is using the question form of **Who will give** to express a strong desire for something. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation, ending the sentence with a period: “Oh that they would have”
5:29 xx97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לְבָבָ֨ם 1 Here, **heart** refers to a person’s will or their desire to do something. In this case, the desire is to fear Yahweh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “desire”
5:29 jjqc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כָּל־הַיָּמִ֑ים 1 Here, **all the days** is an idiom that means “always.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “forever”
5:29 zzj3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְלִבְנֵיהֶ֖ם 1 Here, **sons** means “descendants.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and for their offspring”
5:30 z5a5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes לֵ֖ךְ אֱמֹ֣ר לָהֶ֑ם שׁ֥וּבוּ לָכֶ֖ם לְאָהֳלֵיכֶֽם׃ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, as in the UST.
5:30 f2ku rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo שׁ֥וּבוּ לָכֶ֖ם 1 The expression **Return yourselves** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “Return”
5:31 bn9j rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְאַתָּ֗ה 1 Yahweh uses the words **But you** here to indicate a strong contrast between what Moses and the rest of the Israelites will do. In your translation, indicate this strong contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “As for you”
5:31 q7e9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עִמָּדִי֒ 1 This does not mean that Yahweh had a physical body, which was present at Mount Sinai. Yahweh means that Moses should stand near the fire and clouds where Yahweh’s voice came from. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “by the fire where my voice comes from”
5:31 odqo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet הַמִּצְוָ֛ה וְהַחֻקִּ֥ים 1 The terms **commandments** and **statutes** mean similar things. Yahweh is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “the very important commandments”
5:31 dlcu rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns הַמִּצְוָ֛ה 1 In this verse, the word **commandment** is singular in form, but it refers to all Yahweh’s commandments as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “the commandments”
5:31 e1i9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative אֲשֶׁ֣ר תְּלַמְּדֵ֑ם 1 Yahweh is using a future statement to give an instruction or command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words using a command or instruction form. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “that you must teach them”
5:31 fiot rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְעָשׂ֣וּ 1 The implication is that Yahweh wants Moses to teach the Israelites his commandments so that the Israelites will follow them. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “so that they will do them”
5:31 hq4a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo בָאָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֧ר אָנֹכִ֛י נֹתֵ֥ן לָהֶ֖ם לְרִשְׁתָּֽהּ 1 The expression **the land that I am giving to them to possess it** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “in the land that I am giving to them”
5:32 kyg9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וּשְׁמַרְתֶּ֣ם לַעֲשׂ֔וֹת כַּאֲשֶׁ֥ר צִוָּ֛ה יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֖ם אֶתְכֶ֑ם לֹ֥א תָסֻ֖רוּ יָמִ֥ין וּשְׂמֹֽאל׃ 1 Moses has finished quoting what Yahweh said. This verse continues Moses’ speech to the Israelites. Consider natural ways of reintroducing a speaker of direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “Then Moses said to the Israelites,”
5:32 sqy8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לֹ֥א תָסֻ֖רוּ יָמִ֥ין וּשְׂמֹֽאל 1 Here, **turn aside, right nor left** is an idiom that means “disobey.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not get off track” or “Do not disobey”
5:33 ype4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְהַאֲרַכְתֶּ֣ם יָמִ֔ים 1 The expression "long **days**" is a metaphor for a long life. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 4:40](../04/40.md). Alternate translation: “be able to live a long time”
5:33 mteg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּכָל־הַדֶּ֗רֶךְ אֲשֶׁ֨ר צִוָּ֜ה יְהוָ֧ה אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֛ם אֶתְכֶ֖ם תֵּלֵ֑כוּ 1 Here Moses is speaking of commandments as if they were a road, and he is saying that obeying commandments is like walking on that road. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “All the commandments that Yahweh your God has commanded you, you shall obey”
5:33 sc79 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לְמַ֤עַן 1 Here, **so that** marks the benefits of living a good, long life as the goal or purpose of obeying Yahweh. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. Alternate translation: “in such a way that”
5:33 gk5o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְהַאֲרַכְתֶּ֣ם יָמִ֔ים בָּאָ֖רֶץ 1 The implication is that if the Israelites obey Yahweh, they will **prolong** the **days** when they live **in the land**. Moses is speaking of time as if it were an experience that one could **prolong**. You could include this information if it would be helpful for your readers. See how you translated this concept in [4:26](../04/26.md). Alternate translation: “and for many generations you might live in the land" \n\n
6:intro q4y8 0 # Deuteronomy 6 General Notes\n\n## Outline\n- vv. 1-9: The great commandment\n- vv. 6-25: Warnings against disobedience\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Yahweh’s blessings\nYahweh’s continued blessing of the people of Israel is dependent upon the people’s obedience to the law of Moses. When the Israelites agreed to the covenant with Yahweh, they acknowledged that worshiping and obeying Yahweh would lead to blessings, while disobeying him and worshiping other gods would lead to curses. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n### The Shema\nVerses 6-9 are known as the Shema in Judaism. They are an important foundation of Judaism. In [Mark 12:28-29](Mrk/12/28.md), Jesus identifies the Shema as the greatest commandment.\n\n### Writing Yahweh’s Words on One’s Arms, Forehead, and Doorposts\n\n[Verses 8-9](../06/08.md) command the Israelites always to remember Yahweh’s words. There are different understandings of these commands. Some Jewish traditions interpret these verses as meaning the Israelites should physically write copies of the law. Others believe that the command is to memorize and cherish the law. Translators should be careful to translate the passage as it is, without favoring one interpretation or the other in their translation.\n\n## Other Translation Issues in this Chapter\n\n### Words for "the law"\n- statutes\n- ordinances\n- judgments\nMoses uses three different words to refer to the law that Yahweh commanded the Israelites to obey. It is unclear what distinguishes each of these terms from the others. If your language has several terms for the law, you could use them here to differentiate between the various Hebrew words. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])\n
6:1 it53 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הַמִּצְוָ֗ה הַֽחֻקִּים֙ וְהַמִּשְׁפָּטִ֔ים 1 See how you translated these terms for the law in [5:31](../05/31.md).
6:1 kdbb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis צִוָּ֛ה 1 Moses is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. The fact that Yahweh commanded Moses is implied by the events which Moses described in the previous chapter. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “has commanded me”
6:1 z6zb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo בָּאָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר אַתֶּ֛ם עֹבְרִ֥ים שָׁ֖מָּה לְרִשְׁתָּֽהּ 1 The expression **the land which you are going over to possess it** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “in the land you are going over to possess”
6:1 ymp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עֹבְרִ֥ים שָׁ֖מָּה 1 The implication is that the Israelites must cross the Jordan River in order to go to the land. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “are crossing over the Jordan River”
6:2 l6ps rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לְמַ֨עַן & וּלְמַ֖עַן 1 Here, **so that** marks what follows as the goal or purpose of what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.
6:2 fpdo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd תִּירָ֜א & אֱלֹהֶ֗יךָ & מְצַוֶּךָ֒ אַתָּה֙ וּבִנְךָ֣ וּבֶן־בִּנְךָ֔ & חַיֶּ֑יךָ & יָמֶֽיךָ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, **you** and **your** are singular from this verse to [verse 13](../06/13.md). See [chapter introduction](../06/intro.md) for more information on translating **you**.
6:2 uxdk rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns אַתָּה֙ וּבִנְךָ֣ וּבֶן־בִּנְךָ֔ כֹּ֖ל יְמֵ֣י חַיֶּ֑יךָ 1 In this verse, the words **son** and **life** are singular in form, but refer to all Israelites and their descendants as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “all of you and your offspring, all the days of your lives”
6:2 i3ku rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יַאֲרִכֻ֥ן יָמֶֽיךָ 1 The implication is that if the Israelites obey Yahweh, they will live long lives. Yahweh will **prolong** the **days** of their lives. You could include this information if it would be helpful for your readers. See how you translated this concept in [4:26](../04/26.md). Alternate translation: “you might have long lives”
6:2 uugi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יַאֲרִכֻ֥ן יָמֶֽיךָ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will prolong your days”
6:3 ppv0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 Here, **Israel** represents the people of Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Israelites”
6:3 mv7p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative וְשָׁמַעְתָּ֤ & וְשָׁמַרְתָּ֣ לַעֲשׂ֔וֹת 1 See the [book introduction](../front/intro.md) for more information about translating **shall**. Alternate translation: “And listen … and carefully do”
6:3 hcz1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְשָׁמַעְתָּ֤ & וְשָׁמַרְתָּ֣ לַעֲשׂ֔וֹת 1 Moses is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “And you shall listen to them … and carefully do them”
6:3 b1v4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal אֲשֶׁר֙ & וַאֲשֶׁ֥ר 1 Here, **that** marks what comes after as the goal or purpose of what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.
6:3 bqv9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תִּרְבּ֖וּן מְאֹ֑ד 1 The implication is that the number of Israelites will **multiply** by births. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “your population will greatly increase”
6:3 zh48 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֲבֹתֶ֨יךָ֙ 1 Moses is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your predecessors”
6:3 xmxv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit דִּבֶּ֨ר 1 The implication is that Yahweh will ensure that what he **spoke* will happen. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “told you he would do”
6:3 t77l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּדְבָֽשׁ 1 Here, **a land flowing with milk and honey** is an idiom that means “a very fertile land.” The word **milk* means that much cattle can survive there and produce **milk**. The word **honey** means that crops grow well there, so bees can produce **honey**. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in a rich and fertile land” or “in a land good for cattle and crops”\n
6:4 ce4k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 Here, **Israel** represents the people of Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Israelites”
6:4 zv4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יְהוָ֥ה ׀ אֶחָֽד 1 This could mean: (1) Yahweh is the only God that Israel worships. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is our only God” (2) Yahweh is the only God that exists. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is the one and only God”
6:5 dc6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְבָבְךָ֥ & נַפְשְׁךָ֖ 1 Here **heart** and **soul** represent a person’s inner being, will, and desires. These terms are used together to mean “completely” or “wholeheartedly.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your inner being … your will”
6:6 a1y8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְהָי֞וּ הַדְּבָרִ֣ים הָאֵ֗לֶּה אֲשֶׁ֨ר אָנֹכִ֧י מְצַוְּךָ֛ הַיּ֖וֹם עַל־לְבָבֶֽךָ 1 Here, **on your heart** is an idiom that means “you will remember.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And bear in mind these words that I am commanding you today” or “And never forget these words that I am commanding you today”
6:6 u7kf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אָנֹכִ֧י מְצַוְּךָ֛ 1 This does not mean that the commandments are from Moses. Moses means that he is repeating commandments from Yahweh. You could include this information if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Yahweh commanded us and I am repeating to you”
6:7 o48j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לְבָנֶ֔יךָ 1 Here, **sons** means “descendants.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to your descendants”
6:7 n6gu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּשִׁבְתְּךָ֤ בְּבֵיתֶ֨ךָ֙ וּבְלֶכְתְּךָ֣ בַדֶּ֔רֶךְ 1 Here, Moses is referring to every place an Israelite would go in daily life by referring to two major categories of locations. The term **in your house** refers to the indoors, and **on the road** refers to the outdoors. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “wherever you are”
6:7 lh92 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּֽבְשָׁכְבְּךָ֖ וּבְקוּמֶֽךָ 1 Here Moses is referring to all activities of daily life by referring to two major categories of activities. The phrase **lie down** refers to resting, and the phrase **get up** refers to any other activity. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and whatever you are doing”
6:8-9 hckl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּקְשַׁרְתָּ֥ם לְא֖וֹת עַל־יָדֶ֑ךָ וְהָי֥וּ לְטֹטָפֹ֖ת בֵּ֥ין עֵינֶֽיךָ & וּכְתַבְתָּ֛ם עַל־מְזוּזֹ֥ת בֵּיתֶ֖ךָ וּבִשְׁעָרֶֽיךָ 1 The law was so important to remember that Moses wanted the Israelites to remember the law as though the law were written on their **hand**, between their **eyes**, on their **doorposts**, and on their **gates**. Alternate translation: “And you shall know the law so well that it was as if you tied them as a sign on your hand. And it will be as if they are frontlets between your eyes, and as if they were written on the doorposts of your house and on your gates”
6:8 s5w5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown לְטֹטָפֹ֖ת 1 A **frontlet** is a type of decorative accessory, often used as a symbol of commitment, worn around the head. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of headwear, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “as a symbolic marker”
6:9 ksz9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּבִשְׁעָרֶֽיךָ 1 Here the word **gates** refers to city gates. In those days, homes did not have gates, so we know that Moses is referring to city gates. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and on the entryways to towns”
6:10 ibu0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְהָיָ֞ה כִּ֥י יְבִיאֲךָ֣ ׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֗יךָ אֶל־הָאָ֜רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֨ר נִשְׁבַּ֧ע לַאֲבֹתֶ֛יךָ לְאַבְרָהָ֛ם לְיִצְחָ֥ק וּֽלְיַעֲקֹ֖ב לָ֣תֶת לָ֑ךְ עָרִ֛ים גְּדֹלֹ֥ת וְטֹבֹ֖ת אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־בָנִֽיתָ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of the clauses in this verse. Alternate translation: “Yahweh your God swore to your fathers, to Abraham, to Isaac, and to Jacob, that he would give to you the land. And it will happen that he will bring you into the land: This land has large and good cities that you did not build”
6:10 gu32 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וְהָיָ֞ה 1 Moses is using the word translated **And it will happen** to introduce a new topic in his speech. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new topic. Alternate translation: “Now, note”
6:10 air7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go יְבִיאֲךָ֣ 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “take” instead of **bring**. Alternate translation: “will take you”
6:10 l8ji rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לַאֲבֹתֶ֛יךָ 1 Moses is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to your predecessors”
6:10-11 yge8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עָרִ֛ים גְּדֹלֹ֥ת וְטֹבֹ֖ת אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־בָנִֽיתָ & וּבָ֨תִּ֜ים מְלֵאִ֣ים כָּל־טוּב֮ אֲשֶׁ֣ר לֹא־מִלֵּאתָ֒ וּבֹרֹ֤ת חֲצוּבִים֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר לֹא־חָצַ֔בְתָּ כְּרָמִ֥ים וְזֵיתִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֣ר לֹא־נָטָ֑עְתָּ 1 The people groups who live on the land built cities and cultivated the land. When the Israelites conquer that land, they will take over all those good things. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “with large and good cities that you did not build, and houses full of every good thing that you did not gather, and hewn cisterns that you did not dig, vineyards and olive trees that you did not plant. You will take all of these from the people groups that you will drive out from the land.”
6:12 ib56 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo פֶּן 1 Moses is using the word **lest** to introduce a hypothetical condition as a warning for a negative consequence. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “in case”
6:12 gp3x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִבֵּ֥ית עֲבָדִֽים 1 Moses speaks of Egypt as if it were a **house** where people keep **slaves**. See how you translated this in [Exodus 13:3](Exo/13/03.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the place where you were slaves”
6:13 b8cf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֶת־יְהוָ֧ה אֱלֹהֶ֛יךָ תִּירָ֖א וְאֹת֣וֹ תַעֲבֹ֑ד וּבִשְׁמ֖וֹ תִּשָּׁבֵֽעַ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the phrasing to emphasize that the Israelites should worship only Yahweh. Alternate translation: “It is Yahweh your God and no one else whom you shall fear; it is he alone whom you shall worship, and it is by his name and only his name that you shall swear”
6:13 rn98 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּבִשְׁמ֖וֹ תִּשָּׁבֵֽעַ 1 The implication is that when the Israelites swear by Yahweh, that means they are asking Yahweh to take note of their promise and punish them if they do not fulfill their promise. Moses wants the Israelites to only invoke Yahweh’s name when making promises. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and you shall make strong promises using his name”
6:13 ptbo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּבִשְׁמ֖וֹ תִּשָּׁבֵֽעַ 1 Here, **name** represents all of Yahweh: his power, presence, knowledge, and so on. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and swear by Yahweh”
6:14 f1pd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לֹ֣א תֵֽלְכ֔וּן אַחֲרֵ֖י 1 Here Moses is speaking of idols as if they were moving beings that one could physically **go after** and follow. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not serve”
6:14 n001 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular לֹ֣א תֵֽלְכ֔וּן & סְבִיבוֹתֵיכֶֽם 1 In this verse, **you** and the command form are plural. Use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.\n\n
6:14 eu66 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo אֱלֹהִ֣ים אֲחֵרִ֑ים מֵאֱלֹהֵי֙ 1 The expression **other gods, the gods of** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “other gods that are worshiped by”
6:14 qenn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מֵאֱלֹהֵי֙ הָֽעַמִּ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֖ר סְבִיבוֹתֵיכֶֽם 1 Here, Moses is using the possessive form to describe **gods** that the other **peoples** of the land worship. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use an expression that describes the same relationship. Alternate translation: “the gods which the peoples who surround you worship”
6:14 tdo5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הָֽעַמִּ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֖ר סְבִיבוֹתֵיכֶֽם 1 Here the phrase **the peoples who surround you** refers to the people groups that live near the land that Yahweh is about to give to the Israelites. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the neighboring peoples”
6:15 j9zg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ בְּקִרְבֶּ֑ךָ & אֱלֹהֶ֨יךָ֙ בָּ֔ךְ וְהִשְׁמִ֣ידְךָ֔ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
6:15 hntv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names כִּ֣י 1 The word translated as **for** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “and this is because”
6:15 syl7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּקִרְבֶּ֑ךָ 1 This does not mean that Yahweh has a physical body that lives with the Israelites. Moses means that Yahweh has a special relationship with the Israelites. See the [chapter introduction](../06/intro.md) for more information. You could include this information if it would be helpful for your readers. Alternate translation: “who is present with you”
6:15 orgt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo פֶּן 1 Moses is using the word **lest** to introduce a hypothetical condition as a warning. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “in case”
6:15 hb7p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יֶ֠חֱרֶה אַף־יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהֶ֨יךָ֙ בָּ֔ךְ וְהִשְׁמִ֣ידְךָ֔ 1 Moses is speaking as if Yahweh’s anger was a fire that **burns** and **destroys** things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh your God rages against you to the point of exterminating you”
6:15 ft6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אַף 1 Here, **nose** represents anger. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a body part from your language that is associated with anger or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the anger of”
6:15 a26k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְהִשְׁמִ֣ידְךָ֔ מֵעַ֖ל פְּנֵ֥י הָאֲדָמָֽה 1 If the Israelites worship other gods, then Yahweh will destroy the Israelites so that none of them will be left on **the face of the earth**. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and he exterminates you so that you no longer exist on the earth”
6:15 mgd0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy פְּנֵ֥י 1 Here, **face** represents the surface of the earth and everything that exists on it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “existing on”
6:16 nx7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כַּאֲשֶׁ֥ר נִסִּיתֶ֖ם בַּמַּסָּֽה 1 Moses is referring to the events of [Exodus 17:1-7](Exo/17/01.md), when the Israelites complained that there was no water. They wanted Yahweh to prove that he was powerful by giving them water when they asked for it. In the end, Yahweh gave the Israelites water from a rock, and the Israelite elders saw Yahweh’s power. Alternate translation: “as you tested him at Massah when you complained of thirst”
6:16 qk5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בַּמַּסָּֽה 1 The word **Massah** is the name of a place. It means means “testing.” See how you translated it in [Exodus 17:7](Exo/17/07.md).
6:17 mb2o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication שָׁמ֣וֹר תִּשְׁמְר֔וּן 1 The words **Keeping, you shall keep** translate verbs that are repeated for emphasis. If your language can repeat words for emphasis, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation.
6:17 qodn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo אֶת־מִצְוֺ֖ת יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֑ם וְעֵדֹתָ֥יו וְחֻקָּ֖יו אֲשֶׁ֥ר צִוָּֽךְ 1 The expression **the commandments of Yahweh your God that he has commanded you** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “the commandments of Yahweh your God and his testimonies and his statutes”
6:18 hjbe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd וְעָשִׂ֛יתָ & לָ֔ךְ וּבָ֗אתָ וְיָֽרַשְׁתָּ֙ & לַאֲבֹתֶֽיךָ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, **you** and **your** are singular from this verse to [verse 21](../06/21.md). If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
6:18 yri1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns הַיָּשָׁ֥ר וְהַטּ֖וֹב 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **right** and **good**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “rightly and well”
6:18 zh1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּעֵינֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 Here, **in the eyes of** is an idiom for one's opinion or evaluation. Moses speaks as if evaluating something were physically seeing it with one's **eyes**. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “according to the judgment of Yahweh”
6:18 tldp rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לְמַ֨עַן֙ 1 Here, **so that** marks what comes after the goal or purpose of what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.
6:18 eepa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis אֲשֶׁר־נִשְׁבַּ֥ע יְהוָ֖ה לַאֲבֹתֶֽיךָ 1 Moses is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. The fact that Yahweh will give the land to the living Israelites is implied by what Moses said earlier in this speech. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh swore to your fathers that he would enable you to possess”
6:18 zm6m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לַאֲבֹתֶֽיךָ 1 Moses is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to your predecessors”
6:18-19 vh8h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism אֲשֶׁר־נִשְׁבַּ֥ע יְהוָ֖ה לַאֲבֹתֶֽיךָ & כַּאֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָֽה 1 The two phrases **that Yahweh swore** and **as Yahweh has spoken** mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases in a way that shows that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh swore to your fathers … indeed, just as Yahweh has spoken”
6:19 lewo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis לַהֲדֹ֥ף 1 Moses is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. It is implied that Yahweh is the subject from the previous clause. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “that he would thrust away”
6:19 y6ke rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִפָּנֶ֑יךָ 1 Here, the word **faces** represents the presence of people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from before you”
6:20 m86f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes כִּֽי־יִשְׁאָלְךָ֥ בִנְךָ֛ מָחָ֖ר לֵאמֹ֑ר מָ֣ה הָעֵדֹ֗ת וְהַֽחֻקִּים֙ וְהַמִּשְׁפָּטִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר צִוָּ֛ה יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵ֖ינוּ אֶתְכֶֽם 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “When your son asks you tomorrow about the testimonies and the statues and the ordinances that Yahweh our God commanded you”
6:20 vcib rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo כִּֽי־יִשְׁאָלְךָ֥ בִנְךָ֛ 1 Moses is describing a hypothetical situation in order to tell the Israelites what they should do if it takes place. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “This is what you will say if your son asks you”
6:20 h9eh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations בִנְךָ֛ 1 Although the term **son** is masculine, Moses is using the word in a generic sense that includes both sons and daughters. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “your child”
6:20 zcy9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מָחָ֖ר 1 Here **tomorrow** means “in the future.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “someday”
6:20 k09w rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵאמֹ֑ר 1 Here, the word **saying** introduces direct speech. Consider natural ways of doing that in your own language.
6:20 vrj8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure מָ֣ה הָעֵדֹ֗ת וְהַֽחֻקִּים֙ וְהַמִּשְׁפָּטִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר צִוָּ֛ה יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵ֖ינוּ אֶתְכֶֽם 1 Here, the question word translated as **What** means “Why.” If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the phrasing. Alternate translation: “Why did Yahweh our God command you the testimonies and the statutes and the ordinances”
6:20 ff1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular אֶתְכֶֽם 1 The word **you** here is plural. The Israelite children are speaking about all the Israelites who heard the law, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
6:21 vf64 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וְאָמַרְתָּ֣ לְבִנְךָ֔ עֲבָדִ֛ים הָיִ֥ינוּ לְפַרְעֹ֖ה בְּמִצְרָ֑יִם וַיּוֹצִיאֵ֧נוּ יְהוָ֛ה מִמִּצְרַ֖יִם בְּיָ֥ד חֲזָקָֽה 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And you shall say to your son that you were slaves of Pharoah in Egypt, and that Yahweh brought you out from Egypt with a mighty hand”
6:21 p7c5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names לְבִנְךָ֔ 1 Although the term **son** is masculine, Moses is using the word in a generic sense that includes both sons and daughters. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “to your child”
6:21 a6iz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַיּוֹצִיאֵ֧נוּ יְהוָ֛ה 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “took” instead of **brought**. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh took us out”
6:21 c19m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּיָ֥ד חֲזָקָֽה 1 Here the word **hand** represents God’s power. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated this in [4:34](../04/34.md). Alternate translation: “with mighty strength”
6:22 j1gu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַיִּתֵּ֣ן יְהוָ֡ה 1 Here **gave** means “did” or “performed”. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh performed”
6:22 suc8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet אוֹתֹ֣ת וּ֠מֹפְתִים 1 The words **signs** and **wonders** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “amazing signs”
6:22 tmmt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit גְּדֹלִ֨ים וְרָעִ֧ים 1 The implication is that Yahweh did **great and terrible** things to the people of Egypt through the 10 plagues in [Exodus 7-11](Exo/07/11.md). You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “great and terrible plagues”
6:22 omsz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּמִצְרַ֛יִם 1 Here, **Egypt** represents the people of Egypt. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on the Egyptians”
6:22 c7l2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בֵּית֖וֹ 1 Here, **house** represents Pharaoh’s family and the officials in his court. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his royal court”
6:22 k3se rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְעֵינֵֽינוּ 1 Here, **eyes** represents the act of seeing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and we witnessed it”
6:23 gcst rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וְאוֹתָ֖נוּ הוֹצִ֣יא & הָבִ֣יא אֹתָ֔נוּ 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “took” instead of **brought**. Alternate translation: “And he took us out … take us in”
6:23 s0p6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לְמַ֨עַן֙ 1 Here, **in order to** marks what follows as the goal or purpose of what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.
6:23 atp7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis הָבִ֣יא אֹתָ֔נוּ 1 Moses is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. The fact that Yahweh is bringing the Israelites into the land is implied by the next phrase. You could supply these words from later in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “bring us into the land”
6:23 az6c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis נִשְׁבַּ֖ע לַאֲבֹתֵֽינוּ 1 Moses is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. The fact that Yahweh will give the land to the living Israelites is implied by what Moses said earlier in this speech. You could supply these words from earlier in the passage if it would be clearer in your language. See how you translated this in [verse 18](../06/18.md).Alternate translation: “he swore to your fathers that he would give to you”
6:23 hbyj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לַאֲבֹתֵֽינוּ 1 Moses is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to our predecessors”
6:24 nhg8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כָּל־הַיָּמִ֔ים 1 Here, **all of the days** is an idiom that means “always.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “forever”
6:24 fuv3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns לְט֥וֹב לָ֨נוּ֙ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **good**, you can express the same idea in another way, as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “so that we might prosper”
6:24-25 ye68 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo וַיְצַוֵּ֣נוּ יְהוָ֗ה לַעֲשׂוֹת֙ אֶת־כָּל־הַחֻקִּ֣ים הָאֵ֔לֶּה לְיִרְאָ֖ה אֶת־יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֑ינוּ לְט֥וֹב לָ֨נוּ֙ כָּל־הַיָּמִ֔ים לְחַיֹּתֵ֖נוּ כְּהַיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה & וּצְדָקָ֖ה תִּֽהְיֶה־לָּ֑נוּ כִּֽי־נִשְׁמֹ֨ר לַעֲשׂ֜וֹת אֶת־כָּל־הַמִּצְוָ֣ה הַזֹּ֗את לִפְנֵ֛י יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵ֖ינוּ כַּאֲשֶׁ֥ר צִוָּֽנוּ 1 Moses is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that the Israelites will only receive these benefits if they obey Yahweh’s commandments. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. It may be helpful to reword these verses so that the conditional statement is clear. Alternate translation: “If we keep doing all these commandments before the face of Yahweh our God as he has commanded us, to fear Yahweh our God, then it will be for good to us all of the days, to keep us alive as this day, and it will be righteousness to us”
6:25 kzjx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וּצְדָקָ֖ה תִּֽהְיֶה־לָּ֑נוּ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh will consider us as righteous”
6:25 p4b1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֛י 1 Here, **face** represents the presence of Yahweh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before”
7:intro y1wn 0 # Deuteronomy 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n- vv. 1-11: Moses reminds the Israelites that they belong to Yahweh because of their covenant with him.\n- vv. 12-26: Blessings for obedience\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “You must completely destroy them”\nThe people of Canaan worshiped idols and did other things that were abominations to Yahweh. Since the Israelites had a special relationship with Yahweh, Yahweh used Israel to punish these nations for their idolatry by destroying them completely. Yahweh wanted the Israelites to live differently than those nations. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])\n\n### Abrahamic Covenant\n\nThis chapter references parts of the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham. Yahweh promised Abraham that he would have very many descendants. The Israelites are the descendants of Abraham, so Yahweh repeats his promise to them in Deuteronomy, telling them that they will prosper and increase their population if they obey him. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])\n\n## Other Potential Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n
7:1 xz3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd יְבִֽיאֲךָ֙ & אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ & אַתָּ֥ה & מִפָּנֶ֡יךָ & מִמֶּֽךָּ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, **you** and **your** are singular from this verse to [verse 3](../07/03.md). If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
7:1 zv16 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go יְבִֽיאֲךָ֙ 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “takes” instead of **brings**. Alternate translation: “takes you”
7:1 jj4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo הָאָ֕רֶץ אֲשֶׁר־אַתָּ֥ה בָא־שָׁ֖מָּה לְרִשְׁתָּ֑הּ 1 The expression **the land which you are going into to possess it** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “the land which you are going to possess”
7:1 z6qy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִפָּנֶ֡יךָ 1 Here, the word **face** represents the presence of people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before you”
7:2 h8dz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּנְתָנָ֞ם יְהוָ֧ה אֱלֹהֶ֛יךָ 1 Here **give them** means “enable victory over them.” Moses speaks of victory in battle as if it were a physical object one person could **give** to another. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh your God will give victory over them”
7:2 l9ei rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לְפָנֶ֖יךָ 1 Here, **face** represents all of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to you”
7:2 nm2n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative וְהִכִּיתָ֑ם הַחֲרֵ֤ם תַּחֲרִים֙ 1 See the [book introduction](../front/intro.md) for more information about translating **shall**. Alternate translation: “and you should strike them down; destroying, you shall destroy”
7:2 o0ih rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication הַחֲרֵ֤ם תַּחֲרִים֙ 1 Moses is repeating the verb **destroy** in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “utterly destroying”
7:2 ozxb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לֹא־תִכְרֹ֥ת לָהֶ֛ם בְּרִ֖ית 1 To **cut a covenant** means to make a covenant. The phrase refers to ancient rituals around making covenants, which are illustrated in [Genesis 15](Gen/15/01.md). See the imagery and how you translated there. Alternate translation: “Do not make a covenant with them”
7:2 pw35 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּרִ֖ית 1 The implication is that the Israelites should not make a peace treaty with the nations named in the previous verse. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “a peace treaty”
7:3 gecf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְלֹ֥א תִתְחַתֵּ֖ן בָּ֑ם בִּתְּךָ֙ לֹא־תִתֵּ֣ן לִבְנ֔וֹ וּבִתּ֖וֹ לֹא־תִקַּ֥ח לִבְנֶֽךָ 1 In the time of this speech, parents would **arrange marriages** for their children. Their understanding of marriage was that a father would **give** his daughter in marriage, and the other family would **take** the daughter for their son. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could describe marriage in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do not arrange marriages for your children with their children. Prevent your sons and daughters from becoming their spouses”
7:3 et7n rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns בִּתְּךָ֙ & לִבְנ֔וֹ וּבִתּ֖וֹ & לִבְנֶֽךָ 1 In this verse, the words **son** and **daughter** are singular in form, but they refer to all children of marrying age from the Israelites and the other people groups. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “any of your daughters to any of their sons, and … any of their daughters for any of your sons”
7:4 f6vr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd בִּנְךָ֙ & & וְהִשְׁמִידְךָ֖ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, **you** and **your** are singular here. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
7:4 y5rt rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּֽי 1 The word translated as **For** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “This is because”
7:4 r7ln rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יָסִ֤יר אֶת־בִּנְךָ֙ מֵֽאַחֲרַ֔י 1 Moses is speaking of disobeying Yahweh as if one could **turn away** from walking **after** Yahweh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will cause your son to disobey me”
7:4 pmgv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns בִּנְךָ֙ 1 In this verse, the word **son** is singular in form, but it refers to all descendants of the Israelites. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “your offspring”
7:4 rsx4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אַף 1 Here, **nose** represents anger. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a body part from your language that is associated with anger or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the anger of”
7:4 v0pu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְחָרָ֤ה אַף־יְהוָה֙ בָּכֶ֔ם וְהִשְׁמִידְךָ֖ מַהֵֽר 1 Moses is speaking as if Yahweh’s anger were a fire that could **burn** and **destroy**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh will rage against you and rapidly exterminate you”
7:5 u6w9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּמַצֵּבֹתָ֖ם תְּשַׁבֵּ֑רוּ 1 The people groups in the land built stone **pillars** as symbols of their god Baal. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and smash their sacred stone pillars”
7:5 u2o4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַאֲשֵֽׁירֵהֶם֙ תְּגַדֵּע֔וּן 1 The people groups in the land made wooden **poles** to worship their goddess, **Asherah**. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and cut their wooden poles symbolizing the goddess Asherah to pieces”
7:6 cpue rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd אַתָּ֔ה & אֱלֹהֶ֑יךָ בְּךָ֞ & אֱלֹהֶ֗יךָ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
7:6 bdz4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 The word translated as **For** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “This is because”
7:6 uqx6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עַל־פְּנֵ֥י הָאֲדָמָֽה 1 Here, **face** represents the surface of the earth and everything that exists on it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are anywhere on the earth”
7:7 if5m rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast לֹ֣א & כִּֽי 1 Moses uses the words **not** and **for** here to indicate a strong contrast. Yahweh could have chosen a numerous people group, but he did not do that. In your translation, indicate this strong contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “not for the reason … but rather,”
7:7 o06l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole אַתֶּ֥ם הַמְעַ֖ט מִכָּל־הָעַמִּֽים 1 Moses says **fewest of all the peoples** here as an extreme statement for emphasis. The Israelites were most likely not the smallest people group. Moses means that they were insignificant compared to other people groups. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “you were insignificant compared to the other peoples”
7:8 zl86 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּי֩ 1 The word translated as **but** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “since”
7:8 l7na rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לַאֲבֹ֣תֵיכֶ֔ם 1 Moses is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to your predecessors”
7:8 j4hq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּיָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֑ה & מִיַּ֖ד 1 Here, the word **hand** represents power. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with mighty strength … from the control of”
7:8 xtl5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִבֵּ֣ית עֲבָדִ֔ים 1 Moses speaks of the nation of Egypt as if it were a **house** where people keep **slaves**. See how you translated this in [Exodus 13:3](Exo/13/03.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the place where you were slaves”
7:9 y65z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd וְיָ֣דַעְתָּ֔ & אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
7:9 blcu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְיָ֣דַעְתָּ֔ 1 Here **know** means “think about.” Moses is speaking of thinking about something as if it were knowing it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And you shall consider”
7:9 iwfa rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְהַחֶ֗סֶד 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faithfulness**, you can express the same idea with “faithfully” or “faithful.” Alternate translation: “and is steadfast”
7:9 ky8b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְאֶ֥לֶף דּֽוֹר 1 Here, **a thousand generations** represents the concept of “forever.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated this concept in [5:10](../05/10.md). Alternate translation: “for all of his people always”
7:10 wzi9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וּמְשַׁלֵּ֧ם לְשֹׂנְאָ֛יו אֶל־פָּנָ֖יו לְהַאֲבִיד֑וֹ לֹ֤א יְאַחֵר֙ לְשֹׂ֣נְא֔וֹ אֶל־פָּנָ֖יו יְשַׁלֶּם־לֽוֹ 1 These two sentences mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the sentences with a word that shows that the second sentence is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “and he repays those who hate him to his face, to destroy him. Indeed, he will not delay with him who hates him; he will repay him to his face”
7:10 ni27 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche אֶל־פָּנָ֖יו & אֶל־פָּנָ֖יו 1 Moses is using **face** to represent all of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “personally” … “personally”
7:10 xk2p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes לֹ֤א יְאַחֵר֙ 1 Moses is using a figure of speech here that expresses a strongly positive meaning by using a negative word, **not**, together with an expression that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the positive meaning. Alternate translation: “He will act swiftly”
7:11 o2z2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd וְשָׁמַרְתָּ֨ & מְצַוְּךָ֛ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
7:12 v1lv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo וְהָיָ֣ה 1 Here, **And it will be** indicates that what follows is a hypothetical condition. Yahweh will only bless the Israelites if they obey his commandments. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “And should it happen” or "And should it come to pass"
7:12 ttcv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd אֱלֹהֶ֜יךָ לְךָ֗ & לַאֲבֹתֶֽיךָ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, **you** and **your** are singular here. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
7:12 co63 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys וּשְׁמַרְתֶּ֥ם וַעֲשִׂיתֶ֖ם 1 The two words **keeping** and **doing** express a single idea. The word **keeping** describes how the act of **doing** takes place. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning in a different way. Alternate translation: “and faithfully doing”
7:12 xrvz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְאֶת־הַחֶ֔סֶד 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faithfulness**, you can express the same idea with “faithfully” or “faithful.” Alternate translation: “with loyalty”
7:12 pqt9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לַאֲבֹתֶֽיךָ 1 Moses is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to your predecessors”
7:13 aawj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd וַאֲהֵ֣בְךָ֔ וּבֵרַכְךָ֖ וְהִרְבֶּ֑ךָ & בִטְנְךָ֣ & אַ֠דְמָתֶךָ דְּגָ֨נְךָ֜ וְתִֽירֹשְׁךָ֣ וְיִצְהָרֶ֗ךָ & אֲלָפֶ֨יךָ֙ & צֹאנֶ֔ךָ & לַאֲבֹתֶ֖יךָ & לָֽךְ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, **you** and **your** are singular from this verse to [verse 24](../07/24.md). If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
7:13 ghv3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְהִרְבֶּ֑ךָ 1 The implication is that the number of Israelites will **multiply** by births. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and increase your population”
7:13 nmj6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom פְּרִֽי־בִטְנְךָ֣ 1 Here, **fruit of your womb** is an idiom that means “your ability to have many children.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your fertility in childbirth”
7:13 rl5m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וּפְרִֽי־אַ֠דְמָתֶךָ 1 Here, **the fruit of your ground** is an idiom that means “your crops.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and your crops”
7:13 k3f8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun דְּגָ֨נְךָ֜ וְתִֽירֹשְׁךָ֣ וְיִצְהָרֶ֗ךָ 1 In this verse, the words **grain**, **wine**, and **oil** are singular in form, but they refer to all crops and produce as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “all your crops of grain and all of your new wine and all of your oil”
7:13 d3v7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְתִֽירֹשְׁךָ֣ וְיִצְהָרֶ֗ךָ 1 The implication is that Yahweh will bless the crops of grapes and olives. **Wine** is made from grapes and **oil** is made from olives. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and your grapes for wine and your olive trees for oil”
7:13 ie2v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֲלָפֶ֨יךָ֙ 1 Here the word **cattle** refers to livestock such as bulls and cows. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “your bulls and cows”
7:13 buvb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לַאֲבֹתֶ֖יךָ 1 Moses is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to your predecessors”
7:14 fiu4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive בָּר֥וּךְ תִּֽהְיֶ֖ה 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will bless you”
7:14 e33a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes לֹא־יִהְיֶ֥ה בְךָ֛ עָקָ֥ר וַֽעֲקָרָ֖ה וּבִבְהֶמְתֶּֽךָ 1 Moses is using a figure of speech here that expresses a strongly positive meaning by using a negative word, **not**, together with an expression that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the positive meaning. Alternate translation: “All your males and females will be fertile among you and among your cattle”
7:15 qmw7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְהֵסִ֧יר יְהוָ֛ה מִמְּךָ֖ כָּל־חֹ֑לִי 1 The implication is that Yahweh will **take away sickness** by keeping the Israelites free from sickness. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh will keep you free from all sickness”
7:15 gdzd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מַדְוֵי֩ מִצְרַ֨יִם הָרָעִ֜ים 1 Here **evil diseases of Egypt** could refer to: (1) the plagues that Yahweh inflicted on Egypt. Alternate translation: “the evil plagues which the Egyptians experienced” (2) diseases which were common in Egypt. Alternate translation: “the evil diseases experienced by the Egyptians”
7:15 dovl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo יָדַ֗עְתָּ 1 Here **you have known** means “you have known about” or “you have heard of.” This does not mean “experienced,” which would imply that the Israelites also experienced all of the diseases that the Egyptians experienced. Be sure that this distinction is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “you have heard of”
7:15 x26j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לֹ֤א יְשִׂימָם֙ בָּ֔ךְ וּנְתָנָ֖ם בְּכָל־שֹׂנְאֶֽיךָ 1 Moses speaks as if disease were a heavy object that Yahweh would **put on** people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will prevent you from becoming ill, and he afflict those who hate you with those illnesses”
7:16 myix rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְאָכַלְתָּ֣ 1 Here **consume** means “completely destroy.” Moses is speaking of conquering a people group as if a person were eating food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And you shall exterminate”
7:16 xbj2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit נֹתֵ֣ן לָ֔ךְ 1 Here **give** means “allow to conquer.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will cause you to defeat”
7:16 aia1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לֹא־תָחֹ֥ס עֵֽינְךָ֖ עֲלֵיהֶ֑ם 1 Here **eye** represents the act of seeing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “do not allow what you see to cause you to pity them”
7:16 aoch rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּֽי 1 The word translated as **for** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “because”
7:16 yvn8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מוֹקֵ֥שׁ ה֖וּא לָֽךְ 1 Moses is speaking of someone worshiping idols as if they were an animal caught in a hunter’s **snare**. Moses is saying that idolatry leads to certain destruction, just like a trapped animal faces destruction. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it will be like a snare for you because you will keep on serving their gods”
7:17 t4z5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo כִּ֤י תֹאמַר֙ 1 Moses is using the word **If** to introduce a hypothetical situation to encourage the Israelites. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “You might say”
7:17 bsr6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom תֹאמַר֙ בִּלְבָ֣בְךָ֔ 1 Here, **say in your heart** is an idiom that means “think” or “say to yourself.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you say to yourself”
7:17 pn9g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion אֵיכָ֥ה אוּכַ֖ל לְהוֹרִישָֽׁם 1 Moses is using the question form to illustrate how the Israelites might be afraid of the other nations. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I will not be able to dispossess them.”
7:18 fbw2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication זָכֹ֣ר תִּזְכֹּ֗ר 1 The words **Remembering, you shall remember** translate verbs that are repeated for emphasis. If your language can repeat words for emphasis, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation.
7:18 j6gn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִצְרָֽיִם 1 Here, **Egypt** represents the people of Egypt. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Egyptians”
7:19 vi5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַמַּסֹּ֨ת הַגְּדֹלֹ֜ת 1 Here the word **trials** refers to the plagues in [Exodus 7-11](Exo/07/11.md) that Yahweh sent so that the Egyptians would see his power. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. See how you translated this in [4:34](../04/34.md). Alternate translation: “the great plagues that Yahweh sent and”
7:19 a3ur rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche עֵינֶ֗יךָ 1 Moses is using **eyes** to represent the whole person in the act of seeing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you yourself”
7:19 fewz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet וְהָאֹתֹ֤ת וְהַמֹּֽפְתִים֙ 1 The words **signs** and **wonders** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “and the amazing signs”
7:19 bp4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet וְהַיָּ֤ד הַחֲזָקָה֙ וְהַזְּרֹ֣עַ הַנְּטוּיָ֔ה 1 The terms **mighty hand** and **outstretched arm** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “and the very great power”
7:19 ph4a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְהַיָּ֤ד הַחֲזָקָה֙ 1 Here the word **hand** represents Yahweh’s power. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and the mighty power”
7:19 djs2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְהַזְּרֹ֣עַ הַנְּטוּיָ֔ה 1 Here, **arm** refers to Yahweh’s power. Moses speaks of stretching out an **arm** as if it were a demonstration of supernatural power. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and the active strength”
7:19 en3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go הוֹצִֽאֲךָ֖ 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “took” instead of **brought**. Alternate translation: “took you out”
7:19 nng5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche אַתָּ֥ה יָרֵ֖א מִפְּנֵיהֶֽם 1 Moses is using **faces** to represent people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are afraid”
7:20 xr3w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הַצִּרְעָ֔ה 1 A **hornet** is a stinging insect. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of insect, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “stinging insects”
7:20 sji2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶת־הַצִּרְעָ֔ה יְשַׁלַּ֛ח & בָּ֑ם 1 This could mean: (1) God will cause the people to become terrified and want to run away. Alternate translation: “will cause them to feel terror” (2) God will send flying insects that sting people and cause pain.
7:20 w9sm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִפָּנֶֽיךָ 1 Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before you”
7:21 yb9e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche מִפְּנֵיהֶ֑ם 1 Moses is using **faces** to represent people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by them”
7:22 d8kb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִפָּנֶ֖יךָ 1 Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before you”
7:22 kok0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo פֶּן 1 Moses uses the word **lest** to introduce an imaginary situation to help explain why Yahweh is driving out the nations slowly rather than quickly. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “in case”
7:22 jkuy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תִּרְבֶּ֥ה עָלֶ֖יךָ חַיַּ֥ת הַשָּׂדֶֽה 1 The implication is that the wild animals will increase in population and take over the land before the Israelites are able to cultivate all of the land. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the animals of the field multiply before you can control their population”
7:22 szvs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom חַיַּ֥ת הַשָּׂדֶֽה 1 Here, **animals of the field** is an idiom that means “wild animals” or “nondomestic animals.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the beasts”
7:23 m5in rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וּנְתָנָ֛ם יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the other nations mentioned in the previous verse. If this is not clear to your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh your God will give those other nations”
7:23 qmm8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּנְתָנָ֛ם יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ 1 Here **give** means “enable victory over.” Moses speaks of victory in battle as if it were a physical object one person could **give** to another. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh your God will give victory over them”
7:23 lkz5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לְפָנֶ֑יךָ 1 Here, **before your faces** means "before the Israelites." If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to you”
7:23 pa1h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication וְהָמָם֙ מְהוּמָ֣ה גְדֹלָ֔ה 1 For emphasis, Moses is using a construction in which a verb and its object come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. You could also express the emphasis in a different way. Alternate translation: “And he will confuse them very greatly”
7:23 cpi5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הִשָּׁמְדָֽם 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “until you have destroyed them”
7:24 nmcw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְנָתַ֤ן 1 Here **give** means “enable victory over.” Moses speaks of victory in battle as if it were a physical object one person could **give** to another. Alternate translation: “And he will give victory over”
7:24 s7qg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּיָדֶ֔ךָ 1 Here the word **hand** represents power or control. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “into your control”
7:24 v25y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שְׁמָ֔ם 1 Here, **name** represents a person, their bloodline, and knowledge of them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “knowledge of them”
7:24 c5ov rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מִתַּ֖חַת הַשָּׁמָ֑יִם 1 Here, **under the heavens** is an idiom that means “on earth.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the earth”
7:24 q4py rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לֹֽא־יִתְיַצֵּ֥ב אִישׁ֙ 1 Here **stand** means “resist” or “stop.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “No man will survive the battle”
7:24 q69t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אִישׁ֙ 1 By **man**, Moses means anyone from the enemy people groups. You could include this information if it would be helpful for your readers. Alternate translation: “fighting man from these peoples”
7:24 icsu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּפָנֶ֔יךָ 1 Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before you”
7:25 ohwa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd לֹֽא־תַחְמֹד֩ & וְלָקַחְתָּ֣ לָ֔ךְ & תִּוָּקֵ֣שׁ & אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, **you**, **your**, and the command **covet** are singular here. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
7:25 y5bl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo תִּשְׂרְפ֣וּן בָּאֵ֑שׁ 1 The expression **burn in fire** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression, as modeled by the UST.
7:25 d8rc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כֶּ֨סֶף וְזָהָ֤ב 1 Idols were often decorated with **silver and gold** and other precious materials. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the silver and gold overlays”
7:25 k5r7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo פֶּ֚ן 1 Moses is using the word **lest** to introduce a hypothetical condition as a warning for a negative consequence. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “in case”
7:25 su6c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תִּוָּקֵ֣שׁ בּ֔וֹ 1 The gold or silver on the idols could cause the people to start worshiping them because the precious metals are attractive. Moses compares idol worship to a trap because it is very difficult to stop once you start worshiping idols. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you translated this concept in [verse 16](../07/16.md). Alternate translation: “you start worshiping the idols and cannot stop”
7:25 vdp1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive תִּוָּקֵ֣שׁ בּ֔וֹ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it entraps you”
7:25 z31g rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֧י 1 The word translated as **for** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “because”
7:26 zmsj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd וְלֹא־תָבִ֤יא & בֵּיתֶ֔ךָ וְהָיִ֥יתָ & תְּשַׁקְּצֶ֛נּוּ & תְּֽתַעֲבֶ֖נּוּ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, **you**, **your**, and the command **bring** are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
7:26 leby rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תֽוֹעֵבָה֙ 1 Here, the specific type of **abomination** that Moses is referring to is an idol. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “any abomination of an idol”
7:26 hmcx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְהָיִ֥יתָ חֵ֖רֶם 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and God curses you”
7:26 b8dp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet שַׁקֵּ֧ץ ׀ תְּשַׁקְּצֶ֛נּוּ וְתַעֵ֥ב ׀ תְּֽתַעֲבֶ֖נּוּ 1 The terms **detest** and **abhor** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “You shall completely and utterly detest it”
7:26 eeub rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication שַׁקֵּ֧ץ ׀ תְּשַׁקְּצֶ֛נּוּ וְתַעֵ֥ב ׀ תְּֽתַעֲבֶ֖נּוּ 1 The phrases **Detesting, you shall detest it** and **abhorring, you shall abhor it** translate verbs that are repeated for emphasis. If your language can repeat words for emphasis, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation.
7:26 xs75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּי 1 The word translated as **for** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “since”
8:intro w4zj 0 # Deuteronomy 8 General Notes\n\n## Outline\n- vv. 1-10: Moses reminds the Israelites of Yahweh’s provision for them in the desert\n- vv. 11-20: Moses warns the Israelites to remember Yahweh\n\n## Structure\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Forgetting\n\nMoses reminds the living Israelites about all the miracles that Yahweh did for them to bring them out of Egypt and survive in the wilderness. In the wilderness, the Israelites complained and grumbled. It was easy for them to forget what Yahweh did for them and disobey Yahweh. As a result, Yahweh punished that generation by causing them to die in the wilderness without entering the land. The living Israelites are the children of that generation. Moses is warning them not to make the same mistakes as their parents did. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/Israel]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Issues in this Chapter\n\n### “You”\n\nWhen Moses is addressing the Israelites, he uses both the singular and plural forms of “You.”\n\n- vv. 1: See notes.\n- vv. 2-19: “You” and “your” are singular.\n- vv. 20: “you” and “your” are plural.\n\n(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
8:1 uosi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd מְצַוְּךָ֛ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, **you** is singular here. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
8:1 rbf2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative תִּשְׁמְר֣וּן 1 See the [book introduction](../front/intro.md) for more infromation about translating **shall**. Alternate translation: “Keep”
8:1 s002 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result לְמַ֨עַן 1 Here, **so that** marks what follows as the goal or purpose of what comes before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.
8:1 rje7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תִּֽחְי֜וּן וּרְבִיתֶ֗ם 1 The implication is that the Israelites will continue to **live** in the land and **multiply** their population with many births if they obey Yahweh. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “you may dwell in the land for a long time and multiply your population”
8:1 s775 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis נִשְׁבַּ֥ע יְהוָ֖ה לַאֲבֹתֵיכֶֽם 1 Moses is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. The fact that Yahweh will give the land to the living Israelites is implied by what Moses said earlier in this speech. You could supply these words from earlier in the passage if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh swore to your fathers that he would give to you”
8:2 xeqp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd וְזָכַרְתָּ֣ & הֹלִֽיכֲךָ֜ & אֱלֹהֶ֛יךָ & עַנֹּֽתְךָ֜ לְנַסֹּֽתְךָ֗ & בִּֽלְבָבְךָ֛ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, **you** and **your** are singular from this verse to [verse 19](../08/19.md). If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
8:2 z13w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy כָּל־הַדֶּ֗רֶךְ 1 Here, **all the way** represents everything that the Israelites saw, heard, and experienced during the time they were in the wilderness. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everything that happened on the journey”
8:2 mfgk rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result לְמַ֨עַן & לְנַסֹּֽתְךָ֗ לָדַ֜עַת 1 Here, the words **so that** and **to** mark what follows as the goal or purpose of what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.
8:2 ifes rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֲשֶׁ֧ר בִּֽלְבָבְךָ֛ 1 Here, **heart** refers to a person’s inner being and will. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what you truly wanted”
8:3 ygr4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַיַּֽאֲכִֽלְךָ֤ אֶת הַמָּן֙ 1 This does not mean that Yahweh personally fed the Israelites like a mother would feed her infant. What Moses means is that Yahweh provided manna from heaven for the Israelites to eat, as [Exodus 16](Exo/16/01.md) describes. You could include this information if it would be helpful for your readers. Alternate translation: “and gave you manna to eat”
8:3 qz4c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo לֹא־יָדַ֔עְתָּ וְלֹ֥א יָדְע֖וּן אֲבֹתֶ֑יךָ 1 The expression **you had not known and your fathers had not known** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “you and your fathers had not known”
8:3 mrld rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns הָֽאָדָ֔ם & הָאָדָֽם 1 In this verse, the word **man** is singular in form, but it refers to all human beings as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “humankind … humankind”
8:3 t9be rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הַלֶּ֤חֶם 1 Here, **bread** represents all food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “eating meals”
8:3 d9as rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy כָּל־מוֹצָ֥א פִֽי־יְהוָ֖ה 1 Here, **mouth** represents the act of speaking, and **everything coming out** represents the words or commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh declares”
8:4 pr86 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit שִׂמְלָ֨תְךָ֜ לֹ֤א בָֽלְתָה֙ מֵֽעָלֶ֔יךָ וְרַגְלְךָ֖ לֹ֣א בָצֵ֑קָה זֶ֖ה אַרְבָּעִ֥ים שָׁנָֽה 1 The implication is that Yahweh protected and provided for the Israelites. As a result, their **clothing did not wear out** and their **feet did not swell up** even though they walked for **40 years** in the wilderness. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Yahweh protected you so that your provisions did not run out and you remained healthy for those 40 years in the wilderness”
8:4 gmq1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo שִׂמְלָ֨תְךָ֜ לֹ֤א בָֽלְתָה֙ מֵֽעָלֶ֔יךָ 1 The expression **Your clothing did not wear out from upon you** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “Your clothing did not wear out”
8:5 cb6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְיָדַעְתָּ֖ עִם־לְבָבֶ֑ךָ 1 Here the expression **know with your heart** means “think about” or “reflect on.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And you shall consider”
8:5 feb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-genericnoun יְיַסֵּ֥ר אִישׁ֙ אֶת־בְּנ֔וֹ 1 In this verse, the words **man** and **son** are singular in form, but refer to all parents and children as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “a parent instructs a child”
8:6 agya rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לָלֶ֥כֶת בִּדְרָכָ֖יו 1 Here, **walk in his ways** means “obey him.” Moses is speaking of obedience as if it were physically walking on a path. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to obey him”
8:7 ql1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go מְבִֽיאֲךָ֖ 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “taking” instead of **bringing**. Alternate translation: “is taking you”
8:7 jl8h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אֶ֚רֶץ 1 Here, Moses is using the possessive form to describe a **land** that has the features that follow. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a comparable way of expressing landmarks. Alternate translation: “a land that features”
8:7 p6ox rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit נַ֣חֲלֵי מָ֔יִם עֲיָנֹת֙ וּתְהֹמֹ֔ת יֹצְאִ֥ים בַּבִּקְעָ֖ה וּבָהָֽר 1 The implication is that water comes up from under the ground even in the mountains. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: "plentiful water in both the valleys and the hills" or "flowing out in both the valleys and the hills"
8:7 yjhj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown נַ֣חֲלֵי מָ֔יִם עֲיָנֹת֙ וּתְהֹמֹ֔ת 1 Here, **brooks of water, fountains, and springs** are all types of flowing bodies of water. If your language does not have this distinction between bodies of water, you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “rivers”
8:8 a63l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אֶ֤רֶץ & אֶֽרֶץ 1 Here, Moses is using the possessive form to describe a **land** that produces certain types of crops. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a comparable way of describing the land. Alternate translation: “a land that can produce … a land that can produce”
8:9 gx2v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֲשֶׁ֨ר לֹ֤א בְמִסְכֵּנֻת֙ תֹּֽאכַל־בָּ֣הּ לֶ֔חֶם 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the phrasing of this clause. Alternate translation: “where you will eat bread without scarcity”
8:9 ej64 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לֶ֔חֶם 1 Here, **bread** represents all food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “meals”
8:9 s4ft rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes לֹ֤א בְמִסְכֵּנֻת֙ 1 Moses is using a figure of speech here that expresses a strongly positive meaning by using a negative word, **no**, together with an expression that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the positive meaning. Alternate translation: “in abundance”
8:9 jnqd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בְמִסְכֵּנֻת֙ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **poverty**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: "being poor" or “feeling hungry”
8:9 s966 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes לֹֽא־תֶחְסַ֥ר כֹּ֖ל בָּ֑הּ 1 Moses is using a figure of speech here that expresses a strongly positive meaning by using a negative word, **not**, together with an expression that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the positive meaning. Alternate translation: “where everything in it will be sufficient for you”
8:9 q74l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֲבָנֶ֣יהָ בַרְזֶ֔ל וּמֵהֲרָרֶ֖יהָ תַּחְצֹ֥ב נְחֹֽשֶׁת 1 The implication is that one can **dig** (as in, mine) for **iron** and **copper** ore in the land. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “there is iron ore and there is copper ore that you can mine”
8:9 hcno rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown נְחֹֽשֶׁת 1 Here, the word **copper** refers to a soft metal used for making tools and other utensils. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of metal, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “soft metal”
8:11 i252 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo פֶּן 1 Moses uses the word **lest** to introduce a hypothetical condition as a warning. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “in case”
8:12 eyd5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo פֶּן 1 Moses uses the word **lest** to continue the hypothetical condition from the previous verse. If the connection between this statement and the previous one is not clear, you may want to use a connecting word to show how this statement relates to what came before it. Use a natural form in your language to connect this statement to the previous one. Alternate translation: “especially if” or "and in case"
8:14 w1qa rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וְרָ֖ם לְבָבֶ֑ךָ 1 In this verse, Moses gives the negative consequences that could happen as a result of the previous verses. If the connection between this statement and the previous one is not clear, you may want to use a connecting word to show how this statement relates to what came before it. Use a natural form in your language for connecting this statement to the previous one. Alternate translation: “so that your heart is lifted up”
8:14 ft1p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְרָ֖ם לְבָבֶ֑ךָ 1 Here, **your heart is lifted up** is an idiom that means “you become proud.” The **heart** represents a person’s inner being. Height represents pride, so a **lifted up** heart is a proud heart. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and you become prideful” or “and you become conceited”
8:14 k1uk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִבֵּ֥ית עֲבָדִֽים 1 Yahweh speaks of Egypt as if it were a **house** where people keep **slaves**. See how you translated this in [Exodus 13:3](Exo/13/03.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the place where you were slaves”
8:15 c4zs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְהַנּוֹרָ֗א 1 The implication is that the wilderness causes terror because it is dangerous. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. See how you translated this in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “and unsafe”
8:15 tvbq rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns נָחָ֤שׁ ׀ שָׂרָף֙ וְעַקְרָ֔ב 1 In this verse, the words **serpent** and **scorpion** are singular in form, but they refer to all serpents and scorpions in the wilderness as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “fiery serpents and scorpions”
8:15 anyz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases נָחָ֤שׁ ׀ שָׂרָף֙ 1 This phrase begins a list of the “great and terrible” things that the Israelites encountered in the wilderness. If the connection between this statement and the previous one is not clear, you may want to use a connecting word to show how this statement relates to what came before it. Use a natural form in your language for connecting this statement to the previous one. Alternate translation: “which had the fiery serpent”
8:15 nlk7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit נָחָ֤שׁ ׀ שָׂרָף֙ 1 Here **fiery serpent** could mean that: (1) the venom from the bite of the serpent causes burning, **fiery** pain. Alternate translation: “poisonous serpent” (2) the serpent is some unknown creature that physically emits fire. Alternate translation: “burning serpent”
8:15 ulph rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְעַקְרָ֔ב 1 A **scorpion** is a poisonous creature that crawls on the ground, similar to a spider. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of poisonous creature, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “and poisonous creature”
8:15 x91q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְצִמָּא֖וֹן 1 The implication is that the **ground** was **thirsty** because the region was dry, with very little rain there. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and waterless land”
8:15 o73b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַמּוֹצִ֤יא לְךָ֙ מַ֔יִם מִצּ֖וּר הַֽחַלָּמִֽישׁ 1 This refers to the events of [Numbers 20:2-13](Num/20/02.md), when Yahweh broke open a rock and caused water to pour out of the rock. The Israelites complained that they had no water, so Yahweh performed this miracle for them. You could include this information if it would be helpful for your readers. Alternate translation: “he brought out water from the rock of flint when you complained of thirst”<br><br>
8:15 u2yq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מִצּ֖וּר הַֽחַלָּמִֽישׁ 1 Here, Moses is using the possessive form to describe a **rock** that has the qualities of **flint**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a comparable expression to describe hard rock. Alternate translation: “from the flinty rock”
8:15 nfhg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מִצּ֖וּר הַֽחַלָּמִֽישׁ 1 Here the word **flint** refers to a hard, solid type of rock that can be used to ignite fires. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of rock, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “from the rock that was very hard”
8:16 v6au rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַמַּֽאֲכִ֨לְךָ֥ מָן֙ בַּמִּדְבָּ֔ר 1 This does not mean that Yahweh personally **fed** the Israelites like a mother would feed her infant. What Moses means is that Yahweh sent manna from heaven for the Israelites to eat. You could include this information if it would be helpful for your readers. Alternate translation: “and provided you with manna to eat”
8:16 sq5o rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לְמַ֣עַן & וּלְמַ֨עַן֙ 1 Here, **so that** marks what follows as the goal or purpose of what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.
8:16 obvz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּאַחֲרִיתֶֽךָ 1 The implication is that Yahweh would “do good” to the Israelites at the **end** of all the testing and trials they experienced. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “at the end of all the testing”
8:17 nrx3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וְאָמַרְתָּ֖ בִּלְבָבֶ֑ךָ כֹּחִי֙ וְעֹ֣צֶם יָדִ֔י עָ֥שָׂה לִ֖י אֶת־הַחַ֥יִל הַזֶּֽה 1 As modeled by the UST, if it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And you will say in your heart that your power and the might of your hand made for you this wealth”
8:17 sd9i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְאָמַרְתָּ֖ בִּלְבָבֶ֑ךָ 1 See how you translated this in [7:17](../07/17.md). Alternate translation: “And you will say to yourselves”
8:17 g2bf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וְעֹ֣צֶם יָדִ֔י 1 Here, **hand** represents the whole person in the act of using their **might**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and my own might”
8:17 jvrn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַחַ֥יִל הַזֶּֽה 1 Here, **this wealth** refers to all the good things that Moses listed in [verses 7-10](../08/07.md) and [12-13](../08/12.md). You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “this prosperity and all these possessions”
8:18 g9fc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לְמַ֨עַן 1 Here, **so that** marks what follows as the goal or purpose of what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.
8:18 i5v9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הָקִ֧ים אֶת־בְּרִית֛וֹ 1 The implication is that Yahweh will only **establish**, or fulfill, his promises to bless the Israelites if the Israelites fulfill their promises made in the **covenant**. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “he may fulfill his covenant”
8:18 y2wk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לַאֲבֹתֶ֖יךָ 1 Moses is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to your predecessors”
8:18 in9j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כַּיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה 1 The implication is that at the same time that Moses is speaking to the Israelites, Yahweh is fulfilling the covenant. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “as he is doing now”
8:19 w9hk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication שָׁכֹ֤חַ תִּשְׁכַּח֙ & אָבֹ֖ד תֹּאבֵדֽוּן 1 Moses is repeating the verbs **forget** and **perish** in order to intensify the idea that they express. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “you indeed forget … you will indeed perish”
8:19 sdv6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְהָֽלַכְתָּ֗ אַחֲרֵי֙ 1 Here, **walk after** means “worship.” Moses is speaking of worshiping idols as if they were walking behind them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and serve”
8:19 rd16 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformulas הַעִדֹ֤תִי בָכֶם֙ 1 The phrase **I testify against you** is an oath formula used as a strong warning. Use a natural way in your language to express a strong warning. Alternate translation: “I promise you”
8:20 a8kh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִפְּנֵיכֶ֔ם 1 Here, the word **faces** represents the presence of people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before you”
8:20 l9hm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לֹ֣א תִשְׁמְע֔וּן בְּק֖וֹל 1 Here the word **listen** means to listen and obey. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you would not obey the voice of”
8:20 l83x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּק֖וֹל 1 Here, **voice** represents the words that Yahweh spoke, which include his commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to the words of”
9:intro id6j 0 # Deuteronomy 9 General Notes\n\n## General Outline\n- vv. 1-6: Moses reminds the Israelites that Yahweh did not choose them because they were righteous\n- vv. 7-29: Moses recounts the Israelites’ sin when they worshiped the golden calf\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Yahweh’s victory\nThis chapter assures the Israelites that it is Yahweh who will empower them to conquer the Promised Land. The Israelites will not be strong enough on their own to conquer these other nations. This victory will be Yahweh’s. The people did not earn this victory, but it is Yahweh’s punishment of these sinful nations. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n### Israel’s sin\nYahweh is about to punish the Canaanites for their sin. He also reminds Israel of their sin. This serves as a warning to the people of Israel. If they sin again, Yahweh will punish them too.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\n### “You”\n\nWhen Moses is addressing the Israelites, he uses both the singular and plural forms of “you.”\n\n- vv. 1-6: “You” and “your” are singular.\n- vv. 7: See note.\n- vv. 8-9: “You” and “your” are plural.\n- vv. 16-25: “You” and “your” are plural.\n\n(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
9:1 fvrk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd שְׁמַ֣ע & אַתָּ֨ה & מִמֶּ֑ךָּ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, commands and the words **you** and **your** are singular from this verse to [verse 6](../09/06.md). If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
9:1 wy46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 Here, **Israel** represents the people of Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Israelites”
9:1 zw1n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole וּבְצֻרֹ֖ת בַּשָּׁמָֽיִם 1 Moses says **fortified to the heavens** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. See how you translated this phrase in [1:28](../01/28.md). Alternate translation: “and extremely well-fortified”
9:2 s1te rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י 1 Here, **sons** means “descendants.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the offspring of”
9:2 nyc8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אַתָּ֤ה יָדַ֨עְתָּ֙ וְאַתָּ֣ה שָׁמַ֔עְתָּ 1 For emphasis, Moses is stating the pronoun **you**, whose meaning is already included in the verbs **know** and **heard**. If your language can state implied pronouns explicitly for emphasis, you may want to use that construction in your translation. Other languages may have other ways of bringing out this emphasis. The ULT does so by using the intensive pronoun **yourself**. Alternate translation: “you indeed know, and you indeed have heard”
9:2 o5h5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְאַתָּ֣ה שָׁמַ֔עְתָּ 1 Here, the word **heard** means “heard rumors of.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and of whom you have heard it said”
9:2 ar68 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מִ֣י יִתְיַצֵּ֔ב לִפְנֵ֖י בְּנֵ֥י עֲנָֽק 1 Moses is using the question form to emphasize that people were afraid of the Anakites. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is no one who can stand before the faces of the sons of Anak.”
9:2 rqeh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִתְיַצֵּ֔ב 1 Here **stand** means “resist” or “oppose in battle.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “can endure in battle”
9:2 yi8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֖י 1 Here, **faces** represents the presence of people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before”
9:3 wv4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative וְיָדַעְתָּ֣ 1 See the [book introduction](../front/intro.md) for more infromation about translating **shall**. Alternate translation: “And know”
9:3 sm8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְיָדַעְתָּ֣ 1 Here **know** means “experience.” Moses is speaking of knowing as experiencing for oneself the things he is describing. He is telling them what lies ahead of them. Alternate translation: “And you shall experience”
9:3 aj58 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֵ֣שׁ אֹֽכְלָ֔ה 1 Here Moses is speaking of Yahweh's response, when he is jealous, as if it were **a devouring fire**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is a destroyer of people who disobey him, just as a fire burns its fuel to ashes”
9:3 xv0k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ה֧וּא יַשְׁמִידֵ֛ם וְה֥וּא יַכְנִיעֵ֖ם לְפָנֶ֑יךָ 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “he will destroy them; indeed, he will subdue them before your faces”
9:3 ziut rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ה֧וּא יַשְׁמִידֵ֛ם וְה֥וּא יַכְנִיעֵ֖ם 1 For emphasis, Moses is stating the pronoun **he**, whose meaning is already included in the verbs **destroy** and **subdue**. If your language can state implied pronouns explicitly for emphasis, you may want to use that construction in your translation. Other languages may have other ways of bringing out this emphasis. The ULT does so by using the intensive pronoun **himself**. Alternate translation: “it is he who will destroy them, and it is he who will subdue them”
9:3 sute rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְפָנֶ֑יךָ 1 Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before you”
9:4 xr9c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אַל־תֹּאמַ֣ר בִּלְבָבְךָ֗ 1 Here, **say in your heart** is an idiom that means “think” or “say to yourself.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated this in [7:17](../07/17.md). Alternate translation: “You shall not think”
9:4 rn3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בַּהֲדֹ֣ף יְהוָה֩ אֱלֹהֶ֨יךָ אֹתָ֥ם 1 Here, **when** means “after.” You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “after Yahweh your God has thrust them out”
9:4 zro0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בַּהֲדֹ֣ף יְהוָה֩ אֱלֹהֶ֨יךָ אֹתָ֥ם 1 Yahweh will **thrust out** the people of the other nations by driving them off of the land. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “when Yahweh your God has driven them out”
9:4 y07b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִלְּפָנֶיךָ֮ & מִפָּנֶֽיךָ 1 Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before you … before you”
9:4 mpx1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵאמֹר֒ 1 Here, the word **saying** introduces direct speech. Consider natural ways of doing that in your own language.
9:4 w47t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בְּצִדְקָתִי֙ & וּבְרִשְׁעַת֙ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **righteousness** and **wickedness**, you could express these ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “Since I am righteous … for the wicked deeds of”
9:4 l1tq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּצִדְקָתִי֙ & וּבְרִשְׁעַת֙ 1 Here **In** means “because of.” You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Due to my righteousness … but due to the wickedness of”
9:4 mco0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go הֱבִיאַ֣נִי 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “taken” instead of **brought**. Alternate translation: “has taken me in”
9:4 lhgv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וּבְרִשְׁעַת֙ 1 Moses uses the word **but** here to indicate a strong contrast between what the Israelites might think and the real reason why Yahweh is giving them the land. In your translation, indicate this strong contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “nevertheless, in the wickedness of”
9:5 o4n4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism לֹ֣א בְצִדְקָתְךָ֗ וּבְיֹ֨שֶׁר֙ לְבָ֣בְךָ֔ אַתָּ֥ה בָ֖א לָרֶ֣שֶׁת אֶת־אַרְצָ֑ם כִּ֞י בְּרִשְׁעַ֣ת ׀ הַגּוֹיִ֣ם הָאֵ֗לֶּה יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהֶ֨יךָ֙ מוֹרִישָׁ֣ם מִפָּנֶ֔יךָ 1 This sentence means basically the same thing as the previous verse. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the sentences that would make this clear. Alternate translation: “I reiterate, not in your righteousness or in the uprightness of your heart are you going in to possess their land, but in the wickedness of these nations, Yahweh your God is driving them out from before your face”
9:5 siel rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בְצִדְקָתְךָ֗ & וּבְיֹ֨שֶׁר֙ לְבָ֣בְךָ֔ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **righteousness** and **uprightness**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “in your righteous acts or your upright heart”
9:5 qi0w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְצִדְקָתְךָ֗ וּבְיֹ֨שֶׁר֙ 1 Here, **in** means “because of.” You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “because of your righteousness or because of the uprightness”
9:5 r3iq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְבָ֣בְךָ֔ 1 Here, **heart** refers to a person’s will and inner being. In this case, the desire is to fear Yahweh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of your desires”
9:5 l1rg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go אַתָּ֥ה בָ֖א 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “coming” instead of **going**. Alternate translation: “are you coming in”
9:5 gwa0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast כִּ֞י 1 Moses uses the word **but** here to indicate a strong contrast between what the Israelites might think and the real reason why Yahweh is giving them the land. In your translation, indicate this strong contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but, rather,”
9:5 hog1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִפָּנֶ֔יךָ 1 Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before you”
9:5 e9iz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal וּלְמַ֜עַן 1 Here, **so that** marks “Yahweh may establish the word” as the goal or purpose of “Yahweh your God is driving them out.” Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.
9:5 zbzd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הָקִ֣ים 1 Here, **establish** means “fulfill”. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you translated this concept in [8:18](../08/18.md). Alternate translation: “may fulfill”
9:5 dzy6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הַדָּבָ֗ר 1 Here, **word** represents what someone said, which, in this case, is the promise that Yahweh spoke. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the promise”
9:5 hb36 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לַאֲבֹתֶ֔יךָ 1 Moses is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to your predecessors”
9:6 ctjb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְצִדְקָֽתְךָ֙ 1 Here **in** means “because of.” You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “because of your righteousness”
9:6 zgiw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בְצִדְקָֽתְךָ֙ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in your good deeds”
9:6 m7os rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עַם־קְשֵׁה־עֹ֖רֶף 1 Here, **stiff of neck** is an idiom that means “stubborn” and “rebellious.” The image comes from an animal that does not want to go the way his master is trying to direct him. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are a hard-hearted people” or “are a rebellious people”
9:7 drtg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd זְכֹר֙ אַל־תִּשְׁכַּ֔ח & הִקְצַ֛פְתָּ & אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ & יָצָ֣אתָ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, the command **Remember**, **you** and **your** are singular here. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
9:7 rx7g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet זְכֹר֙ אַל־תִּשְׁכַּ֔ח 1 The words **remember** and **you shall not forget** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “Remember, indeed, you shall not forget”
9:7 ldb8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you בֹּֽאֲכֶם֙ & הֱיִיתֶ֖ם 1 The pronoun **you** here is plural. Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
9:7 kd2z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַמָּק֣וֹם הַזֶּ֔ה 1 Here, **this place** refers to the Jordan River valley, where the Israelites are camping. This is where Moses is speaking to the Israelites. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “this valley”
9:8 jym7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּבְחֹרֵ֥ב 1 This refers to the events of [Exodus 32](Exo/32/01.md), when the Israelites disobeyed Yahweh by making and worshiping a golden calf. Yahweh wanted to destroy the Israelites for their rebellion, but Moses prayed to Yahweh to have mercy on the Israelites. As a result, Yahweh allowed the Israelites to survive. Alternate translation: “And you worshiped the golden calf at Horeb, and”
9:8 rwk3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you הִקְצַפְתֶּ֖ם & בָּכֶ֖ם & אֶתְכֶֽם 1 The pronoun **you** here is plural. Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
9:9 l9d5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession לוּחֹ֣ת הַבְּרִ֔ית 1 Here, Moses is using the possessive form to describe **the tablets** on which Yahweh wrote **the covenant**, specifically, the words of the Ten Commandments. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use an equivalent expression to describe a tablet with writing on it. Alternate translation: “the tablets that had the words of the covenant on them”
9:9 sae8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הַבְּרִ֔ית אֲשֶׁר־כָּרַ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה 1 To **cut** a **covenant** means to make a covenant. The phrase refers to ancient rituals around making covenants, which is illustrated in [Genesis 15](Gen/15/01.md). See the imagery and how you translated there. Alternate translation: “the covenant that Yahweh made”
9:9 gpng rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֶ֚חֶם לֹ֣א אָכַ֔לְתִּי וּמַ֖יִם לֹ֥א שָׁתִֽיתִי 1 The implication is that Moses chose to go without food or water while he was on the mountain. Be sure that this distinction is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “bread I chose not to eat and water I chose not to drink”
9:9 f7i3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לֶ֚חֶם 1 Here, **bread** represents all food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “food”
9:10 e2t6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive כְּתֻבִ֖ים בְּאֶצְבַּ֣ע אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 If your language does not use the passive form **written**, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “on which the finger of God wrote”
9:10 ozko rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כְּתֻבִ֖ים בְּאֶצְבַּ֣ע אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 The implication is that it was God who wrote on the stone, not Moses. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “written by the finger of God himself”
9:10 hv86 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כְּֽכָל־הַדְּבָרִ֡ים אֲשֶׁ֣ר דִּבֶּר֩ יְהוָ֨ה עִמָּכֶ֥ם בָּהָ֛ר מִתּ֥וֹךְ הָאֵ֖שׁ בְּי֥וֹם הַקָּהָֽל 1 This refers to the events of [Exodus 19](Exo/19/01.md), when the Israelites gathered at the base of Mount Sinai while Moses went to the top. There, Yahweh told Moses all the commandments from a fire at the top of Mount Sinai. Alternate translation: “was according to all the words that Yahweh spoke to you from the fire on the top of the mountain while you were gathered at the base of the mountain”
9:11 a75b rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַיְהִ֗י 1 Moses is using the word translated as **And it happened** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Then”
9:11 je7x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession לֻח֥וֹת הַבְּרִֽית 1 Here, Moses is using the possessive form to describe **the tablets** on which Yahweh wrote **the covenant**, specifically, the words of the Ten Commandments. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use an equivalent expression to describe a tablet with writing on it. Alternate translation: “the tablets that had the words of the covenant on them”
9:12 pf05 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וַיֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה אֵלַ֗י ק֣וּם רֵ֤ד מַהֵר֙ מִזֶּ֔ה כִּ֚י שִׁחֵ֣ת עַמְּךָ֔ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הוֹצֵ֖אתָ מִמִּצְרָ֑יִם סָ֣רוּ מַהֵ֗ר מִן־הַדֶּ֨רֶךְ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר צִוִּיתִ֔ם עָשׂ֥וּ לָהֶ֖ם מַסֵּכָֽה 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh commanded me to leave the mountain because you had turned aside from his path and made a cast figure for yourselves”
9:12 h3vr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִזֶּ֔ה 1 This refers to the top of Mount Sinai, where Yahweh told Moses the commandments. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “from the top of this mountain”
9:12 pkli rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֚י 1 The word translated as **for** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “since”
9:12 wp08 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession עַמְּךָ֔ 1 Here Yahweh is using the possessive form to describe the **people** that Moses leads. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a comparable expression to describe leadership. Alternate translation: “the people whom you oversee”
9:12 n8p5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit שִׁחֵ֣ת 1 Here, the term **acted corruptly** means "sinned" or "did wrong." You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “have transgressed”
9:12 ce69 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor סָ֣רוּ מַהֵ֗ר מִן־הַדֶּ֨רֶךְ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר צִוִּיתִ֔ם 1 Here Yahweh is speaking of commandments as if they were a **path** and saying that disobeying commandments is like turning aside from that path. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “They have quickly disobeyed my commands”
9:13 gnmo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וַיֹּ֥אמֶר יְהוָ֖ה אֵלַ֣י לֵאמֹ֑ר רָאִ֨יתִי֙ אֶת־הָעָ֣ם הַזֶּ֔ה וְהִנֵּ֥ה עַם־קְשֵׁה־עֹ֖רֶף הֽוּא 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh told me that he saw you, and that you are a people stiff of neck”
9:13 hu2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵאמֹ֑ר 1 Here, the word **saying** introduces direct speech. Consider natural ways of doing that in your own language.
9:13 ptck rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit רָאִ֨יתִי֙ אֶת־הָעָ֣ם הַזֶּ֔ה 1 The implication is that Yahweh has **seen** and knows everything that the Israelites do. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “I know the actions of this people”
9:13 j343 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְהִנֵּ֥ה 1 Yahweh is using the term **behold** to focus Moses’ attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “and indeed”
9:13 g59o rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns עַם & הֽוּא 1 The pronoun **it** refers to the **people** of Israel. If it would be more natural in your language, you could use a plural pronoun here. Alternate translation: “this people is”
9:13 vghs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom עַם־ קְשֵׁה־ עֹ֖רֶף 1 Here, **stiff of neck** is an idiom that means “stubborn” and “rebellious.” The image comes from an animal that does not want to go the way his master is trying to direct him. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is a hard-hearted people” or “is a rebellious people”
9:14 uvi4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הֶ֤רֶף מִמֶּ֨נִּי֙ 1 When he says **Leave me be**, Yahweh means that Moses should not try to stop him. As God, Yahweh is everywhere, so Moses would not be able to leave the presence of Yahweh. You could include this information if it would be helpful for your readers. Alternate translation: “Do not interfere”
9:14 gu20 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וְאַשְׁמִידֵ֔ם וְאֶמְחֶ֣ה אֶת־שְׁמָ֔ם מִתַּ֖חַת הַשָּׁמָ֑יִם 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second clause emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word that shows that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “and I will destroy them; indeed, I will blot out their name from under the heavens”
9:14 lkr5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְאֶמְחֶ֣ה אֶת־שְׁמָ֔ם מִתַּ֖חַת הַשָּׁמָ֑יִם 1 Yahweh speaks of destroying the Israelites as if he were blotting out a word written on paper. Yahweh means that he will **blot out** the memory of their **name**, and by extension, everything about them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and no one will know they ever existed”
9:14 kubz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְאֶֽעֱשֶׂה֙ אֽוֹתְךָ֔ לְגוֹי 1 The implication is that Yahweh will cause Moses to have so many descendants that those descendants will become **a nation** to replace the Israelites. This **nation** would be “mightier and greater” than the Israelites. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and I will make a nation from you and your descendants, one that is”
9:15 qnh7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וָאֵ֗פֶן 1 Here, the word **turned** describes the beginning of Moses' action. Your language may have a comparable expression that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “And I got up”
9:15 teym rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וָֽאֵרֵד֙ 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “and went down”
9:15 ft91 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo וְהָהָ֖ר בֹּעֵ֣ר בָּאֵ֑שׁ 1 The expression **burning in the fire** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “and there was fire on the mountain”
9:15 ex8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession לֻחֹ֣ת הַבְּרִ֔ית 1 Here, Moses is using the possessive form to describe **the tablets** on which Yahweh wrote **the covenant**, specifically, the words of the Ten Commandments. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use an equivalent expression to describe a tablet with writing on it. Alternate translation: “the tablets that had the words of the covenant on them”
9:15 lyj0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo שְׁתֵּ֥י יָדָֽי 1 The expression **two hands** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “my hands”
9:16 eok0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor סַרְתֶּ֣ם מַהֵ֔ר מִן־הַדֶּ֕רֶךְ אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה אֶתְכֶֽם 1 See how you translated this metaphor in [verse 12](../09/12.md). Alternate translation: “You had rapidly disobeyed the commandments of Yahweh”
9:17 fr0u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo וָֽאַשְׁלִכֵ֔ם מֵעַ֖ל שְׁתֵּ֣י יָדָ֑י 1 The expression **threw them out of my two hands** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “and threw them”
9:17 tplx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְעֵינֵיכֶֽם 1 Here, **eyes** represent the act of seeing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as you observed” or "in your sight"
9:18 t6ya rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וָֽאֶתְנַפַּל֩ לִפְנֵ֨י יְהוָ֜ה 1 Here, **prostrated** refers to the act of bowing on the ground and lying prone. Here it is a symbolic action to worship and show submission. If this would not be clear to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action in the text or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “And I bowed before Yahweh in submission and lay prone on the ground”
9:18 xf6d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֨י 1 Here, **face** represents the presence of someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before”
9:18 f1fx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כָּרִאשֹׁנָ֗ה 1 Moses is referring to the first 40 day and 40 night fast that he completed on Mount Sinai from [verse 9](../09/09.md). You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and I fasted again”
9:18 op3q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֶ֚חֶם לֹ֣א אָכַ֔לְתִּי וּמַ֖יִם לֹ֣א שָׁתִ֑יתִי 1 See how you translated this in [verse 9](../09/09.md).
9:18 rbix rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לֶ֚חֶם 1 Here, **bread** represents all food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “food”
9:18 cw8a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּעֵינֵ֥י 1 Here, **in the eyes of** is an idiom for someone's opinion or evaluation. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the evaluation of”
9:18 a42t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְהַכְעִיסֽוֹ 1 This does not mean that the Israelites provoked Yahweh to anger on purpose, but rather, that their actions provoked Yahweh to anger. You could include this information if it would be helpful for your readers. Alternate translation: “which provoked him to anger”
9:19 v2ao rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 The word translated as **For** indicates that what follows is a reason for Moses prostrating himself in the previous verse. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “But”
9:19 mt8f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִפְּנֵ֤י 1 Here, **face** represents the presence of something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of”
9:19 i9wj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet הָאַף֙ וְהַ֣חֵמָ֔ה 1 The terms **nose** and **heat** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “the extreme anger”
9:19 qh16 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הָאַף֙ 1 Here, **nose** represents anger. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a body part from your language that is associated with anger or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the rage”
9:19 w1oh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְהַ֣חֵמָ֔ה 1 Here, **heat** refers to extreme anger, which causes the angry person’s body to become hot. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the rage”
9:19 ivdv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit קָצַ֧ף יְהוָ֛ה עֲלֵיכֶ֖ם לְהַשְׁמִ֣יד אֶתְכֶ֑ם 1 The implication is that Yahweh was so **angry** with the Israelites that he wanted **to destroy** them. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Yahweh raged against you enough to eliminate you”
9:19 fxku rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַיִּשְׁמַ֤ע יְהוָה֙ אֵלַ֔י 1 The implication is that Moses asked Yahweh not to destroy the Israelites and that **Yahweh listened to** him. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh listened to me when I asked him to have mercy on you”
9:19 f6y6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit גַּ֖ם בַּפַּ֥עַם הַהִֽוא 1 This refers back to [5:23-28](../05/23.md), when Moses asked Yahweh if the Israelites could remain at the base of the mountain because they were afraid that they would die in the presence of Yahweh. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “as he also listened to me when you asked me to speak to Yahweh on your behalf”
9:20 hevs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּֽבְאַהֲרֹ֗ן הִתְאַנַּ֧ף יְהוָ֛ה מְאֹ֖ד לְהַשְׁמִיד֑וֹ 1 The implication is that Yahweh was so **angry** with Aaron for making the cast image calf that he wanted **to destroy** him. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh raged against Aaron and wanted to eliminate him”
9:20 siem rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וָֽאֶתְפַּלֵּ֛ל גַּם־בְּעַ֥ד אַהֲרֹ֖ן בָּעֵ֥ת הַהִֽוא 1 The implication is that Yahweh also listened to Moses’ prayer on behalf of Aaron. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “And I interceded on behalf of Aaron, and Yahweh did not eliminate him”
9:21 q095 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession חַטַּאתְכֶ֞ם 1 Here, Moses is using the possessive form to describe a **sin** that the Israelites had committed by making the cast-image calf. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a comparable expression to describe an idol. Alternate translation: “your wicked creation”
9:22 n8jq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וּבְתַבְעֵרָה֙ וּבְמַסָּ֔ה וּבְקִבְרֹ֖ת הַֽתַּאֲוָ֑ה 1 **Taberah**, **Massah**, and **Kibroth Hattaavaare** are names of places that the Israelites traveled through in the wilderness.
9:22 yl7q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּבְתַבְעֵרָה֙ 1 This refers to [Numbers 11:1-3](Num/11/01.md), when the Israelites complained about their travels in the wilderness. Yahweh caused fire to burn on some parts of the camp because the Israelites were ungrateful. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “And at Taberah, when you complained against Yahweh,”
9:22 yrsh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּבְמַסָּ֔ה 1 This refers to the events of [Exodus 17:1-7](Exo/17/01.md), when the Israelites complained that Yahweh wanted to kill them because they had no water. In the end, Yahweh provided water for the Israelites to drink. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and at Massah, where you complained of thirst,”
9:22 wesu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּבְקִבְרֹ֖ת הַֽתַּאֲוָ֑ה 1 This refers to the events of [Numbers 11:1-34](Num/11/01.md), when the Israelites complained that they were tired of eating manna. They said that they preferred the food in Egypt. As a result, Yahweh sent quail to feed the Israelites. Yahweh also punished the ungrateful Israelites by sending a plague that killed some of the Israelites. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and at Kibroth Hattaavah, where you complained about the manna”
9:23 sm0t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וּבִשְׁלֹ֨חַ יְהוָ֜ה אֶתְכֶ֗ם מִקָּדֵ֤שׁ בַּרְנֵ֨עַ֙ לֵאמֹ֔ר עֲלוּ֙ וּרְשׁ֣וּ אֶת־הָאָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר נָתַ֖תִּי לָכֶ֑ם 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh sent you from Kadesh Barnea and commanded you to go up and take possession of the land that he has given to you”
9:23 bap1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵאמֹ֔ר 1 Here, the word **saying** introduces direct speech. Consider natural ways of doing that in your own language.
9:23 xz23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עֲלוּ֙ 1 The Israelites were camping in a valley and had to **Go up** in order to enter the land. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Go up from the valley”
9:23 dxq9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy פִּ֤י 1 Here, **mouth** refers to Yahweh’s commands and what he says to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the command of”
9:23 tbr7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וְלֹ֤א הֶֽאֱמַנְתֶּם֙ ל֔וֹ 1 The Israelites disobeyed Yahweh because they did not believe that Yahweh would fulfill his promise to give them the land. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “because you did not believe him”
9:23 ll0o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְלֹ֥א שְׁמַעְתֶּ֖ם 1 Here, the word **listen** means to listen and obey. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and you did not obey”
9:23 bfb9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּקֹלֽוֹ 1 Here, **voice** represents the words Yahweh spoke, including his commandments. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to his commandments”
9:25 u8pe rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וָֽאֶתְנַפַּ֞ל לִפְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֗ה אֵ֣ת אַרְבָּעִ֥ים הַיּ֛וֹם וְאֶת־אַרְבָּעִ֥ים הַלַּ֖יְלָה אֲשֶׁ֣ר הִתְנַפָּ֑לְתִּי כִּֽי־אָמַ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה לְהַשְׁמִ֥יד אֶתְכֶֽם 1 In this verse, Moses repeats what he said in [verse 18](../09/18.md) and continues his speech. If the connection between this statement and the previous one is not clear, you may want to use a connecting word to show how this statement relates to what came before it. Use a natural form in your language for connecting this statement to the previous one. Alternate translation: “And, again I tell you that I fell on my knees before the face of Yahweh 40 days and 40 nights, and I prostrated myself because Yahweh had said to destroy you”
9:25 fq4v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וָֽאֶתְנַפַּ֞ל & הִתְנַפָּ֑לְתִּי 1 Here, **prostrated** refers to the act of bowing to the ground and lying prone before an honored person. This is a symbolic action to worship and show submission. If this would not be clear to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action in the text or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “And I bowed down … I bowed down”
9:25 tka1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֣י 1 Here, **face** represents the presence of someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before”
9:25 o1tl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּֽי־אָמַ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה לְהַשְׁמִ֥יד אֶתְכֶֽם 1 The implication is that Yahweh said that he intended to eliminate all of the Israelites. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “because Yahweh intended to eliminate all of you”
9:26 ki6v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet עַמְּךָ֙ וְנַחֲלָ֣תְךָ֔ 1 The terms **your people** and **your inheritance** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “your own people”
9:26 mct6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בְּגָדְלֶ֑ךָ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **greatness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “through your great miracles”
9:26 ifw2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּיָ֥ד חֲזָקָֽה 1 Here **hand** represents Yahweh’s power and actions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with might”
9:27 liv5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit זְכֹר֙ לַעֲבָדֶ֔יךָ לְאַבְרָהָ֥ם לְיִצְחָ֖ק וּֽלְיַעֲקֹ֑ב 1 The implication is that Moses wants Yahweh to remember the promises he made to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, and how those men obeyed Yahweh. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Remember the obedience of your servants, Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob”
9:27 s9n4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אַל־תֵּ֗פֶן אֶל 1 Here **turn** means “think about” or “regard.” Moses is speaking of turning to something as if it was the same as focusing on it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not dwell on”
9:27 eq55 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor קְשִׁי֙ 1 Here **hardness** means “stubbornness.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the stubborn acts of”
9:27 fu6o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns רִשְׁע֖וֹ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wickedness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “their evil acts”
9:28 axhc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo פֶּן 1 Moses uses **lest** to introduce an imaginary situation to convince Yahweh not to destroy the Israelites. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “otherwise” or "or else"
9:28 k03f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes יֹאמְר֗וּ הָאָרֶץ֮ אֲשֶׁ֣ר הוֹצֵאתָ֣נוּ מִשָּׁם֒ מִבְּלִי֙ יְכֹ֣לֶת יְהוָ֔ה לַהֲבִיאָ֕ם אֶל־הָאָ֖רֶץ אֲשֶׁר־דִּבֶּ֣ר לָהֶ֑ם וּמִשִּׂנְאָת֣וֹ אוֹתָ֔ם הוֹצִיאָ֖ם לַהֲמִתָ֥ם בַּמִּדְבָּֽר 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation as modeled by the UST.
9:28 cc26 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הָאָרֶץ֮ אֲשֶׁ֣ר הוֹצֵאתָ֣נוּ מִשָּׁם֒ 1 Here, **the land where you brought us out from** represents the people of Egypt. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Egyptians”
9:28 d71l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go הוֹצֵאתָ֣נוּ & לַהֲבִיאָ֕ם & הוֹצִיאָ֖ם 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “took” instead of **brought**. Alternate translation: “you took us out … to take them … he has taken them out”
9:28 gtwf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor דִּבֶּ֣ר 1 Here, **spoke** means “promised.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he promised”
9:29 dknc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet עַמְּךָ֖ וְנַחֲלָתֶ֑ךָ 1 The terms **your people** and **your inheritance** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “your own people”
9:29 vfxd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go הוֹצֵ֨אתָ֙ 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “took” instead of **brought**. Alternate translation: “you took out”
9:29 roqq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet בְּכֹחֲךָ֣ הַגָּדֹ֔ל וּבִֽזְרֹעֲךָ֖ הַנְּטוּיָֽה 1 The terms **great power** and **outstretched arm** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “by your amazing acts”
9:29 rw92 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּבִֽזְרֹעֲךָ֖ הַנְּטוּיָֽה 1 Here, **arm** refers to Yahweh’s power. Moses speaks of God stretching out his **arm** as if it were a demonstration of supernatural power. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and by your awesome deeds”
10:intro ceg6 0 # Deuteronomy 10 General Notes\n\n## Outline\n- vv. 1-5: Yahweh writes the commandments on stone tablets again\n- vv. 6-7: Aaron dies and the priesthood continues\n- vv. 8-9: the special role of the Levites\n- vv. 10-11: Yahweh listens to Moses and does not destroy the Israelites\n- vv. 12-22: Moses encourages the Israelites to obey Yahweh\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter is a continuation of the previous chapter.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “You”\n\nWhen Moses is addressing the Israelites, he uses both the singular and plural forms of “you.”\n\n- v. 10: “You” is singular.\n- vv. 12-14: “You” and “your” are singular.\n- vv. 15: See note.\n- vv. 17-19: “You” and “your” are plural.\n- vv. 20-22: “You” and “your” are singular.\n\n(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
10:1 y2d7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בָּעֵ֨ת הַהִ֜וא 1 This refers to the end of the 40 days and 40 nights when Moses fasted on the mountain. You could include this information if it would be helpful for your readers. Alternate translation: “After I finished praying and fasting”
10:1 sa1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis כָּרִ֣אשֹׁנִ֔ים 1 Moses is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “like the first tablets of stone”
10:1 gyhg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal כָּרִ֣אשֹׁנִ֔ים 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “like the earlier”
10:1 lyz6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הָהָ֑רָה 1 This refers to Mount Sinai. You could include this information if it would be helpful for your readers. Alternate translation: “on Mount Sinai”
10:2 edoz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַדְּבָרִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר הָי֛וּ עַל־הַלֻּחֹ֥ת הָרִאשֹׁנִ֖ים 1 Here, **the words that were on the first tablets** refers to the Ten Commandments. You could include this information if it would be helpful for your readers. Alternate translation: “those same commandments that were on the tablets”
10:2 pfzv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal עַל־הַלֻּחֹ֥ת הָרִאשֹׁנִ֖ים 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “on the previous ones”
10:3 wt9n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis כָּרִאשֹׁנִ֑ים 1 Moses is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “like the first tablets of stone”
10:3 osmy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal כָּרִאשֹׁנִ֑ים 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “like the previous ones”
10:3 u26k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הָהָ֔רָה 1 Here, **mountain** refers to Mount Sinai. You could include this information if it would be helpful for your readers. Alternate translation: “Mount Sinai”
10:3 fnnd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וּשְׁנֵ֥י הַלֻּחֹ֖ת בְּיָדִֽי 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could describe how Moses carried the tablets with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “and I was carrying the two tablets” or “and the two tablets were in my hands”
10:4 mi34 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַיִּכְתֹּ֨ב עַֽל־הַלֻּחֹ֜ת כַּמִּכְתָּ֣ב הָרִאשׁ֗וֹן אֵ֚ת עֲשֶׂ֣רֶת הַדְּבָרִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֣ר דִּבֶּר֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֲלֵיכֶ֥ם בָּהָ֛ר מִתּ֥וֹךְ הָאֵ֖שׁ בְּי֣וֹם הַקָּהָ֑ל 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “And on the mountain, Yahweh wrote the Ten Words on the tablets, just as he had done before”
10:4 mvlt rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal כַּמִּכְתָּ֣ב הָרִאשׁ֗וֹן 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “like the previous writing”
10:4 axmo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בָּהָ֛ר מִתּ֥וֹךְ הָאֵ֖שׁ בְּי֣וֹם הַקָּהָ֑ל 1 This refers to the events of [Exodus 19](Exo/19/01.md), when the Israelites gather at the base of Mount Sinai while Moses goes to the top. There, Yahweh tells Moses all the commandments from a fire at the top of Mount Sinai. Alternate translation: “from fire on Mount Sinai while you were assembled”
10:4 suaf rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַיִּתְּנֵ֥ם יְהוָ֖ה 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the two stone tablets. If this is not clear for your readers, you could name the items here. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh gave the stone tablets”
10:5 wr6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וָאֵ֗פֶן 1 Here, the word **turned** describes the beginning of action. Your language may have a comparable expression that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “And I got up”
10:5 utj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַיִּ֣הְיוּ שָׁ֔ם 1 The implication is that the tablets are still in the box at the time when Moses is giving this speech to the Israelites. You could include this information if it would be helpful for your readers. Alternate translation: “And they have been there ever since”
10:6-9 kwb8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וּבְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל נָֽסְע֛וּ מִבְּאֵרֹ֥ת בְּנֵי־יַעֲקָ֖ן מוֹסֵרָ֑ה שָׁ֣ם מֵ֤ת אַהֲרֹן֙ וַיִּקָּבֵ֣ר שָׁ֔ם וַיְכַהֵ֛ן אֶלְעָזָ֥ר בְּנ֖וֹ תַּחְתָּֽיו׃ & מִשָּׁ֥ם נָסְע֖וּ הַגֻּדְגֹּ֑דָה וּמִן־הַגֻּדְגֹּ֣דָה יָטְבָ֔תָה אֶ֖רֶץ נַ֥חֲלֵי מָֽיִם׃ 1 In order to help readers understand what happens next in the story, these verses provide background information about the places where the Israelites traveled. In your translation, present this information in a way that makes it clear that this is background information.
10:6 f4iw rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מִבְּאֵרֹ֥ת בְּנֵי־יַעֲקָ֖ן מוֹסֵרָ֑ה 1 The terms **Beeroth Bene Jaakan** and **Moserah** are names of places where the people of Israel traveled. **Beeroth Bene Jaakan** means “the wells that belonged to the sons of Jaakan.” You could include this information in a footnote if it would be helpful for your readers.
10:6 l2u3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַיִּקָּבֵ֣ר שָׁ֔ם 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and the people of Israel made a grave for him at that place”
10:7 qs9a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַגֻּדְגֹּ֑דָה וּמִן־הַגֻּדְגֹּ֣דָה יָטְבָ֔תָה 1 The words **Gudgodah** and **Jotbathah** are names of places where the Israelites traveled.
10:7 w4zc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אֶ֖רֶץ נַ֥חֲלֵי מָֽיִם 1 Here, the writer is using the possessive form to describe a **land** that contains many **streams of water**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “a well-watered land”
10:8 yqro rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הִבְדִּ֤יל יְהוָה֙ 1 Here **separated** means “chose for a special role”. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh selected”
10:8 bq99 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אֲר֣וֹן בְּרִית־יְהוָ֑ה 1 Here, the author is using the possessive form to describe the **box** that contains **the covenant of Yahweh**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the box that held the covenant of Yahweh”
10:8 wove rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּרִית־יְהוָ֑ה 1 Here, **the covenant of Yahweh** represents the two stone tablets on which Yahweh wrote the Ten Commandments. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the tablets of the covenant”
10:8 p84p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לַעֲמֹד֩ לִפְנֵ֨י יְהוָ֤ה לְשָֽׁרְתוֹ֙ 1 The phrase **stand before the face of Yahweh to serve him** means “to offer sacrifices to Yahweh.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to serve Yahweh”
10:8 lnyx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֨י 1 Here, **face** represents the presence of someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before”
10:8 j087 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וּלְבָרֵ֣ךְ 1 The author is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and to bless human beings”
10:8 dqs6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בִּשְׁמ֔וֹ 1 Here, **name** represents all of Yahweh: his power, presence, knowledge, and so on. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as his representative”
10:8 br5a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עַ֖ד הַיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה 1 The implication is that the Levites were still fulfilling the duties listed in this verse at the time that Deuteronomy was written. You could include this information if it would be helpful for your readers. Alternate translation: “as they continue doing today”
10:9 u8bf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֹֽא־הָיָ֧ה לְלֵוִ֛י חֵ֥לֶק וְנַחֲלָ֖ה 1 The implication is that the Levites will not receive any **portion** or **inheritance** of land. See [Numbers 18:20](Num/18/20.md) for more information. You could include this information if it would be helpful for your readers. Alternate translation: “Levi will not own any land”
10:9 srn7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לֹֽא־הָיָ֧ה לְלֵוִ֛י 1 Here, **Levi** refers to the descendants of Levi. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Levi have no”
10:9 d08p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֶחָ֑יו 1 Here **brothers** refers to the people of the other Israelite tribes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the other Israelites”
10:9 v39n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יְהוָה֙ ה֣וּא נַחֲלָת֔וֹ 1 Yahweh speaks of the special priesthood that Aaron and his descendants have as if Yahweh were something that they inherit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “As his gift to them, Yahweh will allow them to serve him, and he will provide for them through that service”
10:9 gjem rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns יְהוָה֙ ה֣וּא 1 For emphasis, the author is stating the pronoun **himself**, whose meaning is already implied in the sentence. If your language can state implied pronouns explicitly for emphasis, you may want to use that construction in your translation. Other languages may have other ways of bringing out this emphasis. The ULT does so by using the intensive pronoun **himself**. Alternate translation: “Yahweh indeed”
10:9 agmt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ 1 Even though the author is referring to all of the Israelites, the pronoun **your** is singular here. If the singular form of this pronoun would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural form in your translation.
10:9 q5x0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor דִּבֶּ֛ר 1 Here **spoke** means “promised.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “promised”
10:9 fhs9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לֽוֹ 1 Here, the pronoun **him** refers to Levi and his descendants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the tribe of Levi”
10:10 hja2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וְאָנֹכִ֞י עָמַ֣דְתִּי בָהָ֗ר כַּיָּמִים֙ הָרִ֣אשֹׁנִ֔ים אַרְבָּעִ֣ים י֔וֹם וְאַרְבָּעִ֖ים לָ֑יְלָה וַיִּשְׁמַ֨ע יְהוָ֜ה אֵלַ֗י גַּ֚ם בַּפַּ֣עַם הַהִ֔וא לֹא־אָבָ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה הַשְׁחִיתֶֽךָ 1 This verse continues Moses’ speech to the Israelites from [verse 5](../10/05.md). Consider natural ways of continuing direct quotations in your language, as modeled by the UST.
10:10 rwqv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְאָנֹכִ֞י עָמַ֣דְתִּי 1 For emphasis, Moses is stating the pronoun **myself**, whose meaning is already included in the verb translated as **stood**. If your language can state implied pronouns explicitly for emphasis, you may want to use that construction in your translation. Other languages may have other ways of bringing out this emphasis. The ULT does so by using the intensive pronoun **myself**. Alternate translation: “And indeed I stood”
10:10 v2x4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עָמַ֣דְתִּי 1 Here **stood** means “stayed” or “remained”. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “remained”
10:10 c3iz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal כַּיָּמִים֙ הָרִ֣אשֹׁנִ֔ים 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “as the previous time”
10:10 vn7j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כַּיָּמִים֙ הָרִ֣אשֹׁנִ֔ים 1 Here the word **days** refers to a specific period of time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as the first period of time”
10:10 mbd1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַיִּשְׁמַ֨ע יְהוָ֜ה אֵלַ֗י גַּ֚ם בַּפַּ֣עַם הַהִ֔וא 1 The implication is that Yahweh **listened** to Moses’ request to not destroy the Israelites, just like Yahweh listened to Moses’ request to not destroy Aaron in [9:26](../09/26.md). You could include this information if it would be helpful for your readers. Alternate translation: “And I interceded on your behalf, and Yahweh listened to me at that time also”
10:10 u947 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd הַשְׁחִיתֶֽךָ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, **you** is singular here. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
10:11 ltaw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לִפְנֵ֣י 1 Here **faces** represents people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in front of”
10:11 yxy1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לַאֲבֹתָ֖ם 1 Yahweh is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to their predecessors”
10:12 dgqy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ & מֵעִמָּ֑ךְ & אֱלֹהֶ֜יךָ & אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ & לְבָבְךָ֖ & נַפְשֶֽׁךָ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, **you** and **your** are singular from this verse to [verse 14](../10/14.md). Moses is speaking to the Israelites as if they were all one person. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
10:12 d3lk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Here, **Israel** represents the Israelite people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people of Israel”
10:12-13 x2jw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מָ֚ה יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ שֹׁאֵ֖ל מֵעִמָּ֑ךְ כִּ֣י אִם־לְ֠יִרְאָה אֶת־יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהֶ֜יךָ לָלֶ֤כֶת בְּכָל־דְּרָכָיו֙ וּלְאַהֲבָ֣ה אֹת֔וֹ וְלַֽעֲבֹד֙ אֶת־יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ בְּכָל־לְבָבְךָ֖ וּבְכָל־נַפְשֶֽׁךָ & לִשְׁמֹ֞ר אֶת־מִצְוֺ֤ת יְהוָה֙ וְאֶת־חֻקֹּתָ֔יו אֲשֶׁ֛ר אָנֹכִ֥י מְצַוְּךָ֖ הַיּ֑וֹם לְט֖וֹב לָֽךְ 1 Moses is using the question form to teach the people of Israel what Yahweh wants them to do. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation, as modeled by the UST.
10:12 hd9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לָלֶ֤כֶת בְּכָל־דְּרָכָיו֙ 1 Here Moses is speaking of commandments as if they were **paths**, and he is saying that obeying commandments is like walking on those **paths**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to obey all his commandments”
10:12 l6ea rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּכָל־לְבָבְךָ֖ וּבְכָל־נַפְשֶֽׁךָ 1 Here, **heart** and **spirit** could be: (1) terms that both refer to a person’s inner being that are used together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “your inner being” (2) terms that refer to different aspects of a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “your being and person”
10:14 kf71 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הֵ֚ן 1 Moses is using the term **behold** to focus the Israelites’ attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “Be aware”
10:14 ifm9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession הַשָּׁמַ֖יִם וּשְׁמֵ֣י הַשָּׁמָ֑יִם 1 The possessive form is being used here to include all parts of the heavens, even the highest part. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use another form to indicate this height. Alternate translation: “all of the heavens, even to the highest part of heaven”
10:15 swp3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast רַ֧ק 1 Moses uses the word **Only** here to indicate a strong contrast between Yahweh’s authority over the universe and his love for the Israelites. In your translation, indicate this strong contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Nevertheless,”
10:15 yl3e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כַּיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּה 1 Moses means that, at the time of this speech to the Israelites, they are still Yahweh’s chosen people. You could include this information if it would be helpful for your readers. Alternate translation: “as you are his chosen people this day”
10:16 f72x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּמַלְתֶּ֕ם אֵ֖ת עָרְלַ֣ת לְבַבְכֶ֑ם 1 Moses is speaking of **circumcision** as if it were committing to covenant obedience. In [Genesis 17:9-14](Gen/17/09.md) God gave Abraham the covenant of circumcision and the Israelites then expressed their obedience to Yahweh's covenant by circumcising the foreskin of their son's genitals. If it would help your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: "And you must commit your wills to fulfilling the obligations of my covenant with you"
10:16 rq4g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative וּמַלְתֶּ֕ם 1 See the [book introduction](../front/intro.md) for more infromation about translating **shall**. Alternate translation: “And circumcise”
10:16 fxc1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְבַבְכֶ֑ם 1 Here, **heart** refers to a person’s will or their desire to do something. In this case, the desire is to fear Yahweh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your wills”
10:16 caiu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְעָ֨רְפְּכֶ֔ם לֹ֥א תַקְשׁ֖וּ 1 Here, **stiffen your necks** is an idiom that means “be stubborn” and “be rebellious.” The image comes from an animal that does not want to go the way his master is trying to direct him. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and do not be hard-hearted” or “and do not be rebellious”
10:17 tbk1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֚י 1 The word translated as **For** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “Do these things because”
10:17 d6f4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֱלֹהֵ֣י הָֽאֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 This does not mean that other gods worship Yahweh. Moses means that Yahweh is the one true God. Be sure that this distinction is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “the one true God”
10:17 m7kg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet הָאֵ֨ל הַגָּדֹ֤ל הַגִּבֹּר֙ 1 The terms **great** and **mighty** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “the very mighty God”
10:17 grna rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לֹא־יִשָּׂ֣א פָנִ֔ים 1 Here, **lift up a face** is an idiom that means “be partial to someone.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “does not play favorites” or “judges everyone fairly”
10:17 ekq1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְלֹ֥א יִקַּ֖ח שֹֽׁחַד 1 The implication is that one cannot pay Yahweh a **bribe** to convince him to make an unjust decision. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and does not take a bribe to make an unjust decision”
10:18 rsq9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עֹשֶׂ֛ה מִשְׁפַּ֥ט יָת֖וֹם וְאַלְמָנָ֑ה וְאֹהֵ֣ב גֵּ֔ר 1 This means that Yahweh makes sure that everyone is treated fairly. Yahweh does not show partiality towards **the fatherless, widow,** or **foreigner**. Be sure that this distinction is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “He makes a fair judgment for the fatherless and widow, and he cares for a foreigner”
10:18 em76 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns יָת֖וֹם וְאַלְמָנָ֑ה וְאֹהֵ֣ב גֵּ֔ר לָ֥תֶת ל֖וֹ 1 The words **fatherless, widow**, and **foreigner** represent everyone in those groups in general, not one particular fatherless person, widow, or foreigner. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “for anyone who is fatherless or a widow, and he loves all foreigners, giving to them”
10:18 fjrx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לֶ֥חֶם 1 Here, **bread** represents all food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “food”
10:19 tr94 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun הַגֵּ֑ר 1 The word **foreigner** represents all foreigners in general, not one particular foreigner. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “any foreigner”
10:19 luze rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּֽי 1 The word translated as **for** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “since”
10:20 rd6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֶת־יְהוָ֧ה אֱלֹהֶ֛יךָ תִּירָ֖א אֹת֣וֹ תַעֲבֹ֑ד וּב֣וֹ תִדְבָּ֔ק וּבִשְׁמ֖וֹ תִּשָּׁבֵֽעַ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the phrasing to emphasize that the Israelites should worship only Yahweh. See how you translated a similar verse in [6:13](../06/13.md). Alternate translation: “It is Yahweh your God and no one else whom you shall fear; it is he alone whom you shall worship, and it is to him whom you shall cling, and it is by his name only that you shall swear”
10:20 dkgw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular אֱלֹהֶ֛יךָ תִּירָ֖א & תַעֲבֹ֑ד & תִדְבָּ֔ק & תִּשָּׁבֵֽעַ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, **you** and **your** are singular from this verse to [verse 22](../10/22.md). Moses is speaking to the Israelites as if they were all one person. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
10:20 zn42 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּב֣וֹ תִדְבָּ֔ק 1 Here Moses is speaking of having a good relationship with Yahweh as if that meant clinging **to him**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and with him you shall maintain a good relationship”
10:20 jmpk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּבִשְׁמ֖וֹ תִּשָּׁבֵֽעַ 1 The implication is that, when the Israelites **swear** by Yahweh, that means they are asking Yahweh to take note of their promise and punish them if they do not fulfill their promise. Moses wants the Israelites to only invoke Yahweh’s name when making promises. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and you shall make strong promises using his name”
10:20 r17v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּבִשְׁמ֖וֹ תִּשָּׁבֵֽעַ 1 Here, **name** represents all of Yahweh: his power, presence, knowledge, and so on. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and swear by Yahweh himself”
10:21 ltw9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ה֥וּא תְהִלָּתְךָ֖ 1 This could mean: (1) “He is the one you must praise” or (2) “It is because you worship him that other peoples will praise you”
10:21 tfvs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֲשֶׁר־עָשָׂ֣ה אִתְּךָ֗ אֶת־הַגְּדֹלֹ֤ת וְאֶת־הַנּֽוֹרָאֹת֙ הָאֵ֔לֶּה 1 Moses is referring to all the miracles that Yahweh performed for the Israelites when they were in the wilderness. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “who has done for you these great and fearsome things while we were in the wilderness”
10:21 pd01 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche עֵינֶֽיךָ 1 Moses is using **eyes** to represent the whole person in the act of seeing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you yourself”
10:22 jp7g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֲבֹתֶ֖יךָ 1 Moses is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your predecessors”
10:22 p41a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּשִׁבְעִ֣ים נֶ֔פֶשׁ יָרְד֥וּ אֲבֹתֶ֖יךָ מִצְרָ֑יְמָהּ 1 This refers to the events of [Genesis 46](Gen/46/01.md), when Jacob and his whole family moved from Canaan to Egypt. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Your fathers went down from Canaan into Egypt as 70 souls”
10:22 fl9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy נֶ֔פֶשׁ 1 Here, **souls** represents human lives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people”
10:22 mbn0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְעַתָּ֗ה 1 Moses uses the word **now** here to indicate a strong contrast between how many Israelites there were when the Israelites first went to Egypt and how many Israelites there are at the time of this speech. In your translation, indicate this strong contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yet”
10:22 hh5t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כְּכוֹכְבֵ֥י הַשָּׁמַ֖יִם לָרֹֽב 1 Here Moses compares the number of Israelites to the **number** of **the stars of the heavens**. He uses this to emphasize that Yahweh has blessed the Israelites so they had many children and increased in population. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it clear that Moses is referring to many people and many stars. Alternate translation: “as many as the many stars of heaven”
11:intro ifg3 0 # Deuteronomy 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n### Deuteronomy 11 Outline\n- vv. 1-7: Moses wants the Israelites to obey Yahweh because of his miracles\n- vv. 8-15: Blessings for obedience\n- vv. 16-17: Warnings for disobedience\n- vv. 18-25: The importance of Yahweh’s words\n- vv. 26-32: Instructions on the blessings and curses\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Placing Yahweh’s words on one’s arms, forehead, and doorposts\n[Verses 18-20](../11/18.md) command the Israelites to always remember Yahweh’s words. There are different understandings of these commands. Some Jewish traditions interpret these verses as meaning that the Israelites should physically write copies of the law. Others believe that the command is to memorize and cherish the law. Translators should be careful to translate the passage as it is, without implying one interpretation or the other in their translation.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “You”\n\nWhen Moses is addressing the Israelites, he uses both the singular and plural forms of “you.”\n\n- v. 1: “You” and “your” are singular.\n- vv. 2-9: “You” and “your” are plural.\n- v. 10: See note.\n- vv. 11-13: “You” and “your” are plural.\n- vv. 14-15: “You” and “your” are singular.\n- vv. 16-18: “You” and “your” are plural.\n- vv. 19-20: See notes.\n- vv. 21-28: “You” and “your” are plural.\n- v. 29: “You” and “your” are singular.\n- vv. 31-32: “You” and “your” are plural.\n\n(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
11:1 wvr1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd וְאָ֣הַבְתָּ֔ & אֱלֹהֶ֑יךָ וְשָׁמַרְתָּ֣ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
11:1 e1ef rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative וְאָ֣הַבְתָּ֔ & וְשָׁמַרְתָּ֣ 1 See the [book introduction](../front/intro.md) for more infromation about translating **shall**. Alternate translation: “And love … and keep”
11:1 l1p6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִשְׁמַרְתּ֗וֹ 1 The implication is that Yahweh wants the Israelites to carry out the obligations that Yahweh has commanded them to do. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the obligations that he gave you”
11:1 m9xx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כָּל־הַיָּמִֽים 1 Here, **all of the days** is an idiom that means “always.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “forever”
11:2 babi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וִֽידַעְתֶּם֮ הַיּוֹם֒ כִּ֣י ׀ לֹ֣א אֶת־בְּנֵיכֶ֗ם אֲשֶׁ֤ר לֹֽא־יָדְעוּ֙ וַאֲשֶׁ֣ר לֹא־רָא֔וּ אֶת־מוּסַ֖ר יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֑ם אֶת־גָּדְל֕וֹ אֶת־יָדוֹ֙ הַחֲזָקָ֔ה וּזְרֹע֖וֹ הַנְּטוּיָֽה 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses so that the relationship between **know** and **discipline** is clearer. Alternate translation: “And know today the discipline of Yahweh your God, which is not to your sons, who have not known and who have not seen it, his greatness, his mighty hand, or his outstretched arm,”
11:2 dp84 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast לֹ֣א 1 Moses uses the word **not** here to indicate a strong contrast between what the Israelites have experienced and what their descendants have experienced. Moses means that the Israelites, and not their descendants, have personally experienced Yahweh’s discipline. In your translation, indicate this strong contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in fact it is not”
11:2 zht3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֶת־בְּנֵיכֶ֗ם 1 Here, **sons** means “descendants.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to your descendants”
11:2 b4av rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לֹא־רָא֔וּ 1 Here, Moses speaks of experiencing something as if it were being *seen**. If this word does not have that meaning in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “have not experienced”
11:2 ou0x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet אֶת־יָדוֹ֙ הַחֲזָקָ֔ה וּזְרֹע֖וֹ הַנְּטוּיָֽה 1 The terms **mighty hand** and **outstretched arm** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “and his very great power”
11:2 sp6q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶת־יָדוֹ֙ הַחֲזָקָ֔ה 1 Here the word **hand** represents God’s power. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his mighty power”
11:2 dqgp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּזְרֹע֖וֹ הַנְּטוּיָֽה 1 Here, **arm** refers to Yahweh’s use of his power. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “or his strong deeds”
11:3 kbie rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet וְאֶת־אֹֽתֹתָיו֙ וְאֶֽת־מַעֲשָׂ֔יו 1 The terms **signs** and **deeds** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “and the great deeds”
11:3 fcju rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְאֶת־אֹֽתֹתָיו֙ וְאֶֽת־מַעֲשָׂ֔יו אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשָׂ֖ה בְּת֣וֹךְ מִצְרָ֑יִם לְפַרְעֹ֥ה מֶֽלֶךְ־מִצְרַ֖יִם וּלְכָל־אַרְצֽוֹ 1 This refers to the miracles and plagues that Yahweh did in Egypt while the Israelites were slaves there. Yahweh used these deeds to show his power over Pharaoh so that he would let the Israelites leave Egypt. See [Exodus 6-14](Exo/06/01.md). Alternate translation: “and the plagues he sent to Pharoah, king of Egypt, and to all of Egypt”
11:3 ss4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וּלְכָל־אַרְצֽוֹ 1 Here **land** refers to the land that Pharoah ruled over along with everything and everyone in it. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and to all that was in his land”
11:4 r4o8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַאֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשָׂה֩ לְחֵ֨יל מִצְרַ֜יִם לְסוּסָ֣יו וּלְרִכְבּ֗וֹ אֲשֶׁ֨ר הֵצִ֜יף אֶת־מֵ֤י יַם־סוּף֙ עַל־פְּנֵיהֶ֔ם בְּרָדְפָ֖ם אַחֲרֵיכֶ֑ם 1 This refers to the events of [Exodus 14:23-29](Exo/14/23.md). After Yahweh sent the 10th plague that killed all the firstborn sons of Egypt, Pharaoh finally let the Israelites leave Egypt. The Israelites reached the Sea of Reeds, and Yahweh caused the sea to part so they could cross it. Pharoah did not want the Israelites to leave, so he and his soldiers chased the Israelites to capture them. After the Israelites safely crossed the Sea of Reeds, Yahweh caused the waters to drown the Egyptians. Alternate translation: “and how he caused the Sea of Reeds to flood over the Egyptians when they were chasing you after you left Egypt”
11:4 hxcu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַאֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשָׂה֩ לְחֵ֨יל מִצְרַ֜יִם לְסוּסָ֣יו וּלְרִכְבּ֗וֹ אֲשֶׁ֨ר הֵצִ֜יף אֶת־מֵ֤י יַם־סוּף֙ עַל־פְּנֵיהֶ֔ם בְּרָדְפָ֖ם אַחֲרֵיכֶ֑ם 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the wording of this verse. Alternate translation: “and how he caused the water of the Sea of Reeds to flow over the faces of the army of Egypt, to its horses and to its chariots in their pursuit after you”
11:4 k6kn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche פְּנֵיהֶ֔ם 1 Here, **faces** represents people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “them”
11:4 er20 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַיְאַבְּדֵ֣ם יְהוָ֔ה עַ֖ד הַיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה 1 The implication is that after Yahweh destroyed the Egyptians, the Egyptians and their army remained weak until the time of this speech. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh caused their destruction to remain until this day”
11:5 fedi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַאֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשָׂ֛ה לָכֶ֖ם בַּמִּדְבָּ֑ר 1 This refers to all the miracles that Yahweh performed to sustain the Israelites in the wilderness. For example, Yahweh sent water from a rock so they would not be thirsty, and he sent manna from heaven so they would not be hungry. See [Numbers 13-25](Num/13/01.md) for more information. Alternate translation: “and how he gave you food and water in the wilderness”
11:5 xr7g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עַד־הַמָּק֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה 1 The term **this place** refers to the plain of the Jordan River Valley where Moses is speaking to them before they cross over into Canaan. You could include this information if it would be helpful for your readers. Alternate translation: “to this valley”
11:6 krb7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַאֲשֶׁ֨ר עָשָׂ֜ה לְדָתָ֣ן וְלַאֲבִירָ֗ם בְּנֵ֣י אֱלִיאָב֮ בֶּן־רְאוּבֵן֒ אֲשֶׁ֨ר פָּצְתָ֤ה הָאָ֨רֶץ֙ אֶת־פִּ֔יהָ וַתִּבְלָעֵ֥ם וְאֶת־בָּתֵּיהֶ֖ם וְאֶת־אָהֳלֵיהֶ֑ם וְאֵ֤ת כָּל־הַיְקוּם֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר בְּרַגְלֵיהֶ֔ם בְּקֶ֖רֶב כָּל־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 Moses is referring to the events of [Numbers 16](Num/16/01.md), when Dathan and Abiram joined Korah to rebel against Moses. Yahweh chose Moses to be their leader, so they were also rebelling against Yahweh. As a result, Yahweh caused the ground to open up and caused them and everything they owned to fall into the opening. Alternate translation: “and how he punished Dathan and Abiram for their rebellion by causing the earth to swallow up them, everyone with them, and everything they owned”
11:6 sp0k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַאֲשֶׁ֨ר עָשָׂ֜ה לְדָתָ֣ן וְלַאֲבִירָ֗ם בְּנֵ֣י אֱלִיאָב֮ בֶּן־רְאוּבֵן֒ אֲשֶׁ֨ר פָּצְתָ֤ה הָאָ֨רֶץ֙ אֶת־פִּ֔יהָ וַתִּבְלָעֵ֥ם וְאֶת־בָּתֵּיהֶ֖ם וְאֶת־אָהֳלֵיהֶ֑ם וְאֵ֤ת כָּל־הַיְקוּם֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר בְּרַגְלֵיהֶ֔ם בְּקֶ֖רֶב כָּל־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. You could also start a new sentence here, as modeled by the UST.
11:6 knk1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names לְדָתָ֣ן & וְלַאֲבִירָ֗ם & אֱלִיאָב֮ 1 The words **Dathan**, **Abiram**, and **Eliab** are names of men. See how you translated their names in [Numbers 16](Num/16/01.md).
11:6 a4jx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בֶּן 1 Here, **son** means “descendant.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “descendant of”
11:6 b3l3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification פָּצְתָ֤ה הָאָ֨רֶץ֙ אֶת־פִּ֔יהָ וַתִּבְלָעֵ֥ם 1 Here, Moses is speaking of **the earth** as if it were a person who had a mouth that can open and swallow. Yahweh caused the earth to open and close. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh made a crack in the earth underneath them and caused the earth to cover them”
11:6 l1h6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בָּתֵּיהֶ֖ם 1 Here, **houses** represents the families of Dathan and Abiram. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “their households”
11:6 qy2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כָּל־הַיְקוּם֙ 1 The term **living thing** includes people and animals. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “every person and animal”
11:6 gy9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּרַגְלֵיהֶ֔ם 1 Here, **in their steps** is an idiom that means “belongs to them.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “belonged to them”
11:6 wr83 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּקֶ֖רֶב כָּל־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 Here, **midst** represents a person’s presence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and all Israel witnessed it”
11:6 g1zh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 Here, **Israel** represents all of the Israelites. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Israelites”
11:7 ghwd rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast כִּ֤י 1 Moses uses the word **but** here to indicate a strong contrast between what the Israelites have experienced and what their descendants have experienced. Moses means that the Israelites, and not their descendants, have personally experienced Yahweh’s discipline. In your translation, indicate this strong contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whereas”
11:7 z5cl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche עֵֽינֵיכֶם֙ 1 Here, **eyes** represents the whole person in the act of seeing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you yourselves”
11:7 owqy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֶת־כָּל־מַעֲשֵׂ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה הַגָּדֹ֑ל אֲשֶׁ֖ר עָשָֽׂה 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the phrasing so that the subject and verb are more clear. Alternate translation: “all the great work that Yahweh did”
11:7 pud2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מַעֲשֵׂ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה הַגָּדֹ֑ל 1 The term **great work** refers to all the miracles and other deeds that Yahweh did using his great power. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the wonders of Yahweh”
11:8 o97u rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לְמַ֣עַן 1 Here, **so that** marks what comes after it as the goal or purpose of what comes before it. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.
11:8 a2nh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys תֶּחֶזְק֗וּ וּבָאתֶם֙ 1 The two words **be strong** and **go in** express a single idea. The word **be strong** tells how they will be able to go in and conquer the land. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning in a different way. Alternate translation: “you may be prepared to go in”
11:8 ppnc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וּבָאתֶם֙ 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **go**. Alternate translation: “and come in”
11:8 z7fm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עֹבְרִ֥ים 1 Moses is using the term **going over** because the Israelites must cross the Jordan River to enter into Canaan. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “are crossing the Jordan”
11:9 n8nw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal וּלְמַ֨עַן 1 Here, **so that** marks what comes after it as the goal or purpose of obeying Yahweh. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.
11:9 h376 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תַּאֲרִ֤יכוּ יָמִים֙ 1 If the Israelites obey Yahweh, they will **prolong** the **days** when they live on the land. Moses is speaking of time as if it were something over which man could exercise control, to prolong it. You could include this information if it would be helpful for your readers. Alternate translation: “you may dwell continuosly”
11:9 xc4c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לַאֲבֹתֵיכֶ֛ם 1 Moses is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to your predecessors”
11:10 k7s4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd אַתָּ֤ה & תִּזְרַע֙ אֶֽת־זַרְעֲךָ֔ וְהִשְׁקִ֥יתָ בְרַגְלְךָ֖ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, **you** and **your** are singular here. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.\n
11:10 gsqu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶֽת־זַרְעֲךָ֔ 1 Here, **seed** refers literally to the seeds used in farming. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “your crops”
11:10 nbu8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְהִשְׁקִ֥יתָ בְרַגְלְךָ֖ 1 The word **foot** refers to hard work. In Egypt, workers would use their feet to turn a water wheel that would water the fields. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and labored just to water the fields”
11:10 kfl7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כְּגַ֥ן הַיָּרָֽק 1 Here, **garden of herbs** refers to a vegetable garden. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “vegetable garden”
11:11 wn5t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification לִמְטַ֥ר הַשָּׁמַ֖יִם תִּשְׁתֶּה־מָּֽיִם 1 Here, Moses speaks of the land as if it were a person who could **drink water**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “watered by rainfall”
11:12 a1x8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy תָּמִ֗יד עֵינֵ֨י יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהֶ֨יךָ֙ בָּ֔הּ 1 Here **eyes** represents attention and care. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh your God cares for it always”
11:13 l1bu rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical וְהָיָ֗ה אִם 1 Moses is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that Yahweh will only bless the Israelites if they obey his commands. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “It will come to pass, if”
11:13 ro0e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication שָׁמֹ֤עַ תִּשְׁמְעוּ֙ 1 Moses is repeating the verb **listen** in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “you will surely listen”
11:13 r5mf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִצְוֺתַ֔י 1 Moses is relaying Yahweh’s commandments to the Israelites. He does not mean that the commandments originate from him. You could include this information if that would be helpful for your readers. Alternate translation: “Yahweh’s commandments”
11:13 tfk6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet בְּכָל־לְבַבְכֶ֖ם וּבְכָל־נַפְשְׁכֶֽם 1 Here, heart and soul could be: (1) terms that both refer to a person’s inner being that are used together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “with all your inner being” (2) terms that refer to different aspects of a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “with all your being and with all your person”
11:14 epdj rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical וְנָתַתִּ֧י 1 This verse continues the hypothetical situation proposed in the previous verse. Use a natural form in your language for introducing the consequence of a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “and if that happens, then I will give”
11:14 y9qx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְנָתַתִּ֧י מְטַֽר־אַרְצְכֶ֛ם בְּעִתּ֖וֹ יוֹרֶ֣ה וּמַלְק֑וֹשׁ 1 The implication is that Yahweh will cause **the rain** to fall on the **land** at the proper times for growing crops. The **former rain** is the spring rains and the **latter rain** is the autumn rains. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. “I will cause it to rain on your land in the proper season, spring and fall”
11:14 b1z3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְנָתַתִּ֧י 1 Here, **I** refers to Yahweh. Moses is telling the Israelites what Yahweh said. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could use the third-person pronoun. Alternate translation: “then Yahweh will give”
11:14 nxk0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns מְטַֽר & דְגָנֶ֔ךָ וְתִֽירֹשְׁךָ֖ וְיִצְהָרֶֽךָ 1 In this verse, the words **rain**, **grain**, **wine**, and **oil** are singular in form, but they refer to all rainfall, crops and produce as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly, as modeled by the UST.
11:14 lfxa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd וְאָסַפְתָּ֣ דְגָנֶ֔ךָ וְתִֽירֹשְׁךָ֖ וְיִצְהָרֶֽךָ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, **you** and **your** are singular here. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
11:14 tiy4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְתִֽירֹשְׁךָ֖ וְיִצְהָרֶֽךָ 1 The implication is that Yahweh will bless the crops of grapes and olives. Wine is made from grapes and oil is made from olives. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “grapes for your new wine and olive trees for your oil”
11:15 hnhl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical וְנָתַתִּ֛י 1 This verse continues the hypothetical situation proposed in [verse 13](../11/13.md). Use a natural form in your language for introducing the consequence of a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “Then, I will give”
11:15 ukl6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְנָתַתִּ֛י 1 Here, **I** refers to Yahweh. Moses is telling the Israelites what Yahweh said. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could use the third-person pronoun. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh will give”
11:15 nrls rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd בְּשָׂדְךָ֖ לִבְהֶמְתֶּ֑ךָ וְאָכַלְתָּ֖ וְשָׂבָֽעְתָּ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, **you** and **your** are singular here. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
11:15 wrwl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְאָכַלְתָּ֖ וְשָׂבָֽעְתָּ 1 Moses means that the Israelites will always have enough food to eat. This does not mean that, after eating, the Israelites will be satisfied and never have to eat again. You could include this information if that would be helpful for your readers. Alternate translation: “and you will always have enough food to eat”
11:16 vz1g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo פֶּ֥ן 1 Moses is using the word **lest** to introduce a hypothetical condition as a warning. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “in case”
11:16 f3wj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יִפְתֶּ֖ה לְבַבְכֶ֑ם 1 Here **heart** represents a person’s desire and will. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are deceived by your desires”
11:16 bvcq rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns יִפְתֶּ֖ה לְבַבְכֶ֑ם 1 In this verse, the word **heart** is singular in form, but it refers to all the hearts of the Israelites as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “your hearts are deceived”
11:16 g77o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יִפְתֶּ֖ה לְבַבְכֶ֑ם 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “your heart causes you to disobey”
11:16 a9sp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְסַרְתֶּ֗ם 1 Here, **turn aside** means to disobey or stop following. Moses is speaking of commandments as if they were a path and saying that disobeying commandments is like turning aside from that path. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and disobey”
11:17 zgj8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְחָרָ֨ה אַף־יְהוָ֜ה בָּכֶ֗ם 1 Moses is speaking as if Yahweh’s anger were a fire that burns and destroys things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh your God will rage against you”
11:17 om98 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אַף 1 Here, **nose** represents anger. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a body part from your language that is associated with anger or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the anger of”
11:17 x9gt rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וְעָצַ֤ר אֶת־הַשָּׁמַ֨יִם֙ וְלֹֽא־יִהְיֶ֣ה מָטָ֔ר וְהָ֣אֲדָמָ֔ה לֹ֥א תִתֵּ֖ן אֶת־יְבוּלָ֑הּ וַאֲבַדְתֶּ֣ם מְהֵרָ֗ה מֵעַל֙ הָאָ֣רֶץ הַטֹּבָ֔ה 1 Moses is describing a chain of events that will happen as the result of disobedience. If there is no rain, then the crops will not grow. If the crops do not grow, then the people will die from starvation. If the connection between these statements is unclear, you may want to use connecting words to show the cause-and-effect relationships. Alternate translation: “And he will restrain the heavens so there will be no rain, and then the land will not give its fruit, and then you will perish quickly from off the good land”
11:17 a2a4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְעָצַ֤ר אֶת־הַשָּׁמַ֨יִם֙ וְלֹֽא־יִהְיֶ֣ה מָטָ֔ר 1 The implication is that Yahweh will keep the rain from falling from the sky. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “And he will not let rain fall”
11:18 q8ih rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְשַׂמְתֶּם֙ אֶת־דְּבָרַ֣י אֵ֔לֶּה עַל־לְבַבְכֶ֖ם וְעַֽל־נַפְשְׁכֶ֑ם 1 Moses is speaking as if **words** were objects and a person’s **heart** and **soul** were a container into which one could place words. Moses means that he wants the Israelites to remember and cherish Yahweh’s commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And you shall cherish my words”
11:18 c5kb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶת־דְּבָרַ֣י אֵ֔לֶּה 1 Here, **words** represents Yahweh’s commands, which Moses is repeating to the Israelites. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “these laws from Yahweh”
11:18-20 wma6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּקְשַׁרְתֶּ֨ם אֹתָ֤ם לְאוֹת֙ עַל־יֶדְכֶ֔ם וְהָי֥וּ לְטוֹטָפֹ֖ת בֵּ֥ין עֵינֵיכֶֽם & וּכְתַבְתָּ֛ם עַל־מְזוּז֥וֹת בֵּיתֶ֖ךָ וּבִשְׁעָרֶֽיךָ 1 Moses is saying that the Israelites should remember the law so well that it would be as if the law were written on their hand, between their eyes, on their doorposts, and on their gates. See how you translated this in [6:8-9](../06/08.md).
11:18 i4pl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עַל־לְבַבְכֶ֖ם וְעַֽל־נַפְשְׁכֶ֑ם 1 Here, **heart** and **soul** could be: (1) terms that both refer to a person’s inner being that are used together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “on all your inner being” (2) terms that refer to different aspects of a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “on all your being and on all your person”
11:18 d4s2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown לְטוֹטָפֹ֖ת 1 A **frontlet** is a type of decorative accessory, often used as a symbol of commitment, worn around the head. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of headwear, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “as a symbolic headband”
11:18 xfgl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בֵּ֥ין עֵינֵיכֶֽם 1 Here, the phrase **between your eyes** is an idiom that means “forehead.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “above your brow”
11:19 bkgt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֶת־בְּנֵיכֶ֖ם 1 Here, **sons** means “children.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to your offspring”
11:19 kxt9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd בְּשִׁבְתְּךָ֤ בְּבֵיתֶ֨ךָ֙ וּבְלֶכְתְּךָ֣ & וּֽבְשָׁכְבְּךָ֖ וּבְקוּמֶֽךָ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, **you** and **your** are singular here. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
11:19 yv8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism בְּשִׁבְתְּךָ֤ בְּבֵיתֶ֨ךָ֙ וּבְלֶכְתְּךָ֣ בַדֶּ֔רֶךְ 1 Here Moses is referring to every place an Israelite would go in daily life by naming the parts that are at the extreme ends of it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “wherever you are”
11:19 vrwa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism וּֽבְשָׁכְבְּךָ֖ וּבְקוּמֶֽךָ 1 Here Moses is referring to all activities of daily life by naming the parts that are at the extreme ends of it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and whatever you are doing”
11:20 f5zw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּבִשְׁעָרֶֽיךָ 1 Here, the word **gates** refers to city gates. In those days, homes did not have gates, so we know that Moses is referring to city gates. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and on the entrance to your city”
11:20 v882 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd בֵּיתֶ֖ךָ וּבִשְׁעָרֶֽיךָ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, **you** and **your** are singular here. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
11:21 h0nh rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לְמַ֨עַן 1 Here, **so that** marks what follows as the goal or purpose of [verses 18-20](../11/18.md). Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.
11:21 s3fj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יִרְבּ֤וּ יְמֵיכֶם֙ וִימֵ֣י בְנֵיכֶ֔ם 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you and your children may have longevity”
11:21 xtpr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְנֵיכֶ֔ם 1 Here, **sons** means “descendants.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your offspring”
11:21 pi2p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לַאֲבֹתֵיכֶ֖ם 1 Moses is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to your predecessors”
11:21 kg7q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כִּימֵ֥י הַשָּׁמַ֖יִם עַל־הָאָֽרֶץ 1 Moses is saying that the Israelites and their descendants would live on the land for so long that that time would be equal to the length of time that the **heavens** exist **over the earth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “forever”
11:22 qq4s rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases כִּי֩ 1 Here, Moses is using **For** to introduce blessings for obedience. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase for introductions. Alternate translation: “Now”
11:22-23 q3vs rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical אִם־שָׁמֹ֨ר תִּשְׁמְר֜וּן אֶת־כָּל־הַמִּצְוָ֣ה הַזֹּ֗את אֲשֶׁ֧ר אָנֹכִ֛י מְצַוֶּ֥ה אֶתְכֶ֖ם לַעֲשֹׂתָ֑הּ לְאַהֲבָ֞ה אֶת־יְהוָ֧ה אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֛ם לָלֶ֥כֶת בְּכָל־דְּרָכָ֖יו וּלְדָבְקָה־בֽוֹ & וְהוֹרִ֧ישׁ יְהוָ֛ה אֶת־כָּל־הַגּוֹיִ֥ם הָאֵ֖לֶּה מִלִּפְנֵיכֶ֑ם וִֽירִשְׁתֶּ֣ם גּוֹיִ֔ם גְּדֹלִ֥ים וַעֲצֻמִ֖ים מִכֶּֽם 1 Moses is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that Yahweh will only give the Israelites victory if they obey him. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen, as modeled by the UST.
11:22 nmys rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication שָׁמֹ֨ר תִּשְׁמְר֜וּן 1 The phrase **keeping, you will keep** translates verbs that are repeated for emphasis. If your language can repeat words for emphasis, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation.
11:22 xgm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo אָנֹכִ֛י מְצַוֶּ֥ה אֶתְכֶ֖ם לַעֲשֹׂתָ֑הּ 1 The expression **I am commanding you to do them** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression, as modeled by the UST.
11:22 bh45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לָלֶ֥כֶת בְּכָל־דְּרָכָ֖יו 1 Here, **walk in all his ways** means “obey him.” Moses is speaking of commandment as if they were **ways** that one could **walk** in. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to obey him”
11:22 e7rk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּלְדָבְקָה־בֽוֹ 1 Here Moses is speaking of having a good relationship with Yahweh as if a person were physically clinging to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and with him to maintain a good relationship”
11:23 zr2c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶת־כָּל־הַגּוֹיִ֥ם הָאֵ֖לֶּה & גּוֹיִ֔ם 1 Here **nations** represents the people living in those nations. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all of the people of these nations … people from nations”
11:23 cgel rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִלִּפְנֵיכֶ֑ם 1 Here, **faces** represents the presence of people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before you”
11:24 v5q1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כָּל־הַמָּק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֨ר תִּדְרֹ֧ךְ כַּֽף־רַגְלְכֶ֛ם בּ֖וֹ 1 This is an emphatic way of saying “everywhere.” Be sure that this is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “Every single place you go”
11:24 u891 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo הַנָּהָ֣ר נְהַר־פְּרָ֗ת 1 The expression **the river, the Euphrates River** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression, as modeled by the UST.
11:25 imb9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לֹא־יִתְיַצֵּ֥ב אִ֖ישׁ 1 Here, **stand** means “resist” or “stop.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “No man will survive the battle”
11:25 ksp6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun אִ֖ישׁ 1 By **man**, Moses means anyone from the enemy people groups. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could include this information in your translation. Alternate translation: “army of these peoples”
11:25 xm93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בִּפְנֵיכֶ֑ם 1 Here, **faces** represents the presence of people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before you”
11:25 zn8i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor פַּחְדְּכֶ֨ם וּמֽוֹרַאֲכֶ֜ם יִתֵּ֣ן ׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹֽהֵיכֶ֗ם 1 Here Moses speaks of emotions as if they were objects one could physically put on the land. He means that God will cause their enemies to feel **fear** and **terror**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh your God will cause your enemies to feel the fear of you and the terror of you”
11:25 lh5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns פַּחְדְּכֶ֨ם וּמֽוֹרַאֲכֶ֜ם יִתֵּ֣ן ׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹֽהֵיכֶ֗ם עַל־פְּנֵ֤י כָל־הָאָ֨רֶץ֙ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **fear** and **terror**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “Yahweh your God will cause you to frighten and terrify all the land”
11:25 r396 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet פַּחְדְּכֶ֨ם וּמֽוֹרַאֲכֶ֜ם 1 The terms **fear** and **terror** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “the extremely great fear of you”
11:25 u7i7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession פַּחְדְּכֶ֨ם וּמֽוֹרַאֲכֶ֜ם 1 Yahweh is using the possessive form to describe how the Israelites will cause **fear** and **terror**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a comparable expression that describes cause and effect. Alternate translation: “the fear caused by you and the terror caused by you”
11:25 w58w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy פְּנֵ֤י כָל־הָאָ֨רֶץ֙ 1 Here, **the face of all the land** represents all the people who live on the land. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all the people living in the place”
11:26 tc5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor רְאֵ֗ה 1 Moses is using the term **Look** to focus the Israelites' attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “Now”
11:26 d2d5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִפְנֵיכֶ֖ם 1 Here, **faces** represents the presence of people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before you”
11:26 a8kb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּרָכָ֖ה וּקְלָלָֽה 1 The implication is that the Israelites have a choice between obedience and disobedience. If the Israelites obey Yahweh, then they will receive a **blessing**, and if they disobey, they will receive the **curse** of Yahweh’s punishment. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the choice to receive a blessing or a curse from Yahweh”
11:28 ei5p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְסַרְתֶּ֣ם מִן־הַדֶּ֔רֶךְ 1 Here, **turn aside** means to disobey or stop following. Moses is speaking of Yahweh’s commandments as if they were **way** that one could walk on and disobedience as turning aside from that way. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and disobey the commands”
11:29 nu8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd יְבִֽיאֲךָ֙ & אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ & אַתָּ֥ה & וְנָתַתָּ֤ה 1 Even though Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.\n\n
11:29 zsz3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְנָתַתָּ֤ה אֶת־הַבְּרָכָה֙ עַל־הַ֣ר גְּרִזִ֔ים וְאֶת־הַקְּלָלָ֖ה עַל־הַ֥ר עֵיבָֽל 1 The **blessing** and the **curse** are spoken of as if they were objects that one could **set** on a mountain. Moses means that the Israelites will remind themselves of the consequences of obedience or disobedience while some of them are on each mountain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly, as modeled by the UST.
11:29 t5wj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַ֣ר גְּרִזִ֔ים & הַ֥ר עֵיבָֽל 1 These are names of mountains on the west side of the Jordan River.
11:30 k2bv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲלֹא־הֵ֜מָּה בְּעֵ֣בֶר הַיַּרְדֵּ֗ן אַֽחֲרֵי֙ דֶּ֚רֶךְ מְב֣וֹא הַשֶּׁ֔מֶשׁ בְּאֶ֨רֶץ֙ הַֽכְּנַעֲנִ֔י הַיֹּשֵׁ֖ב בָּעֲרָבָ֑ה מ֚וּל הַגִּלְגָּ֔ל אֵ֖צֶל אֵלוֹנֵ֥י מֹרֶֽה 1 The Israelites are on the eastern side of the Jordan River. Moses uses a question to remind the people where these mountains are located. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement, as modeled by the UST.
11:30 pgr7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מְב֣וֹא הַשֶּׁ֔מֶשׁ 1 Here, **the sun setting** is an idiom that means “the west.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the west side”
11:30 rq9c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מ֚וּל 1 Here **opposite** means “near”. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “close to”
11:30 l23v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֵלוֹנֵ֥י מֹרֶֽה 1 The term **the oaks of Moreh** probably refers to a place near Gilgal where there were sacred trees.
11:31 ke82 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּ֤י אַתֶּם֙ עֹבְרִ֣ים אֶת־הַיַּרְדֵּ֔ן לָבֹא֙ לָרֶ֣שֶׁת אֶת־הָאָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר־יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֖ם נֹתֵ֣ן לָכֶ֑ם וִֽירִשְׁתֶּ֥ם אֹתָ֖הּ וִֽישַׁבְתֶּם־בָּֽהּ 1 If less repetition of phrases would be more natural in your language, you could simplify these phrases. Alternate translation: “For you are crossing over the Jordan to posses the land that Yahweh your God is giving to you, and you will live in it”
11:32 h7se לִפְנֵיכֶ֖ם 1 Here, **faces** represents the presence of people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before you”
11:32 jh1q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אָנֹכִ֛י נֹתֵ֥ן לִפְנֵיכֶ֖ם 1 Moses is speaking of Yahweh’s **statutes** and **ordinances** as if they were objects that could be **set** on the ground. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am telling you”
12:intro mt76 0 # Deuteronomy 12 General Notes\n\n## Outline\n- vv. 1-28: Yahweh will choose one place for worship in the land\n- vv. 29-32: Warnings against idolatry\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Covenant with Moses\n\nThis chapter is a continuation of the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. The reasons for these food restrictions are not always known.(See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n### Israel and Yahweh\n\nIn the ancient Near East, when nations conquered other nations, they often added the gods of the conquered nation into the collection of gods they worshiped. It was rare to worship only one God. Israel was to be known for worshiping Yahweh and Yahweh alone. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Issues in this Chapter\n\n### Words for the Law\n\n- statutes\n- ordinances\n- judgments\nMoses uses several words to refer to the law that Yahweh commanded the Israelites to obey. It is unclear what the differences are between these terms. If your language has different terms for the law, you could use them here to differentiate between the different Hebrew words. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])\n\n### “You”\n\nVerses 1-12: You is plural unless otherwise noted.\nVerses 13-32: You is singular\nMoses wants each individual to obey the law for themselves.\n\n### “The Place Yahweh your God will choose”\n\nMoses refers to the future place where the temple will be built as “the place Yahweh your God will choose for his name to dwell there” or “the place Yahweh your God will choose it.” These phrases emphasize that Yahweh decides how and where the Israelites must worship him. The wording of these phrases might be unnatural in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “the place Yahweh your God will set his name” or “the place Yahweh your God will choose”\n(See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
12:1 u1wn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative תִּשְׁמְר֣וּן 1 See the [book introduction](../front/intro.md) for more information about translating **shall**. Alternate translation: “you must keep”
12:1 bb6r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כָּל־הַיָּמִ֔ים אֲשֶׁר־אַתֶּ֥ם חַיִּ֖ים עַל־הָאֲדָמָֽה 1 Here, **all the days that you live on the earth** is an idiom that means “for as long as you live.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as long as you live”
12:2 agzn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication אַבֵּ֣ד תְּ֠אַבְּדוּן 1 The words **Destroying, you shall destroy** translate verbs that are repeated for emphasis. If your language can repeat words for emphasis, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation. If your language does not repeat words for emphasis, you could use a different word for intensifying a verb. Alternate translation: “You shall surely destroy”
12:2 m2ea rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֲשֶׁ֧ר עָֽבְדוּ־שָׁ֣ם הַגּוֹיִ֗ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר אַתֶּ֛ם יֹרְשִׁ֥ים אֹתָ֖ם אֶת־אֱלֹהֵיהֶ֑ם 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the phrasing so that it is clear what the “places” were used for. Alternate translation: “where the enemies who you will dispossess served their gods”
12:2 hx1l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הַגּוֹיִ֗ם 1 Here **nations** represents the people groups that live in the land that the Israelites will conquer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your enemies”
12:3 ucw6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶת־מַצֵּ֣בֹתָ֔ם 1 The people groups in the land built **stone pillars** as symbols of their god Baal. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “their sacred stone pillars”
12:3 tsu8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶת־שְׁמָ֔ם 1 Here, **name** represents idols and knowledge about them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “any trace of those idols”
12:3 axu8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַמָּק֖וֹם הַהֽוּא 1 Here **that place** refers to all the places where the people living in the land worshiped idols, as described in the previous verse. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “those places of idol worship”
12:4 c44f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֹֽא־תַעֲשׂ֣וּן כֵּ֔ן לַיהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵיכֶֽם 1 The implication is that the Israelites should not worship Yahweh the way the other nations worship their idols. The other nations worship their gods wherever they want, but the Israelites must only worship Yahweh in the place that Yahweh decides. You could include this information if it would be helpful for your readers. Alternate translation: “You shall not worship Yahweh your God as those nations worship their idols”
12:5 parv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast כִּ֠י אִֽם 1 Moses uses the word **But** here to indicate a strong contrast between how the Israelites will worship and how the other people groups worship. In your translation, indicate this strong contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Rather,”
12:5 on60 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִכָּל־שִׁבְטֵיכֶ֔ם לָשׂ֥וּם אֶת־שְׁמ֖וֹ 1 The implication is that Yahweh will choose a place for the Israelites to worship him from the land belonging to one of the Israelite tribes. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “from the land of one of the tribes to put his name”
12:5 h2cm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶת־שְׁמ֖וֹ 1 Here, **name** represents all of Yahweh: his power, presence, knowledge, and so on. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. See [chapter introduction](../12/intro.md) for more information about Yahweh’s presence. Alternate translation: “his presence”
12:5 x9cv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd וּבָ֥אתָ שָֽׁמָּה 1 Even though Moses is speaking to a group of people, the pronoun **you** is singular here. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
12:6 g357 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche תְּרוּמַ֣ת יֶדְכֶ֑ם 1 Here **hand** represents the whole person in the act of giving an offering. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the contribution that you personally give”
12:6 cdg4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וְנִדְרֵיכֶם֙ 1 Here, Moses is using the possessive form to describe **offerings** that were given to fulfill **vows** one made. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “and offerings to fulfill your vows”
12:6 gq5o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּבְכֹרֹ֥ת 1 In [Exodus 13:2](Exo/13/02.md), Yahweh commands the Israelites to dedicate all firstborn males to him. This command would remind the Israelites that Yahweh saved the firstborn sons from the plague in Egypt that killed all other firstborn sons. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and the firstborn males that you are commanded to sacrifice from”
12:6 n2pg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun בְּקַרְכֶ֖ם וְצֹאנְכֶֽם 1 The words **herds** and **flocks** do not refer to specific groups of animals. They describe any groups of animals that an Israelite might own. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “any of your animals”
12:7 jsco rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַאֲכַלְתֶּם־שָׁ֗ם לִפְנֵי֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹֽהֵיכֶ֔ם 1 [Leviticus 1-16](Lev/01/01.md) describes the different types of offerings and which parts of the offering the Israelites could eat. Yahweh commanded the Israelites to eat their portion of the cooked sacrifice within the court of the tabernacle. You could include this information if it would be helpful for your readers. Alternate translation: “And there you shall eat the portions of the offerings before the face of Yahweh your God according to his commandments”
12:7 tvl1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit שָׁ֗ם 1 Here, the word **there** refers to the place that Yahweh will choose for the Israelites to worship him that is mentioned in [verse 5](../12/05.md). You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “at the chosen place of worship”
12:7 a9rd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מִשְׁלַ֣ח יֶדְכֶ֔ם 1 Here, **the sending out of your hand** is an idiom that means “the results of your hard work.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the fruit of your labor” or “the results of your hard work”
12:7 yf5f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche יֶדְכֶ֔ם 1 Moses is using **hand** to represent all of a person in the act of working. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you yourself”
12:7 wldg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֲשֶׁ֥ר בֵּֽרַכְךָ֖ יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶֽיךָ 1 The implication is that Yahweh is the one who enables the Israelites to be successful in all their work. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “which you have because of the favor of Yahweh your God”
12:8 jea6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֹ֣א תַעֲשׂ֔וּן כְּ֠כֹל אֲשֶׁ֨ר אֲנַ֧חְנוּ עֹשִׂ֛ים פֹּ֖ה הַיּ֑וֹם אִ֖ישׁ כָּל־הַיָּשָׁ֥ר בְּעֵינָֽיו 1 The implication is that at the time of this speech, the Israelites are worshiping Yahweh in whichever manner they want to. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Right now, every man does whatever worship is right in his eyes, but you shall not do any of that in the future”
12:8 lsm2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive אֲנַ֧חְנוּ 1 Moses is using the pronoun **we** to refer to himself and all the Israelites, so use the inclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. If the change in pronoun from “you” to **we** would be confusing for your readers, you could use the second-person pronoun here. Alternate translation: “you”
12:8 pn42 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun אִ֖ישׁ 1 The word **man** represents all people in general, not one particular man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression and change the following pronouns to fit. Alternate translation: “each person doing”
12:8 g6dg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּעֵינָֽיו 1 Here, **in his eyes** is an idiom for a person's opinion or evaluation. Moses speaks as if evaluating something were physically seeing it with one's **eyes**. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “according to his own evaluation”
12:9 w9a7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֥י 1 The word translated as **for** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “since”
12:9 b2t6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys אֶל־הַמְּנוּחָה֙ וְאֶל־הַֽנַּחֲלָ֔ה 1 The two words **rest** and **inheritance** express a single idea. The word **rest** tells what it their lives will be like when the Israelites live in the land that is their **inheritance**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning in a different way. Alternate translation: “to the land of your inheritance where you will rest”
12:9 d8re rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns הַמְּנוּחָה֙ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **the rest**, you can express the same idea with a comparable phrase. Alternate translation: “the land where you will live without having to fight”
12:9 lx2i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ & לָֽךְ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to a group of people, **you** and **your** are singular here. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
12:10 d8yv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְהֵנִ֨יחַ לָכֶ֧ם מִכָּל־אֹיְבֵיכֶ֛ם מִסָּבִ֖יב 1 The implication is that the Israelites will not have to defend their land from the attacks of nearby people groups. Yahweh will protect them and cause the other nations to fear the Israelites. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and he will prevent nearby foes from attacking you”
12:11 lu6o rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וְהָיָ֣ה 1 Moses is using **And it will be** to introduce commands for the future. If the connection between this statement and the previous one is not clear, you may want to use a connecting word to show how this statement relates to what came before it. Use a natural form in your language for connecting this statement to the previous one. Alternate translation: “Then”
12:11 zegd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְהָיָ֣ה הַמָּק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁר־יִבְחַר֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֥ם בּוֹ֙ לְשַׁכֵּ֤ן שְׁמוֹ֙ שָׁ֔ם שָׁ֣מָּה תָבִ֔יאוּ אֵ֛ת כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֥ר אָנֹכִ֖י מְצַוֶּ֣ה אֶתְכֶ֑ם 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could rearrange these phrases so that the subject and verb are clear. Alternate translation: “You will bring all that I command you to the place which Yahweh your God will choose for His name to dwell”
12:11 y5bp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שְׁמוֹ֙ 1 Here, **name** represents all of Yahweh: his power, presence, knowledge, and so on. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. See [chapter introduction](../12/intro.md) for more information about Yahweh’s presence. Alternate translation: “for his presence”
12:11 v237 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וּתְרֻמַ֣ת יֶדְכֶ֔ם 1 Here **hand** represents the whole person in the act of giving an offering. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the contribution that you personally give”
12:11 qts6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מִבְחַ֣ר נִדְרֵיכֶ֔ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר 1 Here, Moses is using the possessive form to describe **offerings** that were given to fulfill **vows** one made. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “and the offerings you choose to give to fulfill your vows”
12:12 h8ry rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִפְנֵי֮ 1 Here, **face** represents the presence of someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before”
12:12 m7is rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּשַֽׁעֲרֵיכֶ֔ם 1 Here, **gates** represents the border of a town or city. Anyone who was inside the gates was part of the community. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “is within your community”
12:12 d42i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּ֣י אֵ֥ין ל֛וֹ חֵ֥לֶק וְנַחֲלָ֖ה אִתְּכֶֽם 1 As explained in [Numbers 18:21-25](Num/18/21.md), the Levites received and enjoyed the tithes from the rest of the Israelites. Since the tithe is their **inheritance**, Yahweh did not allot any land to them. You could include this information if it would be helpful for your readers. Alternate translation: “because Yahweh gave the tithe to them and they have no allotment of land”
12:12 b6hq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ל֛וֹ 1 The word **he** represents any Levite in general, not one particular Levite. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “a Levite”
12:13 atq1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd הִשָּׁ֣מֶר לְךָ֔ & תַּעֲלֶ֖ה עֹלֹתֶ֑יךָ & תִּרְאֶֽה 1 From this verse to the end of the chapter, **you**, **your**, and the command forms are singular. Moses is still speaking to all of the Israelites. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation. See the [chapter introduction](../12/intro.md) for more information.
12:13 q449 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo פֶּֽן 1 Moses is using the word **lest** to introduce a hypothetical condition as a warning for a negative consequence. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “in case”
12:13 drj5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תִּרְאֶֽה 1 Here **see** means “desire.” Moses is speaking of seeing something as if it were desiring it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you desire”
12:14 tu2l rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast כִּ֣י אִם 1 Moses uses the word **except** here to indicate a strong contrast between where the Israelites might want to offer sacrifices and the one place that Yahweh commands them to offer sacrifices. In your translation, indicate this strong contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “rather”
12:14 h4by rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּאַחַ֣ד שְׁבָטֶ֔יךָ 1 The implication is that Yahweh will choose a place for the Israelites to worship him from the land belonging to one of the tribes. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “within the borders of a tribe”
12:15 kks6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תִּזְבַּ֣ח ׀ וְאָכַלְתָּ֣ בָשָׂ֗ר 1 The implication is that the Israelits could **kill and eat animals** for food anywhere they wanted, as much as they wanted. The command from the previous verse only applies to animals killed for sacrifices. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “you may kill and eat animals for food”
12:15 lje2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche שְׁעָרֶ֑יךָ 1 Here the word **gates** refers to the entire city or town. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your cities”
12:15 e0l8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּכָל־אַוַּ֨ת נַפְשְׁךָ֜ 1 Here **soul** represents a person’s inner being, will, and desires. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “however you yourself desire”
12:15 ztfi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כְּבִרְכַּ֨ת יְהוָ֧ה אֱלֹהֶ֛יךָ אֲשֶׁ֥ר נָֽתַן־לְךָ֖ 1 The implication is that the Israelites have animals to eat because Yahweh blessed them with access to food. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “whatever animals Yahweh your God has enabled you to own”
12:15 q9mn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הַטָּמֵ֤א וְהַטָּהוֹר֙ 1 A **clean** person is anyone who has is ceremonially clean according to Yahweh’s law. An **unclean** person is anyone who has touched something unclean according to the law. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating this plainly. Alternate translation: “everyone, whether or not they have touched anything unclean”
12:15 g3mn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj הַטָּמֵ֤א וְהַטָּהוֹר֙ 1 Moses is using the adjectives **unclean** and **clean** as nouns to refer to people and their ceremonial purity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are unclean and people who are clean”
12:15 gti8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כַּצְּבִ֖י 1 The implication is that the Israelites could eat domesticated animals (which were designated for certain sacrifices) for food, just as they would eat wild animals (which were not used in sacrifices). You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “as you are permitted to eat wild animals like the gazelle”
12:15 u3a5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown כַּצְּבִ֖י 1 A **gazelle* is a hoofed animal with long, thin legs that can run quickly. The males grow horns, called antlers, from their heads. If your readers would not be familiar with this animal, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “such as the hoofed, wild animal”
12:16 gaan rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast רַ֥ק 1 Moses uses the word **Only** here to indicate a strong contrast between which parts of the animals that the Israelites could and could not eat. In your translation, indicate this strong contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Except”
12:16 fvd4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit רַ֥ק הַדָּ֖ם לֹ֣א תֹאכֵ֑לוּ עַל־הָאָ֥רֶץ תִּשְׁפְּכֶ֖נּוּ כַּמָּֽיִם 1 In [Leviticus 17:10-14](Lev/17/10.md) Yahweh forbids the Israelites from eating blood. He explains that the life of animals is in their blood, and the blood is reserved for sacrifices. Yahweh commands the Israelites to drain the blood of the animal onto the ground and bury the blood before cooking and consuming the animal. You could include this information if it would be helpful for your readers. Alternate translation: “Only do not eat the blood, because the blood is the life of the animal”
12:17 di9l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בִּשְׁעָרֶ֗יךָ 1 Here, **gates** represents the border of a town and everything within it. Anyone who was inside the gates was part of the community. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in your communities”
12:17 c4m2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְכָל־נְדָרֶ֨יךָ֙ 1 Here, **vows** represent any offering that belongs to Yahweh because a person vowed to give it to Yahweh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and anything you promised to give in your vows”
12:17 aau9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וּתְרוּמַ֥ת יָדֶֽךָ 1 Here, **hand** represents the whole person in the act of giving an offering. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the contribution that you personally give”
12:18 cbh7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast כִּ֡י אִם 1 Moses uses the word **But** here to indicate a strong contrast between where to eat animals for sacrifices and animals for food. In your translation, indicate this strong contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Rather”
12:18 eev4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִפְנֵי֩ & לִפְנֵי֙ 1 Here, **face** represents the presence of someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before … before”
12:18 wtoo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִבְחַ֜ר יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶיךָ֮ בּוֹ֒ 1 The expression **which Yahweh your God will choose it** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “which Yahweh your God will choose”
12:18 puiy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun וְהַלֵּוִ֖י 1 The word **Levite** represents all Levites in general, not one particular Levite. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “and any Levite”
12:18 u63z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בִּשְׁעָרֶ֑יךָ 1 Here, **gates** represents the border of a town or city. Anyone who was inside the gates was part of the community. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “is within your community”
12:18 icp1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מִשְׁלַ֥ח יָדֶֽךָ 1 See how you translated this in [verse 7](../12/07.md).
12:18 g5o5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche יָדֶֽךָ 1 Moses is using **hand** to represent all of a person in the act of working. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you yourself”
12:19 c01t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo פֶּֽן 1 Moses is using the word **lest** to introduce a hypothetical condition as a warning for a negative consequence. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “in case”
12:19 u96u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תַּעֲזֹ֖ב אֶת־הַלֵּוִ֑י 1 As explained in the [chapter introduction](../12/intro.md), the Levites relied on tithes to live. An Israelite could **forsake the Levite** if they withheld offerings from the priests. You could include this information if it would be helpful for your readers. Alternate translation: “you forsake the Levite by withholding food from him”
12:19 kquw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun אֶת־הַלֵּוִ֑י 1 The word **Levite** represents all Levites in general, not one particular Levite. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “any Levite”
12:19 hhh7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כָּל־יָמֶ֖יךָ 1 Here, **days** is an idiom that refers to a period of time. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you use a comparable phrase from your language for describing a length of time. Alternate translation: “throughout your life”
12:20 h1vp כִּֽי־יַרְחִיב֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהֶ֥יךָ אֶֽת־גְּבֽוּלְךָ֮ 1 The implication is that Yahweh will broaden the **borders** of the Israelites’ land by allowing them to conquer more land. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “When Yahweh your God causes you to conquer more land”
12:20 fl1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor דִּבֶּר 1 Here **spoken** means “promised”. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he has sworn”
12:20 j573 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וְאָמַרְתָּ֙ אֹכְלָ֣ה בָשָׂ֔ר כִּֽי־תְאַוֶּ֥ה נַפְשְׁךָ֖ לֶאֱכֹ֣ל בָּשָׂ֑ר 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, as modeled by the UST.
12:20 fee8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy תְאַוֶּ֥ה נַפְשְׁךָ֖ & בְּכָל־אַוַּ֥ת נַפְשְׁךָ֖ 1 Here, **soul** represents a person’s inner being, will, and desires. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your own desire … however you yourself desire”
12:21 nt18 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical כִּֽי־יִרְחַ֨ק מִמְּךָ֜ הַמָּק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִבְחַ֜ר יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶיךָ֮ לָשׂ֣וּם שְׁמ֣וֹ שָׁם֒ וְזָבַחְתָּ֞ 1 Moses is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that the Israelites may only sacrifice where they live if they live far away from Yahweh’s chosen place. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “And should it happen that the place that Yahweh your God chooses to put his name there is too farm from you, then you may sacrifice”
12:21 zbvc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִבְחַ֜ר יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶיךָ֮ לָשׂ֣וּם שְׁמ֣וֹ שָׁם֒ 1 The expression **that Yahweh your God chooses to put his name there** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “where Yahweh your God puts his name”
12:21 q6z1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שְׁמ֣וֹ 1 Here, **name** represents all of Yahweh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. See [chapter introduction](../12/intro.md) for more information about Yahweh’s presence. Alternate translation: “his presence”
12:21 e7g3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche בִּשְׁעָרֶ֔יךָ 1 Here, **gates** represents the border of a town and everything within it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in your communities”
12:21 asm3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּכֹ֖ל אַוַּ֥ת נַפְשֶֽׁךָ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [verse 15](../12/15.md).
12:22 kw43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive כַּאֲשֶׁ֨ר יֵאָכֵ֤ל אֶֽת־הַצְּבִי֙ וְאֶת־הָ֣אַיָּ֔ל 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Just like one eats the gazelle and the deer”
12:22 ox7c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כַּאֲשֶׁ֨ר יֵאָכֵ֤ל אֶֽת־הַצְּבִי֙ וְאֶת־הָ֣אַיָּ֔ל 1 The implication is that the Israelites who lived far away from Yahweh’s chosen place could eat these sacrifices where they lived. This would be just as they would eat wild animals **as the gazelle and the deer** (which were not used in sacrifices). You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “as you are permitted to eat wild animals like the gazelle and the deer”
12:22 zuci rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown אֶֽת־הַצְּבִי֙ וְאֶת־הָ֣אַיָּ֔ל 1 See how you translated these terms in [verse 15](../12/15.md).
12:22 y8v4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הַטָּמֵא֙ וְהַטָּה֔וֹר 1 See how you translated these terms in [verse 15](../12/15.md).
12:22 cye3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj הַטָּמֵא֙ וְהַטָּה֔וֹר 1 Moses is using the adjectives **unclean** and **clean** as nouns to refer to people and their ceremonial purity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are unclean and people who are clean”
12:23 bt3e rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast רַ֣ק 1 Moses uses the word **Only** here to indicate a strong contrast between what is and is not permissible for the Israelites to eat. In your translation, indicate this strong contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yet”
12:23 msu5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הַדָּ֖ם ה֣וּא הַנָּ֑פֶשׁ 1 Blood sustains the life of living beings. Moses is speaking as if **blood** were **life** itself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “blood sustains life in living beings”\n
12:23 vr63 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הַנֶּ֖פֶשׁ 1 The word **life** here represents the blood that sustains life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the blood that maintains life”
12:24 xbyu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֹ֖א תֹּאכְלֶ֑נּוּ עַל־הָאָ֥רֶץ תִּשְׁפְּכֶ֖נּוּ כַּמָּֽיִם 1 In [Leviticus 17:10-14](Lev/17/10.md) Yahweh forbids the Israelites from eating blood. He explains that the life of animals is in their blood, and the blood is reserved for sacrifices. Yahweh commands the Israelites to drain the blood of the animal onto the ground and bury the blood before cooking and consuming the animal. You could include this information if it would be helpful for your readers. Alternate translation: “Only do not eat the blood, because the blood is the life of the animal”
12:25 hs7g rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result לְמַ֨עַן 1 The word translated as **so that** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “and as a result”
12:25 cpi8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּלְבָנֶ֣יךָ 1 Here, **sons** means “descendants.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and for your offspring”
12:25 lsg1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אַחֲרֶ֔יךָ 1 Here **after** means “later”. The implication is that the descendants of the Israelites will continue living on the land after the parents die. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “who will live on the land following you”
12:25 mygb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns הַיָּשָׁ֖ר 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **right**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “justly”
12:25 l199 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּעֵינֵ֥י 1 Here, **in the eyes of** is an idiom for a person's opinion or evaluation. Moses speaks as if evaluating something were physically seeing it with one's eyes. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the evaluation of”
12:26 s3xw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast רַ֧ק 1 Moses uses the word **But** here to indicate a strong contrast between where it is permissible to offer sacrifices that one would personally eat and where it is permissible to offer other sacrifices. This command applies to those who live far away from the place that Yahweh will choose, as specified in [verse 15](../12/15.md). In your translation, indicate this strong contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “As for”
12:26 p0wy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וּנְדָרֶ֑יךָ 1 See how you translated this in [verse 6](../12/06.md).
12:26 kgt9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis תִּשָּׂ֣א 1 Moses is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “you shall take them”
12:27 wlau rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְעָשִׂ֤יתָ 1 The implication is that the Israelites would offer those sacrifices. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “And you shall sacrifice”
12:27 xkj6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עֹלֹתֶ֨יךָ֙ & וְדַם־זְבָחֶ֗יךָ יִשָּׁפֵךְ֙ עַל־מִזְבַּח֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ וְהַבָּשָׂ֖ר תֹּאכֵֽל 1 Here, the term **burnt offerings** and the term **sacrifices** refer to two different types of offerings. [Leviticus 1](Lev/01/01.md) describes the commands for **burnt offerings**, which are wholly burned by the fire of the altar. By saying **sacrifices**, Moses is referring to [Leviticus 3](Lev/03/01.md) and [Leviticus 7:11-36](Lev/07/11.md), which describe the commands for fellowship offerings. Some parts of the animal for these offerings were burned on the altar, some parts were for the priest to eat, and the rest was for the person who offered the sacrifice to eat. You could include this information if it would be helpful for your readers. Alternate translation: “your burnt offerings … as for the fellowship offering, the blood of your sacrifices shall be poured out on the altar of Yahweh your God, and you shall eat some of the meat”
12:27 wp19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְדַם־זְבָחֶ֗יךָ יִשָּׁפֵךְ֙ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and the priest will pour out the blood of your sacrifices”
12:28 gnj3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys שְׁמֹ֣ר וְשָׁמַעְתָּ֗ 1 This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word ** Keep** tells how Moses wants the Israelites to **listen** to the commandments. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “Carefully attend to”
12:28 ltzf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לְמַעַן֩ 1 Here, **so that** marks what follows as the goal or purpose of what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.
12:28 v0a1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּלְבָנֶ֤יךָ 1 Here, **sons** means “descendants.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and for your offspring”
12:28 gosf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אַחֲרֶ֨יךָ֙ 1 Here **after** means “later”. The implication is that the descendants of the Israelites will continue living on the land. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “who will live on the land following you”
12:28 y6tl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet הַטּ֣וֹב וְהַיָּשָׁ֔ר 1 The terms **good** and **right** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “whatever is correct”
12:28 pawe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns הַטּ֣וֹב וְהַיָּשָׁ֔ר 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **good** and **right**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “rightly and justly”
12:28 ti37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּעֵינֵ֖י 1 Here, **in the eyes of** is an idiom for a person's opinion or evaluation. Moses speaks as if evaluating something were physically seeing it with one's eyes. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the evaluation of”
12:29 csu7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יַכְרִית֩ 1 Here, **cuts off** means “completely destroys” so that a people group will not have descendants. Moses is speaking of eliminating a people group as if it were like cutting off a branch from a tree so that the branch could no longer grow new leaves. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “completely eliminates”
12:29 hrnz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּֽי־יַכְרִית֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהֶ֜יךָ אֶת־הַגּוֹיִ֗ם אֲשֶׁ֨ר אַתָּ֥ה בָא־שָׁ֛מָּה לָרֶ֥שֶׁת אוֹתָ֖ם מִפָּנֶ֑יךָ וְיָרַשְׁתָּ֣ אֹתָ֔ם וְיָשַׁבְתָּ֖ בְּאַרְצָֽם 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could arrange these clauses in chronological order, as the Israelites must enter the land before Yahweh can enable their victory over the other nations. Alternate translation: “As you go in there to dispossess the nations, Yahweh your God will cut them off from before your faces. Then, you will take their place and live on their land”
12:29 fzv1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶת־הַגּוֹיִ֗ם 1 Here, the word **nations** represents all the people groups who live in the land that Yahweh is giving to the Israelites. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the peoples”
12:29 vovs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִפָּנֶ֑יךָ 1 Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before you”
12:30 m28y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo פֶּן & וּפֶן 1 Moses is using the word **lest** to introduce a hypothetical condition as a warning about a negative consequence. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “in case … and in case”
12:30 n455 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תִּנָּקֵשׁ֙ אַחֲרֵיהֶ֔ם 1 Moses compares idolatry to becoming **trapped** when one follows **after** the customs of others who worship idols. This is because it is very difficult to get away from idols once one becomes distracted from worshiping Yahweh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they distract you from Yahweh and you follow their religion”
12:30 txo2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive תִּנָּקֵשׁ֙ אַחֲרֵיהֶ֔ם 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “their religion traps you”
12:30 jwab rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אַחֲרֵיהֶ֔ם 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the people of the nations from the previous verse and their religious customs. If this is not clear for your readers, you could include clarifying information. Alternate translation: “after the idolatry of the nations”
12:30 j6jf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הִשָּׁמְדָ֣ם מִפָּנֶ֑יךָ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “after Yahweh destroys them from before your face”
12:30 et7h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִפָּנֶ֑יךָ 1 Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before you”
12:30 akov rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵאמֹ֨ר 1 Here, the word **saying** introduces direct speech. Consider natural ways of doing that in your own language.
12:30 rz9c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes לֵאמֹ֨ר אֵיכָ֨ה יַעַבְד֜וּ הַגּוֹיִ֤ם הָאֵ֨לֶּה֙ אֶת־אֱלֹ֣הֵיהֶ֔ם וְאֶעֱשֶׂה־כֵּ֖ן גַּם־אָֽנִי 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, as modeled by the UST.
12:31 tgsf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כֵ֔ן 1 Here the word **thus** refers to the ways the other nations worship their gods. Moses is forbidding the Israelites from worshiping Yahweh in those ways. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “as the other nations do”
12:31 oug3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּי֩ 1 The word translated as **for** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “because” or "since"
12:31 ckft rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כָּל־תּוֹעֲבַ֨ת יְהוָ֜ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר שָׂנֵ֗א עָשׂוּ֙ לֵאלֹ֣הֵיהֶ֔ם 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reword these phrases so that the subject and verb are clear. Alternate translation: “they have done for their gods every abomination which Yahweh hates”
13:intro e2ze 0 # Deuteronomy 13 General Notes\n\nThis chapter continues Moses’ second speech, which began in [Chapter 5](../05/01.md). \n\n## Chapter 13 Outline\n- vv. 1-11: Execute idol worshipers\n- vv. 12-18: Destroy cities where idol worshipers live\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### False prophecy\n\nVerses 1-11 discuss false prophets and people who practice divination. These are people who claim that their message comes from Yahweh, but they encourage people to worship idols instead of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/false-prophet]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/divination]])\n\n### Abominations\n\nAnything that is sinful or ceremonially impure according to the law is called an **abomination** in this chapter. The sinful things include people who worship idols, items used for idol worship, and anything associated with idolatry. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/detest]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/wicked]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Issues in this Chapter\n\n### “You”\n\nEven though Moses is speaking to all of the Israelites, **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation. \n(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Hypothetical conditions\n\nMoses is addressing situations that could occur in the future and giving instructions for the Israelites to follow if those situations occur. In your translation, be sure to use phrases that show that Moses is talking about hypothetical situations, not promising that something will happen in the future. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
13:1 v8gm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo כִּֽי 1 Moses is using the word **If** to introduce a hypothetical condition as a warning against idolatry. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “Should it happen that”
13:1 nwsz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit חֹלֵ֣ם חֲל֑וֹם 1 Here, **dreamer of dreams** means someone who interprets the meaning of dreams. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a word in your language that describes someone who interprets dreams or omens. Alternate translation: “fortune-teller”
13:1 ei8s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יָק֤וּם 1 Here, **arises** means “appears.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “appears”
13:1 bu7r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְנָתַ֥ן אֵלֶ֛יךָ א֖וֹת א֥וֹ מוֹפֵֽת 1 This could mean that the prophet or dreamer of dreams will (1) perform a sign or wonder. Alternate translation: “and he enacts before you a sign or a wonder” (2) announce that a sign or wonder will occur. Alternate translation: “and he tells you about a sign or a wonder”
13:1 ml5c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet א֖וֹת א֥וֹ מוֹפֵֽת 1 The terms **sign** and **wonder** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “any supernatural act”
13:2 b259 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּבָ֤א הָאוֹת֙ וְהַמּוֹפֵ֔ת 1 Here **comes about** means “happens”. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and the sign or the wonder occurs”
13:2 eyty rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes אֲשֶׁר־דִּבֶּ֥ר אֵלֶ֖יךָ לֵאמֹ֑ר נֵֽלְכָ֞ה אַחֲרֵ֨י אֱלֹהִ֧ים אֲחֵרִ֛ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹֽא־יְדַעְתָּ֖ם וְנָֽעָבְדֵֽם 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “which he told you about in order to lead you to other gods, which you have not known, so that you could worship them”
13:2 nj6u rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵאמֹ֑ר 1 Here, the word **saying** introduces direct speech. Consider natural ways of doing that in your own language.
13:2 nsf6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נֵֽלְכָ֞ה אַחֲרֵ֨י 1 Here, **go after** means “worship.” Moses is speaking of worshiping idols as if people were physically walking behind idols to follow them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Let us serve”
13:3 fp72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet בְּכָל־לְבַבְכֶ֖ם וּבְכָל־נַפְשְׁכֶֽם 1 Here, **heart** and **spirit** could be: (1) terms that both refer to a person’s inner being that are used together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “with all your inner being” (2) terms that refer to different aspects of a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “with all your being and with all your person”
13:4 ep6q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative תֵּלֵ֖כוּ 1 See the [book introduction](../front/intro.md) for more information about translating **shall**. Alternate translation: “Walk”
13:4 gw9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אַחֲרֵ֨י & תֵּלֵ֖כוּ 1 Here, **walk after** means “worship.” Moses is speaking of worshiping Yahweh as if people were physically walking behind him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You shall worship”
13:4 s4p9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּבְקֹל֣וֹ תִשְׁמָ֔עוּ 1 Here, **voice** represents the words that Yahweh spoke, which include his commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “and listen to his instructions”
13:4 ugl8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּב֥וֹ תִדְבָּקֽוּן 1 Here Moses is speaking of having a good relationship with Yahweh as if a person were physically holding onto him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and maintain a good relationship with him”
13:5 jdmd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְהַנָּבִ֣יא הַה֡וּא א֣וֹ חֹלֵם֩ הַחֲל֨וֹם הַה֜וּא יוּמָ֗ת כִּ֣י דִבֶּר־סָ֠רָה עַל־יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹֽהֵיכֶ֜ם הַמּוֹצִ֥יא אֶתְכֶ֣ם ׀ מֵאֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֗יִם וְהַפֹּֽדְךָ֙ מִבֵּ֣ית עֲבָדִ֔ים לְהַדִּֽיחֲךָ֙ מִן־הַדֶּ֔רֶךְ אֲשֶׁ֧ר צִוְּךָ֛ יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ לָלֶ֣כֶת בָּ֑הּ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases so it is clear which phrases refer to Yahweh and which refer to the prophet or dreamer of dreams. Alternate translation: “And that prophet or dreamer of dreams shall be put to death because he has spoken rebellion against Yahweh your God in order to drive you out from the way in which Yahweh your God commanded you to walk. Remember that Yahweh your God is the one who brought you out from the land of Egypt, and who redeemed you from the house of slaves”
13:5 d5ix rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְהַנָּבִ֣יא הַה֡וּא א֣וֹ חֹלֵם֩ הַחֲל֨וֹם הַה֜וּא יוּמָ֗ת 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And you must put to death that prophet or that dreamer of dreams”
13:5 h1yd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns דִבֶּר־סָ֠רָה 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **rebellion**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “he wants you to rebel”
13:5 obby rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go הַמּוֹצִ֥יא אֶתְכֶ֣ם 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “took” instead of **brought**. Alternate translation: “who took you out”
13:5 ttf1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִבֵּ֣ית עֲבָדִ֔ים 1 Moses speaks of Egypt as if it were a **house** where people keep **slaves**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the place where you were slaves”
13:5 tbl6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לְהַדִּֽיחֲךָ֙ מִן־הַדֶּ֔רֶךְ אֲשֶׁ֧ר צִוְּךָ֛ יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ לָלֶ֣כֶת בָּ֑הּ 1 Here Moses is speaking of obedience as if it were a **way** on which one walks. He speaks of disobedience as going away from that path. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to cause you to reject the commands of Yahweh your God”
13:5 qi6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּבִֽעַרְתָּ֥ הָרָ֖ע מִקִּרְבֶּֽךָ 1 Here Moses is speaking of **evil** as if it were a physical object one could remove from a community of people If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And do not tolerate evil among you”
13:6 k2qh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo כִּ֣י 1 Moses is using the word translated as **If** to introduce a hypothetical situation. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “Should it happen that”
13:6 ync7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֵ֣שֶׁת חֵיקֶ֗ךָ 1 Here, **bosom** represents relational intimacy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your dear wife”
13:6 qme9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile רֵֽעֲךָ֛ אֲשֶׁ֥ר כְּנַפְשְׁךָ֖ 1 Here, Moses means a **friend** who is so important to someone that they are as important as **life**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “your dearest friend”
13:6-7 guv2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes יְסִֽיתְךָ֡ & בַּסֵּ֣תֶר לֵאמֹ֑ר נֵֽלְכָ֗ה וְנַֽעַבְדָה֙ אֱלֹהִ֣ים אֲחֵרִ֔ים אֲשֶׁר֙ לֹ֣א יָדַ֔עְתָּ אַתָּ֖ה וַאֲבֹתֶֽיךָ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “secretly entices you to go and serve other gods that you have not known—you or your fathers—from the gods of the peoples that surround you, near to you or far from you, from one end of the earth and to the other end of the earth”
13:6 dj5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵאמֹ֑ר 1 Here, the word **saying** introduces direct speech. Consider natural ways of doing that in your own language.
13:6 jh1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַאֲבֹתֶֽיךָ 1 Moses is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your predecessors”
13:7 y6pp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מֵאֱלֹהֵ֣י הָֽעַמִּ֗ים 1 Here Moses is using the possessive form to describe **gods** whom the nearby **peoples** worship. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “from the gods worshiped by the peoples”
13:7 g6lt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הָֽעַמִּ֗ים אֲשֶׁר֙ סְבִיבֹ֣תֵיכֶ֔ם 1 The implication is that **the peoples that surround** the Israelites live near the land where the Israelites will live. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the bordering nations”
13:7 vk3l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism הַקְּרֹבִ֣ים אֵלֶ֔יךָ א֖וֹ הָרְחֹקִ֣ים מִמֶּ֑ךָּ מִקְצֵ֥ה הָאָ֖רֶץ וְעַד־קְצֵ֥ה הָאָֽרֶץ 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second clause emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word that shows that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “near to you or far from you, indeed, from one end of the earth and to the other end of the earth”
13:7 k024 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism הַקְּרֹבִ֣ים אֵלֶ֔יךָ א֖וֹ הָרְחֹקִ֣ים מִמֶּ֑ךָּ 1 Here Moses is referring to all of the earth by naming the parts that are at the extreme ends of it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “wherever they are”
13:7 g5tj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism מִקְצֵ֥ה הָאָ֖רֶץ וְעַד־קְצֵ֥ה הָאָֽרֶץ 1 Here Moses is referring to all of the earth by naming the parts that are at the extreme ends of it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “anywhere on earth”
13:8 rg47 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְלֹא־תָח֤וֹס עֵֽינְךָ֙ עָלָ֔יו 1 Here, **your eye shall not pity him** is an idiom that means “do not feel sorry for him.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “do not let your heart soften towards him” or “and do not have compassion on him”
13:8 px2o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְלֹֽא־תְכַסֶּ֖ה עָלָֽיו 1 Here Moses means that people should not **hide** or keep secret the fact that someone is urging others to worship idols. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “nor hide his guilt”
13:9 r45b rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast כִּ֤י 1 Moses uses the word **Instead** here to indicate a strong contrast between what someone should and should not do when they find out someone is urging others to worship idols. In your translation, indicate this strong contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Rather”
13:9 o91n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication הָרֹג֙ תַּֽהַרְגֶ֔נּוּ 1 Moses is repeating the verb **kill** in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “you shall surely kill him”
13:9 nkik rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הָרֹג֙ תַּֽהַרְגֶ֔נּוּ 1 The implication is that the Israelites will **kill** those people by throwing stones at them. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “you shall surely stone him to death”
13:9 akr4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche יָֽדְךָ֛ & וְיַ֥ד כָּל־הָעָ֖ם בָּאַחֲרֹנָֽה 1 Here Moses is using **hand** to represent the whole person in the act of executing someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You yourself … and afterwards, all the other people”
13:10 es1g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo וּסְקַלְתּ֥וֹ בָאֲבָנִ֖ים וָמֵ֑ת 1 The expression **stone him to death with stones** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “And you shall stone him to death”
13:10 nt8a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לְהַדִּֽיחֲךָ֙ מֵעַל֙ יְהוָ֣ה 1 Here Moses is speaking of obedience as if it were a path that one walks on. He speaks of disobedience as someone driving one away from that path. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to cause you to reject the commands of Yahweh”
13:10 eo35 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go הַמּוֹצִיאֲךָ֛ 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “took” instead of **brought**. Alternate translation: “who took you out”
13:10 cdm1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִבֵּ֥ית עֲבָדִֽים 1 Moses speaks of Egypt as if it were a **house** where people keep **slaves**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the place where you were slaves”
13:11 ns29 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis יִשְׁמְע֖וּ 1 Moses is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the chapter if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “will hear about the execution”
13:11 gl25 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כַּדָּבָ֥ר 1 Here, **things** refers to the actions of the false prophets and dreamers of dreams. These include urging others to disobey Yahweh and urging others to worship idols. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “as the idolatrous deeds of”
13:11 y3ud rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns הָרָ֛ע 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wickedness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “sinful behavior”
13:12 xoke rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo כִּֽי 1 Moses is using the word translated as **If** to introduce a hypothetical condition. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “Should it happen that"
13:12 mugg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis תִשְׁמַ֞ע 1 Moses is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these implied words if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “you hear someone speak”
13:12 ako0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo עָרֶ֗יךָ אֲשֶׁר֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהֶ֜יךָ נֹתֵ֥ן לְךָ֛ לָשֶׁ֥בֶת שָׁ֖ם 1 The expression **your cities that Yahweh your God gives to you to live there** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “your cities that Yahweh your God gives to you”
13:12 yn6q rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵאמֹֽר 1 Here, the word **saying** introduces direct speech. Consider natural ways of doing that in your own language.
13:12-13 e5em rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes כִּֽי־תִשְׁמַ֞ע בְּאַחַ֣ת עָרֶ֗יךָ אֲשֶׁר֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהֶ֜יךָ נֹתֵ֥ן לְךָ֛ לָשֶׁ֥בֶת שָׁ֖ם לֵאמֹֽר & יָצְא֞וּ אֲנָשִׁ֤ים בְּנֵֽי־בְלִיַּ֨עַל֙ מִקִּרְבֶּ֔ךָ וַיַּדִּ֛יחוּ אֶת־יֹשְׁבֵ֥י עִירָ֖ם לֵאמֹ֑ר נֵלְכָ֗ה וְנַעַבְדָ֛ה אֱלֹהִ֥ים אֲחֵרִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־יְדַעְתֶּֽם 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “If you hear that some sons of wickedness have gone out from one of your cities that Yahweh your God gives to you to live there and have driven out the inhabitants in order to convince them to serve other gods that they have not known”\n
13:13 tqt4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּנֵֽי־בְלִיַּ֨עַל֙ 1 The expression **son of** describes a person who shares the qualities of something. If it would be helpful, you could use an equivalent idiom from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “wicked men”
13:13 di92 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִקִּרְבֶּ֔ךָ 1 The implication is that the “sons of wickedness” came from Israelite communities. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “from your communities”
13:13 wb69 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַיַּדִּ֛יחוּ אֶת־יֹשְׁבֵ֥י עִירָ֖ם 1 Here Moses is speaking of obedience as if it were a path that one walks on. He speaks of disobedience as someone driving one out from that path. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and have caused the inhabitants of their city to disobey Yahweh”
13:14 mc5u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet וְדָרַשְׁתָּ֧ וְחָקַרְתָּ֧ וְשָׁאַלְתָּ֖ הֵיטֵ֑ב 1 The terms **investigate**, **search out**, and **ask** mean similar things. Moses is using the terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “and carefully find out the truth of what happened”
13:14 ravu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo וְהִנֵּ֤ה 1 This phrase is introducing a hypothetical condition. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “and if, behold”
13:14 e1wk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism אֱמֶת֙ נָכ֣וֹן הַדָּבָ֔ר 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second clause emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word that shows that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “it is true, indeed, the matter is certain”
13:14 jbu3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive נֶעֶשְׂתָ֛ה הַתּוֹעֵבָ֥ה הַזֹּ֖את בְּקִרְבֶּֽךָ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the people of the city have done this terrible thing”
13:15 z0h5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication הַכֵּ֣ה תַכֶּ֗ה 1 The speaker is repeating the verb **strike** in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “you shall surely strike”
13:15 bq2m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְפִי & לְפִי 1 Here, **mouth** means “edge.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with the edge of … with the edge of”
13:15 gwqw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אֹתָ֧הּ & בְּהֶמְתָּ֖הּ 1 The pronoun **it** refers to the “city.” If this is not clear for your readers, you could repeat the word. Alternate translation: “that city … the livestock in the city”
13:16 q4wz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo וְשָׂרַפְתָּ֨ בָאֵ֜שׁ אֶת־הָעִ֤יר 1 The expression **burn the city in fire** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “and burn the city”
13:16 o5jc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְשָׂרַפְתָּ֨ בָאֵ֜שׁ אֶת־הָעִ֤יר וְאֶת־כָּל־שְׁלָלָהּ֙ כָּלִ֔יל 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses so that the objects of the verb **burn** are clear. Alternate translation: “and compltely burn the city and all its spoil in fire”
13:16 jlt0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לַיהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֶ֑יךָ 1 The implication is that burning the spoil would be like burning an offering for Yahweh. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “as an offering for Yahweh your God”
13:16 cj8w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תֵּ֣ל 1 The implication is that the city will become a **heap** of ruins. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “a heap of ashes”
13:16 t2u6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive לֹ֥א תִבָּנֶ֖ה עֽוֹד 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one will ever build that city again”
13:17 qe75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְלֹֽא־יִדְבַּ֧ק בְּיָדְךָ֛ מְא֖וּמָה מִן־הַחֵ֑רֶם 1 Here Moses is speaking of taking forbidden spoil as if the objects were clinging to one’s hands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And do not remove anything from the things for destruction as your own spoil”
13:17 l542 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result לְמַעַן֩ 1 Here, **so that** marks what follows as the goal or purpose of what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.
13:17 d934 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יָשׁ֨וּב יְהוָ֜ה מֵחֲר֣וֹן אַפּ֗וֹ 1 Here Moses is speaking of relenting from anger as if one were turning away from the **burning** fire of anger. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will relent in his rage”
13:17 pv6d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מֵחֲר֣וֹן אַפּ֗וֹ 1 Here, **the burning of his nose** is an idiom meaning that the person is angry. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from his rage”
13:17 o3gj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet וְנָֽתַן־לְךָ֤ רַחֲמִים֙ וְרִֽחַמְךָ֣ 1 The terms **give compassion** and **have compassion** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “and he will give you much compassion”
13:17 ub8z waiting rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְהִרְבֶּ֔ךָ 1 The implication is that Yahweh will **make** the population of Israelites **increase** in number by births. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and increase your population”
13:17 vyv7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לַאֲבֹתֶֽיךָ 1 Moses is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to your predecessors”
13:18 bzd5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo כִּ֣י 1 The word translated as **when** indicates that what follows is the condition for the blessings from Yahweh in the previous verse. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “only when”
13:18 zgj9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּקוֹל֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ 1 Here, **voice** represents the words that Yahweh spoke, which include his commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to what Yahweh your God says”
13:18 zvzg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns הַיָּשָׁ֔ר 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **right**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “good acts”
13:18 gjk4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּעֵינֵ֖י 1 Here, **in the eyes of** is an idiom for one's opinion or evaluation. Moses speaks as if evaluating something were physically seeing it with one's **eyes**. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “according to the judgment of”
14:intro epl7 0 # Deuteronomy 14 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter continues Moses’ second speech, which began in Chapter 4.\n\n- vv. 1-2: Commands for mourning practices\n- vv. 3-10: Clean and unclean creatures\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Law of Moses\n\nThis chapter is part of the law of Moses, which is part of the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. Yahweh will enable the Israelites to live on the land if they obey his commands. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n### Clean animals\n\nThere are animals which the law considered to be clean and unclean. The people were not allowed to eat the unclean animals. Scholars are uncertain about the reasons for the animals to be considered to be clean or unclean. The result of these food restrictions was a nation that was different than the nations surrounding it. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])\n\n## Other Potential Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\n### “You”\n\nMoses is speaking to all the Israelites, so all forms of the second person pronouns “you” and “your” are plural in this chapter unless otherwise specified. Use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])\n\n### Types of living creatures\n\nThis chapter discusses which living creatures are permissible for the Israelites to eat. It is unclear which specific creatures some of the Hebrew terms refer to, but the general categories of these creatures are explained in the notes. Additionally, your readers may not be familiar with many of these creatures. In your translation, you could use broad categories of animals, such as fish, birds of prey, and cattle. Or, you could use the names of similar creatures in your area as the ones mentioned in this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])\n\n### “The Place Yahweh your God will choose”\n\nMoses refers to the future place where the temple will be built as “the place Yahweh your God will choose for his name to dwell there” or “the place Yahweh your God will choose it.” These phrases emphasize that Yahweh decides how and where the Israelites must worship him. The wording of these phrases might be unnatural in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “the place Yahweh your God will set his name” or “the place Yahweh your God will choose”\n(See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
14:1 c6vr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בָּנִ֣ים 1 Here, **sons** means chosen and beloved people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are beloved people belonging to”
14:1 u1l8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction לֹ֣א תִתְגֹּֽדְד֗וּ 1 The other people groups living in the land would cut themselves with sharp objects when they mourned the dead. If this would not be clear to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action in the text or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “Do not split your skin with sharp objects in mourning”
14:1 qkn4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וְלֹֽא־תָשִׂ֧ימוּ קָרְחָ֛ה בֵּ֥ין עֵינֵיכֶ֖ם 1 The other people groups living in the land would shave the hair at the front of their heads when they mourned the dead. If this would not be clear to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action in the text or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “and do not cut off the hair on your forehead in mourning”
14:1 hlij rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בֵּ֥ין עֵינֵיכֶ֖ם 1 Here, **between your eyes** is an idiom that means “your forehad.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on the temples of your heads”
14:2 ovej rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 The word translated as **for** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “because”
14:2 mvtv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd אַתָּ֔ה & אֱלֹהֶ֑יךָ וּבְךָ֞ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to a group of people, **you** and **your** are singular in Hebrew here. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
14:2 ksd5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עַל־פְּנֵ֥י הָאֲדָמָֽה 1 Here, **face** represents the surface of the earth and everything that exists on it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are anywhere on the earth”
14:2 z5bl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism כִּ֣י עַ֤ם קָדוֹשׁ֙ אַתָּ֔ה לַיהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֶ֑יךָ וּבְךָ֞ בָּחַ֣ר יְהוָ֗ה לִֽהְי֥וֹת לוֹ֙ לְעַ֣ם סְגֻלָּ֔ה 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second clause emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word that shows that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “for you are a nation set apart for Yahweh your God, indeed, he has chosen you to be a people for his possession”
14:3 jpve rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd לֹ֥א תֹאכַ֖ל 1 Even though Moses is speaking to a group of people, **you** is singular in Hebrew here. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
14:5 pui3 return rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וּצְבִ֖י & וְדִישֹׁ֖ן וּתְא֥וֹ 1 These are all hoofed animals with long, thin legs that can run quickly. Their males grow horns from their head. If your readers would not be familiar with these types of animals, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “all kinds of hoofed wild animals”
14:6 tr2g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מַפְרֶ֣סֶת פַּרְסָ֗ה 1 Moses is referring to a **hoof** that is split into two parts instead of being one whole. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “whose hooves are two separate parts”
14:6 fusf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְשֹׁסַ֤עַת שֶׁ֨סַע֙ שְׁתֵּ֣י פְרָס֔וֹת 1 Moses is reffering to **hooves** that are split into two at the front, but the back of the hoof is connected. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “or with cloven hooves”
14:6 wwj1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מַעֲלַ֥ת גֵּרָ֖ה 1 An animal that chews **the cud** has multiple stomachs. The animal brings its food up from its stomach and chews it again. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “which are ruminants”
14:7 htdt rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast אַ֣ךְ אֶת־זֶ֞ה 1 Moses uses the phrase **Despite this** here to indicate a strong contrast between animals that are and are not permissible for the Israelites to eat. In your translation, indicate this strong contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yet”
14:7 v85x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִמַּֽעֲלֵ֣י הַגֵּרָ֔ה וּמִמַּפְרִיסֵ֥י הַפַּרְסָ֖ה הַשְּׁסוּעָ֑ה 1 See how you translated these terms in the previous verse.
14:7 t8p3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הָאַרְנֶ֨בֶת 1 A **rabbit** is a small, furry animal that eats plants and lives in holes in the ground. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “small, furry animals”
14:7 t6es rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הַשָּׁפָ֜ן 1 A **rock badger** is a medium-sized, furry animal that eats plants and lives in holes in the ground. It is also known as a rock hyrax or rock rabbit. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “larger furry animals”
14:7 c17f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor טְמֵאִ֥ים 1 An **unclean** animal is anything that is not ceremonially clean according to the law. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating this plainly. Alternate translation: “are impure”
14:8 v9dk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מַפְרִ֨יס פַּרְסָ֥ה הוּא֙ וְלֹ֣א גֵרָ֔ה 1 See how you translated these terms in [verse 6](../14/06.md).
14:8 z1om rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor טָמֵ֥א 1 An **unclean** animal is anything that is not ceremonially clean according to the law. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating this plainly. Alternate translation: “is impure”
14:9 w8p6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִכֹּ֖ל אֲשֶׁ֣ר בַּמָּ֑יִם 1 Moses is referring to any creature that lives **in the water**. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “from aquatic creatures”
14:9 j2pb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown סְנַפִּ֥יר 1 Here, the word **fins** refers to the thin, flat part which the fish uses to move through the water. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of body part, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “flippers”
14:9 r9ak rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְקַשְׂקֶ֖שֶׂת 1 The word **scales** refers to the small plates that cover the body of the fish, similar to those that cover a snake. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of body part, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “and flakes covering its skin”
14:10 eh5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor טָמֵ֥א 1 An **unclean** animal is anything that is not ceremonially clean according to the law. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating this plainly. Alternate translation: “is impure”
14:11 w535 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor טְהֹרָ֖ה 1 Something that is **clean** is anything that is permissible for an Israelite to eat while remaining ceremonially clean according to Yahweh’s law. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating this plainly. Alternate translation: “pure”
14:12 im2i rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns מֵהֶ֑ם 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the word “birds” from the previous verse. If this is not clear for your readers, you could repeat the word here. Alternate translation: “from the birds”
14:12 p3hr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְהַפֶּ֖רֶס 1 A **vulture** is a bird of prey that eats the meat of deade animals. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of bird, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “and the scavenging bird”
14:12 exf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְהָֽעָזְנִיָּֽה 1 An **osprey** is a bird of prey that eats fish. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of bird, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “and the bird that hunts fish”
14:13 d7v7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְהָרָאָה֙ 1 The term **kite** refers to a medium-sized bird that eats animals. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of bird, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “smaller birds of prey”
14:14 n72w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown עֹרֵ֖ב 1 A **raven** is an medium-sized, all-black bird that eats dead animals. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of bird, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “black scavenging bird”
14:15 ews4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown בַּ֣ת הַֽיַּעֲנָ֔ה 1 The term **daughter of clamor** refers to a bird that is also known as the ostrich. Ostriches are large birds that do not fly. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of bird, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the large, flightless birds”
14:15 fyvr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הַתַּחְמָ֖ס 1 A **night-hawk** is a medium-sized bird that hunts animals during the night. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of bird, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the medium-sized nocturnal bird of prey”
14:15 b638 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הַשָּׁ֑חַף 1 A **gull** is a bird that lives near bodies of water that soars in the sky or scavenges on the ground. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of bird, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the scavenging seabird”
14:15 cv5l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הַנֵּ֖ץ 1 A **hawk** is a medium-sized bird that eats animals. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of bird, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “birds that eat animals”
14:16 tzbp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ת־הַכּ֥וֹס וְאֶת־הַיַּנְשׁ֖וּף 1 An **owl** is a medium-to-large-sized bird that hunts animals during the night. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of bird, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “large, nocturnal birds of prey”
14:17 ns79 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְהַקָּאָ֥ת 1 A **pelican** is a large bird that wades in bodies of water and eats fish. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of fish, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “and the wading bird that hunts fish”
14:17 trim rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הָרָחָ֖מָה 1 An **osprey** is a soaring bird of prey who lives near bodies of water and hunts fish. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of bird, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the soaring bird that hunts fish”
14:17 z53d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הַשָּׁלָֽךְ 1 A **cormorant** is a bird that lives in the water and eats fish. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of bird, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the aquatic bird that hunts fish”
14:18 h1j8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְהַ֣חֲסִידָ֔ה 1 A **stork** is a large bird with a long beak that wades in the water. They eat small creatures. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of bird, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “and the large wading bird”
14:18 gp2p rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְהָאֲנָפָ֖ה 1 A **heron** is a medium-sized bird with long legs and a long neck. It lives near bodies of water. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of bird, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “and the long-legged bird”
14:18 jpdi rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְהַדּוּכִיפַ֖ת 1 A **hoopoe** is a small, colorful bird with a crown of feathers on the top of its head. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of bird, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “and the small, crowned bird”
14:18 r1s4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְהָעֲטַלֵּֽף 1 A **bat** is a flying animal with wings and a furry body. It hunts insects and rodents at night. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of flying animal, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “and the nocturnal flying animal”
14:19 jr8q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit שֶׁ֣רֶץ הָע֔וֹף 1 The phrase **winged, swarming thing** refers to flying insects that move in large groups. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “flying insects traveling in groups”
14:19 h58v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj שֶׁ֣רֶץ הָע֔וֹף 1 Moses is using the adjectives **winged** and **swarming** as nouns to mean insects that have wings and who swarm. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “flying insects that travel in large groups”
14:19 inc1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor טָמֵ֥א 1 An **unclean** creature is anything that is not ceremonially clean according to the law of Yahweh. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating this plainly. Alternate translation: “impure”
14:19 x6ti rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive לֹ֖א יֵאָכֵֽלוּ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “do not eat them”
14:20 w3ur rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ע֥וֹף 1 Moses is using the adjective **flying** as a noun to mean any creature that flies. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “flying creatures”
14:20 kx6u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor טָה֖וֹר 1 Something that is **clean** is anything that is permissible for an Israelite to eat while remaining ceremonially clean according to Yahweh’s law. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating this plainly. Alternate translation: “pure”
14:21 jv9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom נְ֠בֵלָה 1 Here, **dying of itself** is an idiom that means “died of natural causes.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “died peacefully”
14:21 nfkd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd בִּשְׁעָרֶ֜יךָ & תִּתְּנֶ֣נָּה & אַתָּ֔ה & אֱלֹהֶ֑יךָ לֹֽא־תְבַשֵּׁ֥ל 1 Even though Moses is speaking to a group of people, **you**, **your**, and the command forms are singular here. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
14:21 h0tx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בִּשְׁעָרֶ֜יךָ 1 Here, **gates** represents the border of a town or city. Anyone who was inside the gates was part of the community. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “is within your community”
14:21 xdpq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis מָכֹר֙ 1 Moses is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “sell it”
14:21 zo8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 The word translated as **For** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “This is because”
14:22 oimi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd תְּעַשֵּׂ֔ר & זַרְעֶ֑ךָ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to a group of people, **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
14:22 yq3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication עַשֵּׂ֣ר תְּעַשֵּׂ֔ר 1 Moses is repeating the verb **tithe** in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “You shall surely tithe”
14:22 nfuq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession תְּבוּאַ֣ת זַרְעֶ֑ךָ 1 Here, Moses is using the possessive form to describe all the crops that a planted **seed** would **produce**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the harvest”
14:22 mnpn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit זַרְעֶ֑ךָ 1 Here, **seed** is literal and refers to seeds used in farming. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “your farming”
14:22 q611 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom שָׁנָ֥ה שָׁנָֽה 1 Here, **year after year** is an idiom that means “every year.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “yearly” or “every year”
14:23 wc9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd וְאָכַלְתָּ֞ & אֱלֹהֶ֗יךָ & דְּגָֽנְךָ֙ תִּֽירֹשְׁךָ֣ וְיִצְהָרֶ֔ךָ & בְּקָרְךָ֖ וְצֹאנֶ֑ךָ & תִּלְמַ֗ד & אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to a group of people, **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
14:23 n5kz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֣י 1 Here, **face** represents the presence of someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the presence of”
14:23 dh4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo אֲשֶׁר־יִבְחַר֮ לְשַׁכֵּ֣ן שְׁמ֣וֹ שָׁם֒ 1 The expression **that he will choose for his name to dwell there** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “where his name will dwell”
14:23 ie67 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun דְּגָֽנְךָ֙ תִּֽירֹשְׁךָ֣ וְיִצְהָרֶ֔ךָ וּבְכֹרֹ֥ת 1 In this verse, the words **grain, wine, oil**, and **firstborn** are singular in form, but they refers to anything an Israelite might tithe. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “all your crops of grain, all of your new wine and all of your oil and all the firstborn males of”
14:23 wbfk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תִּֽירֹשְׁךָ֣ וְיִצְהָרֶ֔ךָ 1 The implication is that the Israelites will grow crops of grapes and olives in the land. Wine is made from grapes and oil is made from olives. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and your grapes for wine and your olive trees for oil”
14:23 kfjo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּבְכֹרֹ֥ת 1 In [Exodus 13:2](Exo/13/02.md), Yahweh commands the Israelites to dedicate all firstborn males to him. This command would remind the Israelites that Yahweh saved the firstborn sons from the plague in Egypt that killed all other firstborn sons. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and the firstborn males that you are commanded to sacrifice from”
14:23 jh11 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לְמַ֣עַן 1 Here, **so that** marks what follows as the goal or purpose of what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.
14:23 x8q6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כָּל־הַיָּמִֽים 1 Here, **all the days** is an idiom that means “forever.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “forever”
14:24-25 aeid rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical וְכִֽי־יִרְבֶּ֨ה מִמְּךָ֜ הַדֶּ֗רֶךְ כִּ֣י לֹ֣א תוּכַ֘ל שְׂאֵתוֹ֒ כִּֽי־יִרְחַ֤ק מִמְּךָ֙ הַמָּק֔וֹם אֲשֶׁ֤ר יִבְחַר֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ לָשׂ֥וּם שְׁמ֖וֹ שָׁ֑ם כִּ֥י יְבָרֶכְךָ֖ יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶֽיךָ & וְנָתַתָּ֖ה 1 Moses is describing a hypothetical situation in order to tell the Israelites what they should do if it takes place. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “Suppose the journey is too long for you—that you are not able to carry it because the place that Yahweh your God will choose to place his name there is too far from you—when Yahweh your God blesses you, then give it”
14:24 n4n8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd מִמְּךָ֜ & תוּכַ֘ל & מִמְּךָ֙ & אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ & יְבָרֶכְךָ֖ & אֱלֹהֶֽיךָ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to a group of people, **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
14:24 zu5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns שְׂאֵתוֹ֒ 1 The pronoun **it** refers to the tithe of crops and livestock. If this is not clear for your readers, you could repeat the phrase from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “to carry the tithe from all your produce and livestock”
14:24 zqx7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְכִֽי־יִרְבֶּ֨ה מִמְּךָ֜ הַדֶּ֗רֶךְ כִּ֣י לֹ֣א תוּכַ֘ל שְׂאֵתוֹ֒ כִּֽי־יִרְחַ֤ק מִמְּךָ֙ הַמָּק֔וֹם אֲשֶׁ֤ר יִבְחַר֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ לָשׂ֥וּם שְׁמ֖וֹ שָׁ֑ם כִּ֥י יְבָרֶכְךָ֖ יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶֽיךָ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases so that it is clear that Yahweh must bless the Israelites before the Israelites can sell their tithe. Alternate translation: “When Yahweh your God blesses you, and you are not able to carry it to the place that Yahweh your God will put his name because it is too far”
14:24 co37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּ֥י יְבָרֶכְךָ֖ יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶֽיךָ 1 The implication is that Yahweh will bless the Israelites by allowing their crops and cattle to grow well. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “when Yahweh your God blesses your fields and flocks”
14:25 h9be rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְנָתַתָּ֖ה 1 The pronoun **it** refers to the tithe. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the word “tithe.” Alternate translation: “then you may give the tithe”
14:25 djju rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd וְנָתַתָּ֖ה & וְצַרְתָּ֤ & בְּיָ֣דְךָ֔ וְהָֽלַכְתָּ֙ & אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to a group of people, **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
14:25 gn1x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְנָתַתָּ֖ה בַּכָּ֑סֶף 1 The implication is that the Israelite who lives too far from the temple should sell the tithe where he lives. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “then you will sell your offering for money”\n
14:25 q4rb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְצַרְתָּ֤ הַכֶּ֨סֶף֙ בְּיָ֣דְךָ֔ 1 The implication is that the Israelite should take the money from selling the tithe and bring the money with him. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and bring the money”
14:25 n7cy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִבְחַ֛ר יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ בּֽוֹ 1 The expression **that Yahweh your God will choose it** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “which Yahweh your God will choose”
14:26 l85k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd וְנָתַתָּ֣ה & תְּאַוֶּ֨ה נַפְשְׁךָ֜ & תִּֽשְׁאָלְךָ֖ נַפְשֶׁ֑ךָ וְאָכַ֣לְתָּ & אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ וְשָׂמַחְתָּ֖ אַתָּ֥ה וּבֵיתֶֽךָ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to a group of people, **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
14:26 niss rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְנָתַתָּ֣ה הַכֶּ֡סֶף 1 The implication is that the Israelite will use the moeny to buy things where the temple is. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “And purchase”
14:26 m22p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּכֹל֩ אֲשֶׁר־תְּאַוֶּ֨ה נַפְשְׁךָ֜ & וּבְכֹ֛ל אֲשֶׁ֥ר תִּֽשְׁאָלְךָ֖ נַפְשֶׁ֑ךָ 1 Here **soul** represents a person’s inner being, will, and desires. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for anything you desire … or anything else you yourself desire”
14:26 dnse rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וּבַשֵּׁכָ֔ר 1 Here, **strong drink** is an idiom that means “hard liquor.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “or for liquor”
14:26 zj71 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit שָּׁ֗ם 1 The word **there** refers to the place where Yahweh will choose for the Israelites to worship him. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “at the temple”
14:26 qi5i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִפְנֵי֙ 1 Here, **face** represents the presence of someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before”
14:26 t4n3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְשָׂמַחְתָּ֖ אַתָּ֥ה וּבֵיתֶֽךָ 1 The implication is that the Israelite and their household would **rejoice** at the temple because Yahweh blessed them, their flocks, and their crops. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and you shall rejoice because Yahweh is good to you, you and your household”
14:27 wmu4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd בִּשְׁעָרֶ֖יךָ לֹ֣א תַֽעַזְבֶ֑נּוּ & עִמָּֽךְ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to a group of people, **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
14:27 snzk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun וְהַלֵּוִ֥י & לֹ֣א תַֽעַזְבֶ֑נּוּ & ל֛וֹ 1 The word **Levite**, and the corresponding pronouns **him** and **he** represent all Levites in general, not one particular Levite. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions, as modeled by the UST.
14:27 g4oe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בִּשְׁעָרֶ֖יךָ 1 Here, **gates** represents the border of a town or city. Anyone who was inside the gates was part of the community. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “is within your community”
14:27 kt4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives לֹ֣א תַֽעַזְבֶ֑נּוּ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative verb **forsake**. Alternate translation: “remember him”
14:27 ea5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֹ֣א תַֽעַזְבֶ֑נּוּ 1 The Levites relied on tithes to live, as commanded by Yahweh. Yahweh chose the Levites to serve him, so they did not have any land to generate produce within their towns. You could include this information if it would be helpful for your readers. Alternate translation: “do not forsake the Levite by withholding the tithe from him”
14:27 kh3l rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 The word translated as **for** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “since”
14:27 wll4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֵ֥ין ל֛וֹ חֵ֥לֶק וְנַחֲלָ֖ה עִמָּֽךְ 1 The implication is that the Levites will not receive any portion or inheritance of land. See [Numbers 18:20](Num/18/20.md) for more information. You could include this information if it would be helpful for your readers. Alternate translation: “the Levite does not own any land”
14:28 zrg5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd תּוֹצִיא֙ & תְּבוּאָ֣תְךָ֔ & בִּשְׁעָרֶֽיךָ 1 Even though Moses is speaking to a group of people, **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
14:28 m1uq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go תּוֹצִיא֙ 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “take” instead of **bring**. Alternate translation: “you shall take out”
14:28 pjz0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תּוֹצִיא֙ אֶת־כָּל־מַעְשַׂר֙ תְּבוּאָ֣תְךָ֔ בַּשָּׁנָ֖ה הַהִ֑וא וְהִנַּחְתָּ֖ בִּשְׁעָרֶֽיךָ 1 The implication is that this produce would be stored somewhere in the town to give to anyone in the community who needed food. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “you shall bring the tithe of your produce for that year and put it in a community storehouse for the needy”
14:28 nf4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בִּשְׁעָרֶֽיךָ 1 Here, the word **gates** represents the border of a town or city. Anyone who was inside the gates was part of the community. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “within your community”
14:29 bth5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd עִמָּ֗ךְ & יְבָרֶכְךָ֙ & אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ & יָדְךָ֖ & תַּעֲשֶֽׂה 1 Even though Moses is speaking to a group of people, **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.
14:29 mju1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֵֽין־לוֹ֩ חֵ֨לֶק וְנַחֲלָ֜ה עִמָּ֗ךְ 1 The implication is that the Levites will not receive any portion or inheritance of land. See [Numbers 18:20](Num/18/20.md) for more information. You could include this information if it would be helpful for your readers. Alternate translation: “the Levite does not own any land”
14:29 pzwz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בִּשְׁעָרֶ֔יךָ 1 Here, the word **gates** represents the border of a town or city. Anyone who was inside the gates was part of the community. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “within your community”
14:29 xrwf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לְמַ֤עַן 1 Here, **so that** marks what follows as the goal or purpose of what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.
14:29 zfp5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche יָדְךָ֖ אֲשֶׁ֥ר תַּעֲשֶֽׂה 1 Moses is using **hand** to represent the whole person in the act of working. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that you yourself do”
15:intro n3mh 0 # Deuteronomy 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\nThis chapter continues Moses’ second speech that began in chapter 4.\n\n- vv. 1-11: Rules for canceling debts every 7 years\n- vv. 12-18: Rules for fellow Israelite slaves\n- vv. 19-23: Rules for firstborn male livestock\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Israelite slaves\n\nThis chapter contains rules for owning slaves that were fellow Israelites. An Israelite might work as another Israelite’s slave to pay off debt. Instead of receiving pay, their wages would go toward their debt. The debtor would be their creditor’s property, and they could not work elsewhere. If the word “slave” would not accurately describe this practice in your culture, you could use a comparable term, such as “indentured servant” or “bondservant.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/servant]])\n\n## Other possible translation issues in this chapter\n\n### “You”\nWhen Moses refers to the Israelites, he uses both singular and plural forms of “you.” \n- vv. 1- : “You” is singular.\nUse pronouns that would be natural in your language for referring to a group of people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
15:1 cd6y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִקֵּ֥ץ שֶֽׁבַע־שָׁנִ֖ים 1 The implication is that the Israelites must obey this command once every seven years. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Every seventh year”
15:1 dqgm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative תַּעֲשֶׂ֥ה 1 See [book introduction](../front/intro.md) for more information about translating **shall**. Alternate translation: “make”
15:1 ym2l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תַּעֲשֶׂ֥ה שְׁמִטָּֽה 1 The implication is that the **remission** is a **remission** of debts. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “you shall declare that loans do not need to be paid back”
15:2 dx4o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy דְּבַ֣ר 1 Here, **word** represents instructions or commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is the procedure for”
15:2 bide rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַשְּׁמִטָּה֒ & שְׁמִטָּ֖ה 1 The implication is that the **remission** is a **remission** of debts. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “how you should release debts … the commandment for remission of debt of”
15:2 wti8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בַּ֨עַל֙ מַשֵּׁ֣ה 1 The implication is that the **owner of debt** loaned money to someone else. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “creditor”
15:2 bfqr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom שָׁמ֗וֹט כָּל־בַּ֨עַל֙ מַשֵּׁ֣ה יָד֔וֹ 1 Here, **release his hand** is an idiom that means “forgive the debts owed to him.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Every owner of debt shall forgive what is owed to him”
15:2 y5dj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּרֵעֵ֑הוּ & אֶת־רֵעֵ֨הוּ֙ 1 Here Moses is speaking as if any fellow Israelite living in the same community as oneself were one’s next door **neighbor**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to his fellow Hebrew … his fellow Hebrew”
15:2 g41a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אָחִ֔יו 1 Here **brother** means “fellow Israelite.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “even his fellow Israelite”
15:2 l5im rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive כִּֽי־קָרָ֥א שְׁמִטָּ֖ה לַֽיהוָֽה 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “because Yahweh has commanded you to void debts”
15:3 xv49 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom תַּשְׁמֵ֥ט יָדֶֽךָ 1 Here, **release your hand** is an idiom that means “forgive the debts owed to you.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you must forgive whatever he owes”
15:4 cxl8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj אֶבְי֑וֹן 1 Moses is using the adjective **poor** as a noun to mean poor people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “destitute ones”
15:4 k0kw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication בָרֵ֤ךְ יְבָֽרֶכְךָ֙ יְהוָ֔ה 1 Moses is repeating the verb **bless** in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will surely bless you”
15:4 k586 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo בָּאָ֕רֶץ אֲשֶׁר֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ נֹֽתֵן־לְךָ֥ נַחֲלָ֖ה לְרִשְׁתָּֽהּ 1 The expression **in the land that Yahweh your God is giving to you as an inheritance, to possess it** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “in the land that he is giving to you”
15:5 e1uc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical רַ֚ק אִם 1 Moses is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that Yahweh will only bless the Israelites if they obey him. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “if and only if”
15:5 s4b4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication שָׁמ֣וֹעַ תִּשְׁמַ֔ע 1 Moses is repeating the verb **listen** in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “you indeed listen”
15:5 x28x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּק֖וֹל 1 Here, **voice** represents the words that Yahweh spoke, which include his commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to the commands of”
15:5 m0yt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אָנֹכִ֥י מְצַוְּךָ֖ 1 Moses is telling the Israelites the commands from Yahweh. Yahweh is the original source of the commands. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “I am commanding you on his behalf”
15:6 f8v2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor דִּבֶּר 1 Here, **spoke** means “promised”. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he swore”
15:6 f39v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְהַֽעֲבַטְתָּ֞ & וְאַתָּה֙ לֹ֣א תַעֲבֹ֔ט 1 Moses is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. The fact that Moses is talking about money is implied from the context. Alternate translation: “you will lend money … and you yourself will not borrow money”
15:6 iv7c rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְאַתָּה֙ לֹ֣א תַעֲבֹ֔ט 1 For emphasis, Moses is stating the pronoun **you**, whose meaning is already included in the verb translated as **borrow**. If your language can state implied pronouns explicitly for emphasis, you may want to use that construction in your translation. Other languages may have other ways of bringing out this emphasis. The ULT does so by using the intensive pronoun **yourself**. Alternate translation: “and you indeed will not borrow”
15:6 p426 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy גּוֹיִ֣ם & & בְּגוֹיִ֣ם רַבִּ֔ים 1 Here, the word **nations** represents the people living in those nations. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “peoples … over many peoples”
15:6 bodm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּמָֽשַׁלְתָּ֙ & לֹ֥א יִמְשֹֽׁלוּ 1 Here, **rule** means “have financial influence”. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and your economy will have sway … their economy will have no sway ”
15:7 ic8w rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical כִּֽי 1 Here, Moses is using **If** to introduce a hypothetical situation and give instructions for what to do if the situation occurs. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “In the case that”
15:7 e7tf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj אֶבְי֜וֹן 1 Moses is using the adjective **poor** as a noun to mean poor person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “any needy person”
15:7 yi5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אַחֶ֨יךָ֙ & מֵאָחִ֖יךָ הָאֶבְיֽוֹן 1 Here **brothers** and **brother** means “fellow Israelites”. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your fellow countrymen … from your poor fellow Israelite”
15:7 cw85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche שְׁעָרֶ֔יךָ 1 Here, **gates** represents the border of a town or city. Anyone who was inside the gates was part of the community. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “your communities”
15:7 s1y1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לֹ֧א תְאַמֵּ֣ץ אֶת־לְבָבְךָ֗ 1 Here, **harden your heart** is an idiom that means “be cruel.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you must not be hard-hearted” or “you must not be cruel”
15:7 bsfj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives וְלֹ֤א תִקְפֹּץ֙ אֶת־יָ֣דְךָ֔ מֵאָחִ֖יךָ הָאֶבְיֽוֹן 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative verb **shut**. Alternate translation: “and you must open your hand to your poor brother”
15:7 y4ak rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְלֹ֤א תִקְפֹּץ֙ אֶת־יָ֣דְךָ֔ 1 Here, **shut your hand** is an idiom that means “be stingy.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and you must not be stingy”
15:8 mx4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast כִּֽי 1 Moses uses the word **but** here to indicate a strong contrast between what an Israelite should and should not do to a poor fellow Israelite. In your translation, indicate this strong contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for”
15:8 kg0l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication פָתֹ֧חַ תִּפְתַּ֛ח 1 Moses is repeating the verb **open** in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “you must surely open”
15:8 x1h1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom תִּפְתַּ֛ח אֶת־יָדְךָ֖ 1 Here, **open your hand** is an idiom that means “give generously.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you must give freely”
15:8 wupa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo מַחְסֹר֔וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר יֶחְסַ֖ר לֽוֹ 1 The expression **his need that he has need** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “for whatever he needs”
15:9 x1yr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo פֶּן 1 Moses is using the word **lest** to introduce a hypothetical condition as a warning for a negative consequence. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “in case”
15:9 a3sg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy פֶּן־יִהְיֶ֣ה דָבָר֩ עִם־לְבָבְךָ֨ בְלִיַּ֜עַל 1 Here, **heart** represents a person’s inner being and thoughts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “lest you think of a wicked matter”
15:9 w2xz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes יִהְיֶ֣ה דָבָר֩ עִם־לְבָבְךָ֨ בְלִיַּ֜עַל לֵאמֹ֗ר קָֽרְבָ֣ה שְׁנַֽת־הַשֶּׁבַע֮ שְׁנַ֣ת הַשְּׁמִטָּה֒ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you remember that the year of remission is near and you think of a wicked matter”
15:9 ldyd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵאמֹ֗ר 1 Here, the word **saying** introduces someone’s thoughts. Consider natural ways of doing that in your own language.
15:9 fc71 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit קָֽרְבָ֣ה שְׁנַֽת־הַשֶּׁבַע֮ שְׁנַ֣ת הַשְּׁמִטָּה֒ 1 It is implied that someone would be reluctant to lend money because they might have to cancel the debt at the year of remission before the debtor pays it back. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “The seventh year, the year of remission, is near, and I might have to cancel debts owed to me”
15:9 x9aa rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal שְׁנַֽת־הַשֶּׁבַע֮ 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “Year seven”
15:9 tbi0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַשְּׁמִטָּה֒ 1 The implication is that the **remission** is a **remission** of debts. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “loan cancellation”
15:9 ys9m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְרָעָ֣ה עֵֽינְךָ֗ 1 Here, **do wrong in your eyes** is an idiom that means “act hostile.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and you act with hostility”
15:9 n5bx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּאָחִ֨יךָ֙ הָֽאֶבְי֔וֹן 1 Here **brother** means “fellow Israelite”. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “against your poor fellow countryman”
15:9 ia9s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְקָרָ֤א עָלֶ֨יךָ֙ אֶל־יְהוָ֔ה 1 The implication is that the poor Israelite will complain to Yahweh about the Israelite’s lack of generosity. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and he complains to Yahweh that you did not help him”
15:9 qs88 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְהָיָ֥ה בְךָ֖ חֵֽטְא 1 The implication is that Yahweh would condemn the Israelite for his lack of generosity. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh will condemn your actions as sin”
15:10 tie9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication נָת֤וֹן תִּתֵּן֙ 1 Moses is repeating the verb **give** in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “You must surely give”
15:10 r7sr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְלֹא־יֵרַ֥ע לְבָבְךָ֖ 1 Here, **heart** represents a person’s desires. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and you shall not desire to do evil”
15:10 ew7n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וּבְכֹ֖ל מִשְׁלַ֥ח יָדֶֽךָ 1 Here, **the sending out of your hand** is an idiom that means “the results of your hard work.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and in all the fruits of your labor” or “and in all the results of your hard work”
15:11 yhm6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives לֹא־יֶחְדַּ֥ל אֶבְי֖וֹן מִקֶּ֣רֶב הָאָ֑רֶץ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative verb **cease**. Alternate translation: “needy people will live among you continually”
15:11 tq3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj אֶבְי֖וֹן 1 Moses is using the adjective **poor** as a noun to mean poor people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “needy people”
15:11 vi74 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes אָנֹכִ֤י מְצַוְּךָ֙ לֵאמֹ֔ר פָּ֠תֹחַ תִּפְתַּ֨ח אֶת־יָדְךָ֜ לְאָחִ֧יךָ לַעֲנִיֶּ֛ךָ וּלְאֶבְיֹנְךָ֖ בְּאַרְצֶֽךָ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “I command you to open your hand to your brother, to your needy, and to your poor in your land”
15:11 x1w3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵאמֹ֔ר 1 Here, the word **saying** introduces direct speech. Consider natural ways of doing that in your own language.
15:11 lbvz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication פָּ֠תֹחַ תִּפְתַּ֨ח 1 Moses is repeating the verb **open** in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “You must surely open”
15:11 l4vm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor פָּ֠תֹחַ תִּפְתַּ֨ח אֶת־יָדְךָ֜ 1 Here **open your hand** means “give generously.” Moses is speaking of opening one’s hand as if one were allowing other people to take whatever they wanted from oneself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Eagerly offer help”
15:11 zalp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לְאָחִ֧יךָ 1 Here, **brother** means “fellow Israelite.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to your fellow countryman”
15:11 bvr1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish לְאָחִ֧יךָ לַעֲנִיֶּ֛ךָ וּלְאֶבְיֹנְךָ֖ 1 This does not mean “to all poor people and to all needy people.” Moses is referring to Israelites who are poor or needy. Be sure that this distinction is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “to your brother who is needy and poor”
15:11 v4zq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet לַעֲנִיֶּ֛ךָ וּלְאֶבְיֹנְךָ֖ 1 The terms **needy** and **poor** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “to the ones who are in need”
15:11 v9wz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj לַעֲנִיֶּ֛ךָ וּלְאֶבְיֹנְךָ֖ 1 Moses is using the adjectives **needy** and **poor** as nouns to mean needy people and poor people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “to your ones who are needy, and to your ones who are poor”
15:12 lexb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical כִּֽי־יִמָּכֵ֨ר לְךָ֜ אָחִ֣יךָ הָֽעִבְרִ֗י א֚וֹ הָֽעִבְרִיָּ֔ה וַעֲבָֽדְךָ֖ שֵׁ֣שׁ שָׁנִ֑ים וּבַשָּׁנָה֙ הַשְּׁבִיעִ֔ת תְּשַׁלְּחֶ֥נּוּ 1 Moses is describing a hypothetical situation in order to tell the Israelites what they should do if it takes place. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “Suppose your brother, a Hebrew man or Hebrew woman, is sold to you and serves you six years, then in the seventh year you should send him out”
15:12 s6rs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אָחִ֣יךָ 1 Here, **brother** means “fellow Israelite.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your fellow countryman”
15:12 w71j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יִמָּכֵ֨ר לְךָ֜ 1 When someone could not pay their debts, he or she would sell himself or herself to work for their creditor to pay back their debt. See the [chapter introduction](../15/intro.md) for more information. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “is sold to you to pay his debt”
15:12 s9n7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יִמָּכֵ֨ר לְךָ֜ אָחִ֣יךָ הָֽעִבְרִ֗י א֚וֹ הָֽעִבְרִיָּ֔ה 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “your brother, a Hebrew man or a Hebrew woman, becomes your slave”
15:12 m72h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal וּבַשָּׁנָה֙ הַשְּׁבִיעִ֔ת 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “then in year seven”
15:12 cbq4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תְּשַׁלְּחֶ֥נּוּ 1 Here Moses is speaking of freeing a slave as if one were sending out a messenger from their house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you must liberate him”
15:13 buvo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְכִֽי־תְשַׁלְּחֶ֥נּוּ 1 See how you translated this in the previous verse.
15:13 f4yl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לֹ֥א תְשַׁלְּחֶ֖נּוּ רֵיקָֽם 1 Moses is speaking of a person who has no possessions as if he were an empty object. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you must not let him leave without provisions”
15:13 eo9f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives לֹ֥א תְשַׁלְּחֶ֖נּוּ רֵיקָֽם 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative adverb **emptily**. Alternate translation: “you must send him with provisions”
15:14 t5ik rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication הַעֲנֵ֤יק תַּעֲנִיק֙ 1 Moses is repeating the verb **liberally provide** in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “You must very liberally provide”
15:14 qimm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּמִֽגָּרְנְךָ֖ 1 Here, **threshing floor** represents grain for food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and from your food”
15:14 u0u4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּמִיִּקְבֶ֑ךָ 1 Here, **winepress** represents wine. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and from your wine”
15:14 u56k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֲשֶׁ֧ר בֵּרַכְךָ֛ יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ 1 The implication is that Yahweh is the one who enabled the Israelite to have sheep, grain, and wine, so they should give it away as Yahweh commands. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Yahweh enabled you to have these possessions, so in proportion to what you have”
15:16-17 d664 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical וְהָיָה֙ כִּֽי־יֹאמַ֣ר אֵלֶ֔יךָ לֹ֥א אֵצֵ֖א מֵעִמָּ֑ךְ כִּ֤י אֲהֵֽבְךָ֙ וְאֶת־בֵּיתֶ֔ךָ כִּי־ט֥וֹב ל֖וֹ עִמָּֽךְ & וְלָקַחְתָּ֣ 1 Moses is describing a hypothetical situation in order to tell the Israelites what they should do if it takes place. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “If he should say to you, ‘I will not go from you,’ because he loves you and your house, because {it is} good for him {to be} with you, then you must take”
15:16 dd3q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes יֹאמַ֣ר אֵלֶ֔יךָ לֹ֥א אֵצֵ֖א מֵעִמָּ֑ךְ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he does not want to go from you”
15:16 g927 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בֵּיתֶ֔ךָ 1 Here, **house** represents the other people living in the owner’s house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your family”
15:16 pku4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ט֥וֹב ל֖וֹ עִמָּֽךְ 1 The implication is that it is **good** for the slave to be with the owner because the owner allows him to have a good life. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “he fares well with you”
15:17 dml6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְלָקַחְתָּ֣ אֶת־הַמַּרְצֵ֗עַ וְנָתַתָּ֤ה בְאָזְנוֹ֙ וּבַדֶּ֔לֶת 1 The implication is that the owner must pierce the slave’s earlobe. The slave would stand against a **door**, and the owner would poke the **awl** through the **ear** and into the **door**. The **door** helped the **awl** pierce all the way through the earlobe. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “then you will place his head against a flat surface in your house, and then put the point of the awl through one of his earlobes into the wood”
15:17 b9kr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown אֶת־הַמַּרְצֵ֗עַ 1 An **awl** is a sharp, pointed tool, usually made out of metal for making holes. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of tool, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a sharp tool”
15:17 nirc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עוֹלָ֑ם 1 Here Moses is speaking of someone’s lifespan as if it were **forever**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “until he dies”
15:17 ri7c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְאַ֥ף לַאֲמָתְךָ֖ תַּעֲשֶׂה־כֵּֽן 1 The implication is that the owner must **also** pierce a female servant’s ear if she wants to stay with him and his family. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “And if any of your female servants wants to stay with you, you shall also pierce their ear and let her be your slave for the rest of her life”
15:18 oxj8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לֹא־יִקְשֶׁ֣ה בְעֵינֶ֗ךָ 1 Here, **in your eyes** is an idiom for a person's opinion or evaluation. Moses speaks as if evaluating something were physically seeing it with one's eyes. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not consider it a burden”
15:18 zaxv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּשַׁלֵּֽחֲךָ֙ אֹת֤וֹ חָפְשִׁי֙ 1 Here Moses is speaking of freeing a slave as if one were letting a prisoner go. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for you to liberate him”
15:18 s7d6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִשְׁנֶה֙ שְׂכַ֣ר שָׂכִ֔יר עֲבָֽדְךָ֖ שֵׁ֣שׁ שָׁנִ֑ים 1 The implication is that the amount of money that a slave would earn to pay off their debt was half the amount of money that **a hired man** would earn in wages. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “he has served you six years at half the rate of a hired worker”
15:18 v42a rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וּבֵֽרַכְךָ֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ 1 Moses is saying that if the Israelites obey the commands about freeing slaves without complaining, then Yahweh will bless them as a result.If the connection between this statement and the previous one is not clear, you may want to use a connecting word to show how this statement relates to what came before it. Use a natural form in your language for connecting this statement to the previous one. Alternate translation: “If you do that, Yahweh your God will bless you”
15:19 mxqi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כָּֽל־הַבְּכ֡וֹר אֲשֶׁר֩ יִוָּלֵ֨ד בִּבְקָרְךָ֤ וּבְצֹֽאנְךָ֙ הַזָּכָ֔ר תַּקְדִּ֖ישׁ לַיהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֑יךָ 1 In [Exodus 13:2](Exo/13/02.md), Yahweh commands the Israelites to dedicate all firstborn male domesticated animals to him by sacrificing them at the temple or selling them for an offering. The animals were considered as Yahweh’s belongings. This command would remind the Israelites that Yahweh saved the firstborn sons from the plague in Egypt that killed all other firstborn sons. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Dedicate the firstborn males of your domesticated animals to Yahweh your God”
15:19 ag03 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases לֹ֤א תַעֲבֹד֙ בִּבְכֹ֣ר שׁוֹרֶ֔ךָ 1 The implication is that the Israelites could not use the firstborn male cows to pull plows in their fields. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Do not use the firstborn male cows to plow fields”
15:20 c1pf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִפְנֵי֩ 1 Here, **face** represents the presence of someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before”
15:20 w1lv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom שָׁנָ֣ה בְשָׁנָ֔ה 1 Here, **year by year** is an idiom that means “every year.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every year”
15:20 dq5f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּבֵיתֶֽךָ 1 Here, **house** represents all of the people living in the house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and your household”
15:21 h9rv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical וְכִֽי־יִהְיֶ֨ה ב֜וֹ מ֗וּם פִּסֵּ֨חַ֙ א֣וֹ עִוֵּ֔ר כֹּ֖ל מ֣וּם רָ֑ע לֹ֣א תִזְבָּחֶ֔נּוּ 1 Moses is describing a hypothetical situation in order to tell the Israelites what they should do if it takes place. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “Suppose it has on it a blemish—lame or blind, any severe blemish. In that case, you must not sacrifice it”
15:21 euqe rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns יִהְיֶ֨ה ב֜וֹ 1 The pronoun **it** refers to a firstborn male domesticated animal. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “the firstborn male animal has on itself”
15:21 jaw6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo יִהְיֶ֨ה ב֜וֹ מ֗וּם 1 The expression **it has on it a blemish** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “it has a blemish”
15:21 t6e5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown פִּסֵּ֨חַ֙ 1 The word **lame** means crippled or physically disabled. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of blemish, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “physically disabled”
15:22 p3c0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns תֹּאכֲלֶ֑נּוּ 1 The pronoun **it** refers to a firstborn male domesticated animal that has a physical defect. If this is not clear for your readers, you could state the term again. Alternate translation: “You shall eat the animal that has a blemish”
15:22 qx8i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche בִּשְׁעָרֶ֖יךָ 1 Here, gates represents the border of a town or city. Anyone who was inside the gates was part of the community. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “within your community”
15:22 rqw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הַטָּמֵ֤א וְהַטָּהוֹר֙ 1 A **clean** person is anyone who has is ceremonially clean according to Yahweh’s law. An **unclean** person is anyone who has touched something unclean according to the law. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating this plainly. Alternate translation: “everyone, whether or not they are ceremonially clean”
15:22 b6xm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj הַטָּמֵ֤א וְהַטָּהוֹר֙ 1 Moses is using the adjectives **unclean** and **clean** as nouns to refer to people and their ceremonial purity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are ceremonially unclean and people who are ceremonially clean”
15:22 dvbx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כַּצְּבִ֖י 1 The implication is that the Israelites could eat a firstborn male that has a blemish, just as they would eat wild animals (which are not used in sacrifices). You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “as you are allowed to eat wild animals like the gazelle”
15:22 lxt5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown כַּצְּבִ֖י 1 See how you translated this in [12:15](../12/15.md).
15:23 xsv5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast רַ֥ק 1 Moses uses the word **Only** here to indicate a strong contrast between which parts of the animals that the Israelites could and could not eat. In your translation, indicate this strong contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Except”
15:23 bw7p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶת־דָּמ֖וֹ לֹ֣א תֹאכֵ֑ל עַל־הָאָ֥רֶץ תִּשְׁפְּכֶ֖נּוּ כַּמָּֽיִם 1 See how you translated this in [12:16](../12/16.md).
16:intro fgs7 0 # Deuteronomy 16 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n### Outline\n- vv. 1-8: Instructions for the Festival of the Passover\n- vv. 9-12: Instructions for the Festival of the Harvest\n- vv. 13-17: Instructions for the Feast of Huts\n- vv. 18-22: Adminstration of Justice\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Feasts\n\nThis chapter gives instructions for the feasts that Yahweh commanded the Israelites to celebrate. The Passover feast represents the time when the Israelites escaped from Egypt. There are several other important festivals described in this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])\n\n## Other Potential Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\n### “You”\n\nWhen Moses is addressing the Israelites, he uses the singular forms of “you” in this chapter. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### “The Place Yahweh your God will choose”\n\nMoses refers to the future place where the temple will be built as “the place Yahweh your God will choose for his name to dwell there” or “the place Yahweh your God will choose it.” These phrases emphasize that Yahweh decides how and where the Israelites must worship him. The wording of these phrases might be unnatural in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “the place Yahweh your God will set his name” or “the place Yahweh your God will choose”\n(See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
16:1 byqt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit שָׁמוֹר֙ 1 The implication is that the Israelites must **keep** “the month of Aviv” by celebrating the Festival of the Passover during that month. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Celebrate”
16:1 q8mq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths אֶת־חֹ֣דֶשׁ הָאָבִ֔יב 1 **Aviv** is the first month of the Hebrew calendar and inhcludes parts of March and April on Western calendars. You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to give the number of the day and the name of the month on the Hebrew calendar, and say in a footnote approximately what time of year that is on your calendar.
16:1 tjfz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative וְעָשִׂ֣יתָ 1 For more information about translating “shall,” see the [book introduction](../front/intro.md).
16:1 uqsi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְעָשִׂ֣יתָ 1 Here, **make** means “celebrate” or “observe.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “observe”
16:1 jne3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּ֞י בְּחֹ֣דֶשׁ הָֽאָבִ֗יב הוֹצִ֨יאֲךָ֜ יְהוָ֧ה אֱלֹהֶ֛יךָ מִמִּצְרַ֖יִם לָֽיְלָה 1 This refers to the events of [Exodus 12](Exo/12/01.md), when Yahweh commanded the Israelites to celebrate because he was about to bring the Israelites **out from Egypt**. The Israelites left in a hurry at **night**. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “for in the month of Aviv, Yahweh your God commanded you to celebrate the Passover because he brought you out from Egypt at night”
16:1 kjsh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go הוֹצִ֨יאֲךָ֜ 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “took” instead of **brought**. Alternate translation: “took you out”
16:2 f3xc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy פֶּ֛סַח 1 Here, **Passover* represents the animal that the Israelites sacrificed for the Festival of the Passover. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the animal for the Passover”
16:2 tvqp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לַיהוָ֥ה 1 The implication is that the Passover sacrifice was for honoring **Yahweh**. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “for the honor of Yahweh”
16:2 nb19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy צֹ֣אן וּבָקָ֑ר 1 Here, **the flock and the herd** represent the animals sacrificed for the Festival of the Passover. Yahweh commanded each Israelite family to sacrifice a male lamb or goat without blemish during the sacrifice in [Numbers 9](Num/09/01.md) and [Exodus 12](Exo/12/01.md). You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “one male from the flock or the herd from each of your families”
16:2 ccpa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo בַּמָּקוֹם֙ אֲשֶׁר־יִבְחַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה לְשַׁכֵּ֥ן שְׁמ֖וֹ שָֽׁם 1 See [chapter introduction](../16/intro.md) for more information. Alternate translation: “in the place that Yahweh will set his name”
16:2 t12w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שְׁמ֖וֹ 1 Here, **name** represents Yahweh’s presence and blessings. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his presence”
16:3 fgj8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns עָלָיו֙ 1 The pronoun **it** refers to the animal for the Passover sacrifice. If this is not clear for your readers, you could state the noun again. Alternate translation: “with the sacrifice”
16:3 jpxw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns עָלָ֥יו 1 The pronoun **it** refers to the Feast of Unleavened Bread, which is the part of the Festival of the Passover that follows the Passover sacrifice. If this is not clear for your readers, you could state the name of the feast. Alternate translation: “during the Feast of Unleavened Bread”
16:3 i2cl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish עָלָ֥יו מַצּ֖וֹת לֶ֣חֶם עֹ֑נִי 1 Here, **bread of affliction** refers to **unleavened bread**. It does not refer to another type of bread that the Israelites should eat. Be sure that this distinction is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “unleavened bread, which is the bread of affliction, on it”
16:3 gfq1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 The word translated as **for** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “this is because”
16:3 dd9i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go יָצָ֨אתָ֙ 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “you went out”
16:3 df5u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְחִפָּז֗וֹן יָצָ֨אתָ֙ מֵאֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 The implication is that the Israelites had to leave Egypt so quickly that they did not have enough time to make bread with yeast in it, because bread with yeast takes time to rise. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “you could not wait for bread with yeast because you had to escape Egypt so fast”
16:3 zi9r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כֹּ֖ל יְמֵ֥י חַיֶּֽיךָ 1 Here, **days** is an idiom that refers to a duration of time. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as long as you live”
16:4 jvu8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְלֹֽא־יֵרָאֶ֨ה לְךָ֥ שְׂאֹ֛ר 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And get rid of all the yeast among you”
16:4 bmyz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יֵרָאֶ֨ה 1 Here, **seen** means “owned” or “possessed.” Moses is speaking of being **seen** with something as if it were owning it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “shall be present”
16:4 mbhd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְלֹא־יָלִ֣ין מִן־הַבָּשָׂ֗ר אֲשֶׁ֨ר תִּזְבַּ֥ח בָּעֶ֛רֶב בַּיּ֥וֹם הָרִאשׁ֖וֹן לַבֹּֽקֶר 1 The implication is that the Israelites must eat all the meat from the Passover sacrifice in the same evening that they sacrifice it. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and you must eat all of the meat that you sacrifice in the evening on that day”
16:4 uc3u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal בַּיּ֥וֹם הָרִאשׁ֖וֹן 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “day one”
16:5 s93m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶת־הַפָּ֑סַח 1 Here, **Passover* represents the animal that the Israelites sacrificed for the Festival of the Passover. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the animal for the Passover”
16:5 x2av rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche בְּאַחַ֣ד שְׁעָרֶ֔יךָ 1 Here, **gates** represents the borders of the towns in the land of Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the towns”
16:6 p7x6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo הַמָּק֞וֹם אֲשֶׁר־יִבְחַ֨ר יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהֶ֨יךָ֙ לְשַׁכֵּ֣ן שְׁמ֔וֹ שָׁ֛ם 1 See [chapter introduction](../16/intro.md) for more information. Alternate translation: “the place where Yahweh will set his name”
16:6 tu02 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שְׁמ֔וֹ 1 Here, **name** represents Yahweh’s presence and blessings. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for his presence”
16:6 dmbt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶת־הַפֶּ֖סַח 1 Here, **Passover* represents the animal that the Israelites sacrifice for the Festival of the Passover. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the animal for the Passover”
16:6 u7ep rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כְּב֣וֹא הַשֶּׁ֔מֶשׁ 1 Here, **the going down of the sun** is an idiom that means “sunset.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at sunset”
16:7 f6n3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וּבִשַּׁלְתָּ֙ וְאָ֣כַלְתָּ֔ 1 Moses is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “And you shall cook the meat and eat it”
16:7 djph rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo בַּמָּק֕וֹם אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִבְחַ֛ר יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ בּ֑וֹ 1 See [chapter introduction](../16/intro.md) for more information. Alternate translation: “in the place which Yahweh your God will choose”
16:7 et9c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּפָנִ֣יתָ בַבֹּ֔קֶר וְהָלַכְתָּ֖ 1 Here, the word **turn** describes the beginning of action. Your language may have a comparable expression that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “and in the morning you shall go back”
16:8 sj92 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal וּבַיּ֣וֹם הַשְּׁבִיעִ֗י 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “and on day seven”
16:9 bxy9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom חֶרְמֵשׁ֙ בַּקָּמָ֔ה 1 Here, **the sickle on the grain** is an idiom that means “harvest time.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “harvesting time”\n
16:9 lw26 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown חֶרְמֵשׁ֙ 1 A **sickle** is a tool used for cutting grain. It usually has a short handle and a semicircular blade. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of farming tool, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the harvesting tool”
16:10 pjc9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche נִדְבַ֥ת יָדְךָ֖ אֲשֶׁ֣ר תִּתֵּ֑ן 1 Here, **hand** represents the whole person in the act of giving an offering. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the freewill offering that you personally give”
16:10 n1v1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כַּאֲשֶׁ֥ר יְבָרֶכְךָ֖ יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶֽיךָ 1 The implication is that Yahweh blesses the Israelites by causing their grain to grow. Thus, the Israelites must offer a portion of grain that reflects how much grain Yahweh blessed them with. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “according to the amount of grain that Yahweh your God blessed you with by causing it to grow”
16:11 cvjc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֣י 1 Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh”
16:11 vju9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun וּבִנְךָ֣ וּבִתֶּךָ֮ וְעַבְדְּךָ֣ וַאֲמָתֶךָ֒ וְהַלֵּוִי֙ & וְהַגֵּ֛ר וְהַיָּת֥וֹם וְהָאַלְמָנָ֖ה 1 These terms do not refer to a specific person. These terms represent these categories of people in general. Alternate translation: “any of your sons, daughters, male servants, females servants, or Levites … and any foreigners, fatherless, or widows”
16:11 h2jm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche בִּשְׁעָרֶ֔יךָ 1 Here, **gates** represents the border of a town or city. Anyone who was inside the gates was part of the community. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “is within your community”
16:11 yzic rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo בַּמָּק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֤ר יִבְחַר֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ לְשַׁכֵּ֥ן שְׁמ֖וֹ שָֽׁם 1 See [chapter introduction](../16/intro.md) for more information. Alternate translation: “in the place where Yahweh your God will set his name”
16:11 hcdl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שְׁמ֖וֹ 1 Here, **name** represents Yahweh’s presence and blessings. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for his presence”
16:13 uckr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִֽגָּרְנְךָ֖ 1 Here, **threshing floor** represents the harvest of grain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of your grain”
16:13 vs1l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּמִיִּקְבֶֽךָ 1 Here, **winepress** represents wine made from the harvest of grapes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and wine”
16:13 eruh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun מִֽגָּרְנְךָ֖ וּמִיִּקְבֶֽךָ 1 These terms do not refer to a specific theshing floor or winepress. These terms represent the yearly harvest in general. Alternate translation: “from any of your threshing floors or winepresses”
16:14 fe6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun וּבִנְךָ֤ וּבִתֶּ֨ךָ֙ וְעַבְדְּךָ֣ וַאֲמָתֶ֔ךָ וְהַלֵּוִ֗י וְהַגֵּ֛ר וְהַיָּת֥וֹם וְהָאַלְמָנָ֖ה 1 These terms do not refer to a specific person. These terms represent these categories of people in general. Alternate translation: “any of your sons, daughters, male servants, females servants, Levites foreigners, fatherless, or widows”
16:14 uv5f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche בִּשְׁעָרֶֽיךָ 1 Here, **gates** represents the borders of the towns. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are in your communities”
16:15 c3hy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וּבְכֹל֙ מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה יָדֶ֔יךָ 1 Moses is using **hand** to represent all of a person in the act of working. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and all of your own work”
16:16 g2xh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כָל־זְכוּרְךָ֜ 1 Here **males** refer to any man 20 years and older. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “all your adult men”
16:16 cxc2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶת־פְּנֵ֣י & אֶת־פְּנֵ֥י 1 Here, **face** represents the presence of someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the presence of … in the presence of”
16:16 pku8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes וְלֹ֧א יֵרָאֶ֛ה אֶת־פְּנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה רֵיקָֽם 1 Moses is using a figure of speech here that expresses a strongly positive meaning by using a negative word, **not**, together with an expression that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the positive meaning. Alternate translation: “And they must bring an offering before the pace of Yahweh”
16:17 xqxb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun אִ֖ישׁ 1 The word **man** represents all adult Israelite men in general, not one particular man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “each man”
16:17 wox0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche כְּמַתְּנַ֣ת יָד֑וֹ 1 Moses is using **hand** to represent the whole person in the act of giving an offering. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “according to what he himself gives”
16:17 kjug rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כְּבִרְכַּ֛ת יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ אֲשֶׁ֥ר נָֽתַן־לָֽךְ 1 The implication is that Yahweh blesses the Israelites by causing their crops and flocks to be healthy and produce. Thus, the Israelites must offer a portion of their produce that reflects how much Yahweh blessed them with. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “according to the amount of produce that Yahweh your God blessed you with by causing it to grow”
16:17 z9ul rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo כְּבִרְכַּ֛ת יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ אֲשֶׁ֥ר נָֽתַן־לָֽךְ 1 The expression **the blessing of Yahweh your God that he has given to you** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “according to the blessing that Yahweh your God has given you”
16:18 dc3d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תִּֽתֶּן־לְךָ֙ 1 Here, **set** means “appoint”. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Install”
16:18 vxu2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche בְּכָל־שְׁעָרֶ֔יךָ 1 Here, **gates** represents the border of a town or city. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “within all your towns”
16:18 m9ua rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לִשְׁבָטֶ֑יךָ 1 The implication is that all of the 12 tribes of Israel will have judges and officers. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “from each of your tribes”
16:18 df9g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מִשְׁפַּט־צֶֽדֶק 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “justly”
16:19 q3on rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לֹא־תַטֶּ֣ה מִשְׁפָּ֔ט 1 Here, **twist** means “act unjustly in”. Moses is speaking of **a judgment** as if it were a physical object that one could **twist**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You shall not act unjustly when you make a decision”
16:19 ym37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מִשְׁפָּ֔ט 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the decision of a legal case”
16:19 c04h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לֹ֥א תַכִּ֖יר פָּנִ֑ים 1 Here, **recognize a face** is an idiom that means “show partiality.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you shall not play favorites” or “you shall not show partiality”
16:19 i1rk rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 The word translated as **for** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “because”
16:19 w1dc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification הַשֹּׁ֗חַד יְעַוֵּר֙ עֵינֵ֣י חֲכָמִ֔ים וִֽיסַלֵּ֖ף דִּבְרֵ֥י צַדִּיקִֽם 1 Here, Moses speaks of **a bribe** as if it were something that could **blind** and **pervert** someone else. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a bribe makes it difficult for the wise and righteous to make a just decision”
16:19 olnq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יְעַוֵּר֙ עֵינֵ֣י חֲכָמִ֔ים 1 Here Moses is speaking of a **wise** person making an unjust decision as if their **eyes** were blind. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “causes a wise person to ignore what is right”
16:19 pu4g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj חֲכָמִ֔ים & צַדִּיקִֽם 1 Moses is using the adjectives **wise** and **righteous** as nouns to mean wise people and righteous people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “wise people … righteous people”
16:19 e9ln rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וִֽיסַלֵּ֖ף דִּבְרֵ֥י צַדִּיקִֽם 1 The implication is that a bribe **perverts the words of the righteous** by encouraging a righteous person to speak false **words**. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and causes the righteous to speak falsley”
16:20 qtlc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication צֶ֥דֶק צֶ֖דֶק 1 Moses is repeating the noun **righteousness** in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “Righteousness, only righteousness”
16:20 yxu7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns צֶ֥דֶק צֶ֖דֶק תִּרְדֹּ֑ף 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **Righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “You shall only judge righteously”
16:20 xm5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor צֶ֥דֶק צֶ֖דֶק תִּרְדֹּ֑ף 1 Here Moses is speaking of a judge making a fair decision as if he were running in pursuit of **righteousness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You shall make fair decisions”
16:21 ec3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לֹֽא־תִטַּ֥ע 1 Here, **plant** means “erect.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You shall not erect”
16:22 klqy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מַצֵּבָ֑ה 1 The people groups in the land built stone pillars as symbols of their god Baal. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “a sacred stone pillar”
16:22 pza2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun מַצֵּבָ֑ה 1 The word **pillar** represents pillars for idols in general, not one particular pillar. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “any pillars”
16:22 mw2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish מַצֵּבָ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר שָׂנֵ֖א יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶֽיךָ 1 This does not mean “the pillar which Yahweh your God hates” which would imply that there are pillars used for idol worship that Yahweh does not hate. Be sure that this distinction is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “a pillar because Yahweh your God hates those”\n
17:intro a3z4 0 # Deuteronomy 17 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n### Outline\n- v. 1: More instructions for animals for sacrifice\n- vv. 2-7: Punishments for people who worship idols\n- vv. 8-13: Instructions for difficult legal cases\n- vv. 14-20: Instructions for kings\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Witnesses\n\nIn the ancient Near East, it was common for a person to be punished by the testimony of a single person, especially if this was an important person. The rules in this chapter give protection to people, especially the poor by requiring multiple witnesses. This allowed justice to be done. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])\n\n### King\n\nIsrael was not to have a king because Yahweh was their king. Knowing the sinfulness of the people, Yahweh anticipated that one day Israel would have a king. Therefore, this passage gives commands about their king prophetically. They were not allowed to collect chariots because they were a sign of earthly power and the king was to trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\n### “You”\n\nWhen Moses is addressing the Israelites, he uses the singular forms of, “you” and “your.” If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Generic nouns used in hypothetical conditions\n\nVerses 2-13 give examples of sins that an Israelite might commit when they live the land and instructions for deciding what should happen. In these hypothetical conditions, singular nouns like “man,” “woman,” and “judge” represent those groups of people in general, not a specific man or woman whom Moses is predicting will commit a sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that these terms refer to any person who fulfills the hypothetical situation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
17:1 a78k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun שׁ֣וֹר וָשֶׂ֗ה 1 Here, **ox** and **sheep** represent those animals in general, not one specific ox or sheep. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “any ox or any sheep”
17:1 lym4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֧י 1 The word translated as **for** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “because”
17:1 fem5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns הֽוּא 1 The pronoun **it** refers to a sacrifice that has a blemish. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “a blemished sacrifice”
17:2 uan2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical כִּֽי 1 Here, **If** introduces a hypothetical situation that continues to [verse 7](../17/07.md) and instructions for the Israelites if the situation occurs. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “In the case that”
17:2 ljz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יִמָּצֵ֤א 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “there is anyone”
17:2 liy9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche בְּאַחַ֣ד שְׁעָרֶ֔יךָ 1 Here, **gates** represents the border of a town or city. Anyone who was inside the gates was part of the community. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in any of your communities”
17:2 f7d1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּעֵינֵ֥י 1 Here, **in the eyes of** is an idiom for one's opinion or evaluation. Moses speaks as if evaluating something were physically seeing it with one's eyes. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “according to the judgment of”
17:2 yhj2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לַעֲבֹ֥ר בְּרִיתֽוֹ 1 Here, **transgress** means “violate” or “break.” Moses is speaking of breaking a covenant as if it were **transgressing** into someone else’s property. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “violate his covenant”
17:3 as07 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַיֵּ֗לֶךְ 1 Moses is speaking of idol worship as if it were a path that one **follows**. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and worships”
17:3 xw1w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom צְבָ֥א הַשָּׁמַ֖יִם 1 Here, **the multitude of the heavens** is an idiom that means “the stars in the sky.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the celestial bodies in the sky”
17:3 l8z3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֹא־צִוִּֽיתִי 1 The implication is that Yahweh has **commanded** the Israelites **not** to worship any of the things listed in this verse. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “I have forbidden”
17:4 pz4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְהֻֽגַּד־לְךָ֖ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and someone tells you about this”
17:4 bbgb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְשָׁמָ֑עְתָּ 1 Moses is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and you listen to the account”
17:4 o2hf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo וְהִנֵּ֤ה 1 This phrase is introducing a hypothetical condition. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “and if, behold”
17:4 al7x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet אֱמֶת֙ נָכ֣וֹן 1 The terms **true** and **certain** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “it is absolutely certain that”
17:4 b585 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הַדָּבָ֔ר נֶעֶשְׂתָ֛ה 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that someone has done this”
17:4 tk7v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַדָּבָ֔ר 1 Here, **the matter** refers to the act of an Israelite worshipping an idol. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “idol worship”
17:5 jezm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative וְהֽוֹצֵאתָ֣ 1 See [book introduction](../front/intro.md) for more information about translating **shall**.
17:5 xblp rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical וְהֽוֹצֵאתָ֣ 1 This verse gives instructions for what the Israelites should do if the hypothetical situation introduced in [verses 2-4](../17/07.md) occurs. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “then, in that case, you must bring”
17:5 z7q2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo אֶת־הָאִ֣ישׁ הַה֡וּא אוֹ֩ אֶת־הָאִשָּׁ֨ה הַהִ֜וא אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָ֠שׂוּ אֶת־הַדָּבָ֨ר הָרָ֤ע הַזֶּה֙ אֶל־שְׁעָרֶ֔יךָ אֶת־הָאִ֕ישׁ א֖וֹ אֶת־הָאִשָּׁ֑ה 1 The expression **that man or that woman who has done this evil thing to your gates, the man or the woman** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “that man or that woman who has done this evil thing to your gates”
17:5 jmqv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶת־הַדָּבָ֨ר הָרָ֤ע הַזֶּה֙ 1 Here, **this evil thing** refers to the act of an Israelite worshipping an idol. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “this evil of idol worship”
17:5 mstv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche אֶל־שְׁעָרֶ֔יךָ 1 Here, **gates** represents the border of a town or city. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “outside of the border of your town”
17:5 d9v4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo וּסְקַלְתָּ֥ם בָּאֲבָנִ֖ים 1 The expression **stone them with stones** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “and you shall stone them”
17:5 w8zq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וָמֵֽתוּ 1 The implication is that the Israelites should “stone” the sinner until the sinner is dead. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “until they die”
17:6 rul7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עַל־פִּ֣י & עַל־פִּ֖י 1 Here **mouth** represents the words that someone says. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “According to the testimony of … on account of the testimony of”
17:6 i7vt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַמֵּ֑ת 1 Here, **he who is to die** refers to the man or woman accused of worshipping an idol. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the accused person” or “the defendant in the case”
17:6 sv6g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֹ֣א יוּמַ֔ת עַל־פִּ֖י עֵ֥ד אֶחָֽד 1 The implication is that the testimony of one witness is not enough for the Israelites to execute an accused person. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Do not kill him when there is only one witness”
17:7 zj7l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche יַ֣ד הָעֵדִ֞ים & וְיַ֥ד כָּל־הָעָ֖ם בָּאַחֲרֹנָ֑ה 1 Moses is using **hand** to represent a whole person in the act of stoning someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The witnesses themselves … and afterwards all the people themselves”
17:7 f8ip rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תִּֽהְיֶה־בּ֤וֹ בָרִאשֹׁנָה֙ 1 The implication is that the witnesses will be the first to throw stones **on him**. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “shall be the first to stone him”
17:7 r1un rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כָּל־הָעָ֖ם 1 Here, **all the people** refers to the rest of the people in the town that the legal case happened in. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “all the other people in the town”
17:7 dwzm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הָרָ֖ע 1 Here, **the evil** refers to the evil act of worshipping idols. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the evil of idolatry”
17:8 q5bw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical כִּ֣י יִפָּלֵא֩ מִמְּךָ֨ דָבָ֜ר לַמִּשְׁפָּ֗ט בֵּֽין־דָּ֨ם ׀ לְדָ֜ם בֵּֽין־דִּ֣ין לְדִ֗ין וּבֵ֥ין נֶ֨גַע֙ לָנֶ֔גַע דִּבְרֵ֥י רִיבֹ֖ת בִּשְׁעָרֶ֑יךָ וְקַמְתָּ֣ 1 Moses is introducing a hypothetical situation and telling the Israelites what they should do if it happens. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “Suppose that there is a case that is too difficult for you to judge, between blood and blood, between a lawsuit and a lawsuit, and between an assault and an assault, cases of dispute in your gates, then you should arise”
17:8 cynu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בֵּֽין־דָּ֨ם ׀ לְדָ֜ם 1 The implication is that **blood** means “bloodshed,” specifically accidental or purposeful manslaughter. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “between planned and planned manslaughter”
17:8 x9zn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בֵּֽין־דִּ֣ין לְדִ֗ין 1 The implication is that the judge must decide the outcome of various types of lawsuits. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “between who is right and who is wrong in all types of lawsuits”
17:8 f1su rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּבֵ֥ין נֶ֨גַע֙ לָנֶ֔גַע 1 Here, **assault** could refer to a case where: (1) one person physically harmed another. Alternate translation: “and who is at fault when someone physically harms another” (2) one person damages the property of another. Alternate translation: “and who is at fault when someone damages the property of another”
17:8 zusw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit דִּבְרֵ֥י רִיבֹ֖ת 1 The implication is that there is **dispute** in these **cases** as to what actually happened and who is at fault. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “undecided cases”
17:8 chzk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche בִּשְׁעָרֶ֑יךָ 1 Here, **gates** represents the border of a town or city. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in your cities”
17:8 kbjp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְקַמְתָּ֣ 1 Here, **arise** refers to the act of beginning a journey. Moses is speaking of leaving one’s current location as if it were the act of arising. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “then you shall leave your city”
17:8 epus rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo הַמָּק֔וֹם אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִבְחַ֛ר יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ בּֽוֹ 1 The expression **the place which Yahweh your God will choose it** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “the place which Yahweh your \nGod will choose”
17:9 jtk7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish אֶל־הַכֹּהֲנִים֙ הַלְוִיִּ֔ם 1 This means that **the priests** are descendants of **Levi*, not that all of the Levites are priests. Be sure that this distinction is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “to the Levites who are priests”
17:9 xfjv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְאֶל־הַשֹּׁפֵ֔ט אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִהְיֶ֖ה בַּיָּמִ֣ים הָהֵ֑ם 1 The implication is that there will be a **judge** at the place of worship who will make decisions for all of Israel. The judge serves for a limited period of time, then another judge replaces him. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and to the judge in office”
17:9 l2ut rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְדָרַשְׁתָּ֙ 1 Moses is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and you shall inquire about your case”
17:9 q6dk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֵ֖ת דְּבַ֥ר הַמִּשְׁפָּֽט 1 Here, **the word of the judgment** is an idiom that means “the verdict.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the verdict”
17:10 k2od rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עַל־פִּ֤י הַדָּבָר֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר יַגִּ֣ידֽוּ לְךָ֔ 1 Here, **mouth** represents the **word** that someone says. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what they say should be done”
17:11 n3uq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Follow the law they teach you 0 A person obeying what the priests and judge decide is spoken of as if the person were physically following behind the law. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must obey what the judge and priests decide about the matter” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
17:11 dh11 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism עַל־פִּ֨י הַתּוֹרָ֜ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר יוֹר֗וּךָ וְעַל־הַמִּשְׁפָּ֛ט אֲשֶׁר־יֹאמְר֥וּ לְךָ֖ 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “According to the mouth of the law that they teach you, indeed, according to the judgment that they say to you”
17:11 ql4x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עַל־פִּ֨י הַתּוֹרָ֜ה 1 Here, **mouth** represents the words that someone says. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “According to the words of the law”
17:11 a1r9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לֹ֣א תָס֗וּר מִן־הַדָּבָ֛ר אֲשֶׁר־יַגִּ֥ידֽוּ לְךָ֖ יָמִ֥ין וּשְׂמֹֽאל 1 Here, **turn aside** means to disobey or stop following. Moses is speaking of the **word** of the judge as if it were a path that one could walk on and disobedience as turning aside, **right or left**, from that way. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not disobey their verdict”
17:12 oz97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish ־יַעֲשֶׂ֣ה בְזָד֗וֹן לְבִלְתִּ֨י שְׁמֹ֤עַ אֶל־הַכֹּהֵן֙ 1 Here, **does arrogantly** and **not listening to the priest** refer to the same act of rebellion. They are not two separate actions. Be sure that this distinction is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “does arrogantly by not listening to the priest”
17:12 tw8q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּמֵת֙ הָאִ֣ישׁ הַה֔וּא 1 The implication is that the Israelites must execute anyone who disobeys a verdict made by the priests and judge at the place of worship. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “then you must kill that man”
17:12 u7c6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הָרָ֖ע 1 Alternate translation: “the evil act of disobedience”
17:13 xm49 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְכָל־הָעָ֖ם יִשְׁמְע֣וּ וְיִרָ֑אוּ וְלֹ֥א יְזִיד֖וּן עֽוֹד 1 The implication is that the people of Israel **will hear** about the execution and be afraid that they will also be executed if they disobey the priests and judge. As a result, they will not **be arrogant** through disobedience. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “And all the people will hear about the execution and be afraid of disobeying a verdict, and they will be arrogant in disobedience no more”
17:14 wkl6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go תָבֹ֣א 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “you have gone”
17:14 x3gq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וְאָמַרְתָּ֗ אָשִׂ֤ימָה עָלַי֙ מֶ֔לֶךְ כְּכָל־הַגּוֹיִ֖ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר סְבִיבֹתָֽי 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and you decide that you want to set a king over yourself, like all the nations that surround you”
17:14 ie3y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הַגּוֹיִ֖ם 1 Here **nations** represent the people who live in those nations. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of the nations”
17:15 ef3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure שׂ֣וֹם תָּשִׂ֤ים עָלֶ֨יךָ֙ מֶ֔לֶךְ אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִבְחַ֛ר יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ בּ֑וֹ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the phrasing of this sentence so that it is clear that the **king** must be someone that **Yahweh will choose**. Alternate translation: “setting, you shall set a king chosen by Yahweh your God over yourself”
17:15 bb9w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication שׂ֣וֹם תָּשִׂ֤ים 1 Moses is repeating the verb **set** in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “you shall surely set”
17:15 x8fl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אַחֶ֗יךָ & אָחִ֖יךָ 1 Here, **brothers** means “fellow Israelites.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your fellow Israelites … your fellow Israelite”
17:16 hh10 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast רַק֮ 1 Moses uses the word **Only** here to indicate a strong contrast between what is allowed and not allowed for Israel’s king. In your translation, indicate this strong contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But”
17:16 wsr8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לֹא־יַרְבֶּה & הַרְבּ֣וֹת 1 Here, **multiply** means “acquire a large number of.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he shall not keep acquiring more and more … he may acquire more and more”
17:16 abwz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְלֹֽא־יָשִׁ֤יב אֶת־הָעָם֙ מִצְרַ֔יְמָה לְמַ֖עַן הַרְבּ֣וֹת ס֑וּס 1 This could mean that the king must not: (1) send people to Egypt to buy horses for him. Alternate translation: “to buy more horses for him” (2) sell Israelites to Egypt in exchange for horses. Alternate translation: “in exchange for horses for him”
17:16 pr1w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וַֽיהוָה֙ אָמַ֣ר לָכֶ֔ם לֹ֣א תֹסִפ֗וּן לָשׁ֛וּב בַּדֶּ֥רֶךְ הַזֶּ֖ה עֽוֹד 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, as modeled by the UST.
17:16 sc0j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo לֹ֣א תֹסִפ֗וּן לָשׁ֛וּב בַּדֶּ֥רֶךְ הַזֶּ֖ה עֽוֹד 1 The expression **no longer turn that way again** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “You will not return that way again”\n
17:17 e2dm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְלֹ֤א יַרְבֶּה & לֹ֥א יַרְבֶּה\n 1 Here, **multiply** means “acquire a large number of.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And he shall not keep acquiring more and more … and he shall not acquire more and more”\n
17:17 gzzf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְלֹ֥א יָס֖וּר לְבָב֑וֹ 1 Here, **turn aside** means to disobey or stop following. Moses is speaking of Yahweh’s commandments as if they were a path that one could walk on and disobedience as turning aside from that way. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “so his heart will not stop following Yahweh”
17:17 zj8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וְלֹ֥א יָס֖וּר לְבָב֑וֹ 1 Here, **heart** represents a person’s will and desires. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and he will not desire to turn aside”
17:18 fnnh rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וְהָיָ֣ה 1 Here, the word translated as **And it will be** introduces a new section for laws about kings. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new topic. Alternate translation: “Then”
17:18 tt3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy כְשִׁבְתּ֔וֹ עַ֖ל כִּסֵּ֣א 1 Here, **sits on the throne** represents the act of ruling a kingdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when he rules”
17:18 p0xq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מַמְלַכְתּ֑וֹ 1 Here, Moses is using the possessive form to describe a **kingdom** that a king rules. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different way to explain the relationship between a king and his kingdom. Alternate translation: “the kingdom that he rules over”
17:18 h6x6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְכָ֨תַב ל֜וֹ אֶת־מִשְׁנֵ֨ה הַתּוֹרָ֤ה הַזֹּאת֙ עַל־סֵ֔פֶר 1 This could mean that: (1) the king himself must write a copy of the law. Alternate translation: “he himself shall write in a scroll a copy of this law for himself” (2) the king must send someone to write a copy of the law for him. Alternate translation: “he shall appoint someone to write in a scroll a copy of this law for him”
17:18 cg2d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִלִּפְנֵ֥י 1 Here, **faces** represents the presence of people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the presence of”
17:18 xh2p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶת־מִשְׁנֵ֨ה הַתּוֹרָ֤ה הַזֹּאת֙ עַל־סֵ֔פֶר מִלִּפְנֵ֥י הַכֹּהֲנִ֖ים 1 Here, **this law before the faces of the priests** could mean: (1) the king must copy the original copy of the laws that the priests keep in the place of worship. Alternate translation: “in a scroll a copy of the original law that is kept by the priests” (2) the priests would read out the law for someone to copy it. Alternate translation: “in a scroll a copy of this law as the priests read dictate it to you”
17:18 ec1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish הַכֹּהֲנִ֖ים הַלְוִיִּֽם 1 This does not mean “the priests and the Levites” which would imply that there are priests who are not Levites. Be sure that this distinction is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “the priests who are also Levites”
17:19 cgr8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְהָיְתָ֣ה 1 The pronoun **it** refers to the copy of the law from the previous verse. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “and the copy of the law shall be”
17:19 ar3b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְקָ֥רָא ב֖וֹ 1 The implication is that the king must read a part of the law from his copy every day. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and he shall read some of the law”
17:19 dpmp rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לְמַ֣עַן 1 Here, **so that** marks what follows as the goal or purpose of what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.
17:19 f877 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism לִ֠שְׁמֹר אֶֽת־כָּל־דִּבְרֵ֞י הַתּוֹרָ֥ה הַזֹּ֛את וְאֶת־הַחֻקִּ֥ים הָאֵ֖לֶּה לַעֲשֹׂתָֽם 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second clause emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word that shows that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “to keep all the words of this law and these statues, indeed, to do them”
17:19 jpim rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet אֶֽת־כָּל־דִּבְרֵ֞י הַתּוֹרָ֥ה הַזֹּ֛את וְאֶת־הַחֻקִּ֥ים הָאֵ֖לֶּה 1 The terms **this law** and **these statutes** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “all the important words of this law”
17:20 ywwp rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לְבִלְתִּ֤י רוּם־לְבָבוֹ֙ & וּלְבִלְתִּ֛י ס֥וּר & לְמַעַן֩ 1 Here, **so that** marks what follows as the goal or purpose of the commands from the previous verse. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose
17:20 p3b1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לְבִלְתִּ֤י רוּם־לְבָבוֹ֙ מֵֽאֶחָ֔יו 1 Here, **heart is lifted up** is an idiom that means “is proud” or “is arrogant.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “so that he does not look down his nose at his brothers” or “so that he does not act like he is better than his brothers”
17:20 iebn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מֵֽאֶחָ֔יו 1 Here, **brothers** means “fellow Israelites.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “above his fellow Israelites”
17:20 idm3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּלְבִלְתִּ֛י ס֥וּר מִן־הַמִּצְוָ֖ה יָמִ֣ין וּשְׂמֹ֑אול 1 Here, **turn aside** means to disobey or stop following. Moses is speaking of Yahweh’s commandments as if they were a path that one could walk on and disobedience as turning **right or left** from that path. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and so that he does not disobey the commandments”
17:20 sa87 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יַאֲרִ֨יךְ יָמִ֧ים עַל־מַמְלַכְתּ֛וֹ 1 If the king obeys Yahweh, then he will **prolong** the **days** that he rules over **his kingdom**. Moses is speaking of time as if it were something over which man could exercise control, to prolong it. You could include this information if it would be helpful for your readers. Alternate translation: “he will reign in his kingdom for a long time”\n
18:intro u6pf 0 # Deuteronomy 18 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n### Outline\n- vv. 1-8: What the priests receive for their service\n- vv. 9-13: Warnings against pagan practices\n- vv. 14-22: Yahweh promises to send a prophet\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Levites\n\nAs Yahweh’s chosen priests, the priest were to trust in Yahweh to provide for them. He provided for them through the rest of the Israelites. Yahweh was their inheritance. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]], [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])\n\n### Messiah\n\nThis chapter is one of the first prophecies about the promised, coming Messiah. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])\n\n## Other Potential Translation Difficulties in This Chapter\n\n### You\n\n### Generic Nouns in Hypothetical Situations\nVerses 6-10 and 20-22 give instructions and warnings for the Israelits. In these hypothetical conditions, singular nouns like “Levite,” “maker,” and “propjet” represent those groups of people in general, not a specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that these terms refer to any person who fulfills the hypothetical situation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
18:1-2 jc3d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism לֹֽא־יִ֠הְיֶה לַכֹּהֲנִ֨ים הַלְוִיִּ֜ם כָּל־שֵׁ֧בֶט לֵוִ֛י חֵ֥לֶק וְנַחֲלָ֖ה עִם־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל אִשֵּׁ֧י יְהוָ֛ה וְנַחֲלָת֖וֹ יֹאכֵלֽוּן & וְנַחֲלָ֥ה לֹא־יִֽהְיֶה־לּ֖וֹ בְּקֶ֣רֶב אֶחָ֑יו יְהוָה֙ ה֣וּא נַחֲלָת֔וֹ כַּאֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּר־לֽוֹ 1 These two verses begin with clauses that basically mean the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could rearrange the clauses in the verses to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “The priests, the Levites, all the tribe of Levi, shall have no portion nor inheritance with Israel; they shall eat the fire offerings of Yahweh as their inheritance. Yahweh is their inheritance, as he spoke to them”
18:1 itle rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֹֽא־יִ֠הְיֶה לַכֹּהֲנִ֨ים הַלְוִיִּ֜ם כָּל־שֵׁ֧בֶט לֵוִ֛י חֵ֥לֶק וְנַחֲלָ֖ה עִם־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 The implication is that the Levites will not receive any **portion** or **inheritance** of land so that they cannot grow or raise their own food. See [Numbers 18:20](Num/18/20.md) for more information. You could include this information if it would be helpful for your readers. Alternate translation: “All the tribe of Levi will not own a portion of land”
18:1 gjsk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish לַכֹּהֲנִ֨ים הַלְוִיִּ֜ם כָּל־שֵׁ֧בֶט לֵוִ֛י 1 All **priests** come from **the tribe of Levi** and are therefore **Levites**. This does not mean that the Levites and priests are separate groups of people. Additionally, not all **Levites** of **the tribe of Levi** are **priests**. Be sure that this distinction is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “People from the tribe of Levi who serve as priests, and the rest of the Levites”
18:1 ebhj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 Here, **Israel** represents all the people of Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the rest of the Israelites”
18:1 upwn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אִשֵּׁ֧י יְהוָ֛ה 1 Here, Moses is using the possessive form to describe a **gift** that Israelites would offer to **Yahweh**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a comparable expression for describing an offering. Alternate translation: “the food that the other Israelites give in sacrifice to Yahweh”
18:2 h6ef rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֶחָ֑יו 1 Here, **brother** means “fellow Israelite,” specifically the other 11 tribes of Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “text”
18:2 pd8k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יְהוָה֙ ה֣וּא נַחֲלָת֔וֹ 1 Moses speaks of the honor of serving Yahweh as if the priests were receiving Yahweh himself as an **inheritance**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “instead, their inheritance is the privilege of serving Yahweh”
18:2 wgks rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor דִּבֶּר 1 Here, **spoke** means “promised.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he promised”
18:3 rydf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מִשְׁפַּ֨ט הַכֹּהֲנִ֜ים 1 Here, Moses is using the possessive form to describe an **ordinance** that benefits **the priests**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a comparable way to describe rules for priests. Alternate translation: “the provision for the priests”
18:3 q1wb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish מֵאֵ֣ת הָעָ֗ם מֵאֵ֛ת זֹבְחֵ֥י הַזֶּ֖בַח 1 Here, **the people** and **those who offer a sacrifice** are the same group of people. This does not mean “the other people who will give a sacrifice” which would imply that **the people** do not offer sacrifices. Be sure that this distinction is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “from the sacrifices that the people offer”
18:3 xju0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַזֶּ֖בַח אִם־שׁ֣וֹר אִם־שֶׂ֑ה וְנָתַן֙ לַכֹּהֵ֔ן הַזְּרֹ֥עַ וְהַלְּחָיַ֖יִם וְהַקֵּבָֽה 1 [Leviticus 1-16](Lev/01/01.md) describes the different types of offerings and which parts the Israelites must give to the Levites. You could include this information if it would be helpful for your readers. Alternate translation: “a sacrifice that Yahweh commanded you to eat, whether an oxen or sheep: and they shall give the shoulder and the two cheeks and the innards to the priest and eat the rest”
18:3 bn85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְהַקֵּבָֽה 1 The **innards** are the stomach and intestines of the animal. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and the internal organs”
18:4 lixq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown גֵּ֥ז 1 A **fleece** is the hair from a sheep. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of hair, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the hair of”
18:4 g5u8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns לּֽוֹ 1 The pronoun **him** refers to any of the Levites. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “to one of the Levites”
18:5 m2oz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 The word translated as **For** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “This is because”
18:5 py8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ב֗וֹ 1 The pronoun **him** refers to Levi and all his descendants. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “Levi”
18:5 g5j5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּשֵׁם־יְהוָ֛ה 1 Here, **name** represents all of Yahweh: his power, presence, knowledge, and so on. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh himself”\n
18:5 myxm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּבָנָ֖יו 1 Here, **sons** means “descendants.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and his descendants”
18:5 bmfw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כָּל־הַיָּמִֽים 1 Here, **all of the days** is an idiom that means “forever.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “forever”
18:6 ojea rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical וְכִֽי 1 Moses is describing a hypothetical situation in order to tell the Israelites what they should do if it takes place. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “In the case that”
18:6 we5s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּכָל־אַוַּ֣ת נַפְשׁ֔וֹ 1 Here, **soul** represents a whole person, including their inner being, will, and desires. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he indeed desires”
18:7 p9jv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּשֵׁ֖ם יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהָ֑יו 1 Here, **name** represents all of Yahweh: his power, presence, knowledge, and so on. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh himself”
18:7 qyru rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֶחָיו֙ 1 Here, **brother** means “fellow tribesman.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his fellow tribesmen”
18:7 p4qd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit שָׁ֖ם 1 Here, **there** refers to the place of worship that Yahweh will choose for himself. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “at the place of worship”
18:7 a94d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֥י 1 Here, **face** represents the presence of someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before”
18:8 xpbw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit חֵ֥לֶק כְּחֵ֖לֶק יֹאכֵ֑לוּ 1 The implication is that all of the Levites at the place of worship will **eat alike portions** by receiving the same amount of food as each other. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “They shall all eat the same portions”
18:8 c8rp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִמְכָּרָ֖יו עַל־הָאָבֽוֹת 1 Here, **the sale of his fathers** refers to the money from selling family inheritance. The Levite was allowed to keep this moeny and use it as he wished You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “his family inheritance”
18:8 jtq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הָאָבֽוֹת 1 Moses is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his ancestors”
18:9 gvb6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go בָּ֣א 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “have gone”
18:9 b17w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הַגּוֹיִ֥ם 1 Here, **nations** represents the people groups living in those **nations**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “peoples”
18:10 ey79 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive לֹֽא־יִמָּצֵ֣א בְךָ֔ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “There must not be anyone among you”
18:10-11 isok rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun מַעֲבִ֥יר בְּנֽוֹ־וּבִתּ֖וֹ בָּאֵ֑שׁ קֹסֵ֣ם קְסָמִ֔ים מְעוֹנֵ֥ן וּמְנַחֵ֖שׁ וּמְכַשֵּֽׁף & וְחֹבֵ֖ר חָ֑בֶר וְשֹׁאֵ֥ל אוֹב֙ וְיִדְּעֹנִ֔י וְדֹרֵ֖שׁ אֶל־הַמֵּתִֽים 1 These terms represent anyone who practices these abomination in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “anyone who causes his son or his daughter to pass through the fire, any user of divination, any soothsayer or any diviner or any sorcerer or any maker of charms or any questioner of mediums or any conjurer of spirits or any seeker of the dead”
18:10 p3ky rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מַעֲבִ֥יר בְּנֽוֹ־וּבִתּ֖וֹ בָּאֵ֑שׁ 1 The people groups in the land would sacrifice their children to idols by burning their children in **fire**. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “anyone who worships idols by burning his children to death”
18:10-11 hta7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit קֹסֵ֣ם קְסָמִ֔ים מְעוֹנֵ֥ן וּמְנַחֵ֖שׁ וּמְכַשֵּֽׁף & וְחֹבֵ֖ר חָ֑בֶר וְשֹׁאֵ֥ל אוֹב֙ וְיִדְּעֹנִ֔י וְדֹרֵ֖שׁ אֶל־הַמֵּתִֽים 1 These are different ways of practicing magic, including using magic to predict the future or speak to the dead. It is unclear the exact difference between all of these terms. If your language does not have separate terms for these types of magic, you can use more general terms. Alternate translation: “anyone who engages in any type of witchcraft, tries to predict the future, or speaks to the dead”
18:11 m8n3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown אוֹב֙ 1 A **medium** is someone who contacts the spirits of the dead by practicing magic. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of witchcraft, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “those who speak with the spirits of the dead”
18:11 xhtf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj הַמֵּתִֽים 1 Moses is using the adjective **dead** as a noun to mean people who are dead. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the dead ones”
18:12 kzp1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּֽי 1 The word translated as **For** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “This is because”
18:12 w4i8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֵ֑לֶּה 1 Here, the word **these** refers to anyone who does the abominable practices listed in [verses 10-11](../18/10.md). You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “these pagan practices”
18:12 ufu7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אוֹתָ֖ם 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the people groups who live in the land. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “those people groups”
18:12 eqt9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִפָּנֶֽיךָ 1 Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before you”
18:13 x1r0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תָּמִ֣ים תִּֽהְיֶ֔ה עִ֖ם יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶֽיךָ 1 The implication is that the Israelites will **be blameless with Yahweh** if they do not practice any of the abomination from [verses 10-11](../18/10.md). You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers as modeled by the UST.
18:14 aj59 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הַגּוֹיִ֣ם 1 Here, **nations** represents the people groups that live in those nations. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people”
18:14 p0qi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet אֶל־מְעֹנְנִ֥ים וְאֶל־קֹסְמִ֖ים 1 The terms **sorcerers** and **diviners** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “to sorcerers”
18:14 a70i rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְאַתָּ֕ה 1 Moses uses the word **but** here to indicate a strong contrast between what the other people groups do and what the Israelites must do. In your translation, indicate this strong contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “on the other hand”
18:15 pp4p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יָקִ֥ים 1 Here, **raise up** means “cause to appear.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will appoint”
18:15 iyy8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet מִקִּרְבְּךָ֤ מֵאַחֶ֨יךָ֙ 1 The terms **you** and **your brothers** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “from you Israelites”
18:15 m2rv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מֵאַחֶ֨יךָ֙ 1 Here, **brothers** means “fellow Israelites.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from your fellow Israelites”
18:15 poc2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כָּמֹ֔נִי 1 This could mean that the prophet will be **like** Moses because: (1) Yahweh will send the prophet like he sent Moses. Alternate translation: “like Yahweh sent me” (2) the prophet will be similar to Moses. Alternate translation: “who is like me”
18:16 iz2m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּחֹרֵ֔ב בְּי֥וֹם הַקָּהָ֖ל לֵאמֹ֑ר לֹ֣א אֹסֵ֗ף לִשְׁמֹ֨עַ֙ אֶת־קוֹל֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהָ֔י וְאֶת־הָאֵ֨שׁ הַגְּדֹלָ֥ה הַזֹּ֛את לֹֽא־אֶרְאֶ֥ה ע֖וֹד וְלֹ֥א אָמֽוּת 1 This refers to the events that Moses described in [5:23-31](../05/23.md). All the Israelites gathered at the base of Mount Sinai, and Yahweh spoke to them from a fire at the top of the mountain. The Israelites were scared, so they asked Moses to speak to Yahweh on their behalf. Alternate translation: “on the day you gathered together at Horeb, saying, ‘We are afraid that we will die if we continue to hear the voice of Yahweh our God and see this great fire”
18:16 xzhj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵאמֹ֑ר 1 Here, the word **saying** introduces direct speech. Consider natural ways of doing that in your own language.
18:16 pp7b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes לֵאמֹ֑ר לֹ֣א אֹסֵ֗ף לִשְׁמֹ֨עַ֙ אֶת־קוֹל֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהָ֔י וְאֶת־הָאֵ֨שׁ הַגְּדֹלָ֥ה הַזֹּ֛את לֹֽא־אֶרְאֶ֥ה ע֖וֹד וְלֹ֥א אָמֽוּת 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, as modeled by the UST.
18:17 bdxj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns דִּבֵּֽרוּ 1 The pronoun **they** refers to the Israelites who asked Moses to speak to Yahweh on their behalf. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “the Israelites have requested”
18:18 t95s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אָקִ֥ים 1 Here, **raise up** means “cause to appear.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I shall appoint”
18:18 d8wb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֲחֵיהֶ֖ם 1 Here, **brothers** means “their fellow Israelites.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “their fellow Israelites”
18:18 p717 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְנָתַתִּ֤י דְבָרַי֙ בְּפִ֔יו 1 Here, Yahweh means that he will tell the prophet what to say. Yahweh is speaking of **words** as if they were physical objects that one could put in someone’s mouth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And I will command him to speak”
18:19 hk8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וְהָיָ֗ה 1 Yahweh is using the word translated **And it will happen** to introduce a new topic. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Then”
18:19 r3io rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun הָאִישׁ֙ & מֵעִמּֽוֹ 1 The words **man** and **him** represent people in general, not one particular man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “anyone … from him or her”
18:19 f879 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns יְדַבֵּ֖ר 1 The pronoun **he** refers to the prophet from the previous verse. If this is not clear for your readers, you could repeat “prophet.” Alternate translation: “the prophet speaks”
18:19 pt28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בִּשְׁמִ֑י 1 Here, **name** represents someone’s power and authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on my behalf”
18:19 vb7x rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אָנֹכִ֖י אֶדְרֹ֥שׁ 1 For emphasis, Yahweh is stating the pronoun **I**, whose meaning is already included in the verb translated as **require**. If your language can state implied pronouns explicitly for emphasis, you may want to use that construction in your translation. Other languages may have other ways of bringing out this emphasis. The ULT does so by using the intensive pronoun **myself**. Alternate translation: “I will indeed require”
18:19 lynz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis אָנֹכִ֖י אֶדְרֹ֥שׁ 1 Yahweh is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply the implied words if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “I will require accountability for disobedience”
18:19 n8mr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אָנֹכִ֖י אֶדְרֹ֥שׁ מֵעִמּֽוֹ 1 The implication is that Yahweh will **require** anyone who disobeys his prophet to give an account for their disobedience. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “I will hold him responsible”
18:20 w583 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast אַ֣ךְ 1 Yahweh uses the word **But** here to indicate a strong contrast between a prophet that he himself sends and a false prophet. In your translation, indicate this strong contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Whereas”
18:20 tagt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy דָּבָ֜ר 1 Here, **word** represents a message. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “any words”
18:20 hl20 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יָזִיד֩ לְדַבֵּ֨ר דָּבָ֜ר בִּשְׁמִ֗י 1 The implication is that Yahweh did not send the prophet. The prophet **speaks arrogantly** by presuming to know what Yahweh wants. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “speaks a word without my authority”
18:20 ip16 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בִּשְׁמִ֗י & בְּשֵׁ֖ם 1 Here, **name** represents someone’s power and authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by my authority … a message from”
18:20 yifc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּמֵ֖ת הַנָּבִ֥יא הַהֽוּא 1 The implication is that the Israelites must execute that prophet. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “then you must kill that prophet”
18:21 ryk5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בִּלְבָבֶ֑ךָ 1 Here, **say in your heart** is an idiom that means “think” or “say to yourself.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “think”
18:21 y9j3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes תֹאמַ֖ר בִּלְבָבֶ֑ךָ אֵיכָה֙ נֵדַ֣ע אֶת־הַדָּבָ֔ר אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־דִבְּר֖וֹ יְהוָֽה 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you must ask how you will recognize a word that Yahweh has not spoken”
18:21 d93w rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns נֵדַ֣ע 1 The pronoun **we** refers to the Israelites. If this is not clear for your readers, you could state the subject of the sentence. Alternate translation: “us Israelites recognize”
18:22 kzp4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּשֵׁ֣ם 1 Here, **name** represents someone’s power and authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on my behalf”
18:22 kqhj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַדָּבָר֙ 1 Here, **the thing** refers to what the prophet predicts will happen. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the prophecy”
18:22 xrtz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet וְלֹֽא־יִהְיֶ֤ה הַדָּבָר֙ וְלֹ֣א יָב֔וֹא 1 The terms **does not happen** and **does not come to pass** mean similar things. Yahweh is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “and the thing indeed does not happen”
18:22 wnz7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הַדָּבָ֔ר 1 Here, **word** represents a message or prophecy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is a message”
18:22 hr17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns דִּבְּר֣וֹ 1 The pronoun **it** refers to the false prophecy. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “has spoken the message”
18:22 ys2k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּזָדוֹן֙ דִּבְּר֣וֹ 1 The implication is that the false prophet did not speak in the name of Yahweh. He spoke **arrogantly** by presuming to know what Yahweh wants. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “has spoken it message without my authority”
18:22 nweh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֹ֥א תָג֖וּר מִמֶּֽנּוּ 1 The implication is that the Israelites should not **be afraid** of that prophet and not respect that prophet. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “you shall not take him seriously”
19:intro r53s 0 # Deuteronomy 19 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n### Outline\n- vv. 1-13: Cities of refuge\n- v. 14: Property lines\n- vv. 15-21: Rules against bearing false witness\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Witnesses\n\nIn the ancient Near East, it was common for a person to be punished by the testimony of a single person, especially if this was an important person. The rules in this chapter give protection to people, especially the poor by requiring multiple witnesses. This allowed justice to be done. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])\n\n### Cities of Refuge\n\nVerses 1-13 discuss cities of refuge, which are towns to which a killer could flee. These verses address both cases where the killer accidentally kills another person, and cases where the killer plans the murder. In those times, a close family member of the deceased would be obligated to take revenge for the killing of his family member by finding and killing the manslayer. Yahweh provides protection for the killer who killed accidentally so that he will not be punished too harshly.\n(See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/refuge]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Law of retaliation\n\nThe chapter describes a famous law, often called the “law of retaliation.” It is said, an “eye for eye, tooth for tooth, hand for hand, foot for foot.” This does not mean a person who causes another person to lose their eye must have their own eye removed as punishment. This law is not about making all things equal. Instead, it is about limiting the punishment or the ability of a person to retaliate. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n### Generic Nouns in Hypothetical Situations\nThis chapter gives instructions and warnings for the Israelites. In these hypothetical conditions, singular nouns like “man,” “witness,” and “neighbor” represent those groups of people in general, not a specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that these terms refer to any person who fulfills the hypothetical situation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
19:1 av28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יַכְרִ֞ית יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהֶ֨יךָ֙ 1 Here, **cuts off** means destroy or exterminate. Yahweh destroying the people who live in Canaan is spoken of as if he were cutting them off, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree.
19:1 jh1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶת־הַגּוֹיִ֔ם 1 Here, **the nations** represents the people groups who live in those nations. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those people groups”
19:1 ahp2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אֶת־אַרְצָ֑ם 1 The pronoun **their** refers to the people of the “nations.” If this is not clear for your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the territory of those nations”
19:2 eteu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תַּבְדִּ֣יל 1 See [book introduction](../front/intro.md) for more information about translating **shall**.
19:2 ugxz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo נֹתֵ֥ן לְךָ֖ לְרִשְׁתָּֽהּ 1 The expression **is giving to you to possess it** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “is giving to you”
19:3 ty5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תָּכִ֣ין לְךָ֮ הַדֶּרֶךְ֒ 1 The implication is that the Israelites must build roads in between those cities so that it would be easy for people to travel to those cities. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Build a road for ease of travel”
19:3 g91q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְשִׁלַּשְׁתָּ֙ אֶת־גְּב֣וּל אַרְצְךָ֔ 1 The implication is that the Israelites must divide their **land** into **three** regions. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and separate your land into three regions”
19:3 gih9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לָנ֥וּס שָׁ֖מָּה כָּל־רֹצֵֽחַ 1 The implication is that anyone who kills another man may escape to one of the three cities. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “anyone who murders may flee there”
19:4 lxzw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy דְּבַ֣ר 1 Here, **matter** represents rules and instructions for specific situations. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is what you must do concerning”
19:4 hbva rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יַכֶּ֤ה 1 Here, **strike** means “kill.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “murders”
19:4 igyy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֶת־רֵעֵ֨הוּ֙ 1 Here, **neighbor** means “fellow Israelite.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his fellow Israelite”
19:4 vaca rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בִּבְלִי־דַ֔עַת 1 Here **without knowledge** means “unintentionally.” Moses is speaking of knowledge as if it were the same thing as intention. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “unintentionally”
19:4 uvu6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְה֛וּא לֹא־שֹׂנֵ֥א ל֖וֹ מִתְּמֹ֥ל שִׁלְשֹֽׁם 1 The implication is that the killer had no reason to kill and did not plan the murder. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and he did not hate him previously before and did not plan to kill him”
19:4 traa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo מִתְּמֹ֥ל שִׁלְשֹֽׁם 1 The expression **from previous times** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “previously”
19:5 qb1k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo וַאֲשֶׁר֩ 1 Moses is introducing an example of an accidental murder to help the Israelites understand the commands about the cities of refuge. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “for example, who”
19:5 pvag rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֶת־רֵעֵ֥הוּ & אֶת־רֵעֵ֖הוּ 1 Here, **neighbor** means “fellow Israelite.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with his fellow Israelite … his fellow Israelite”
19:5 n0x8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הַבַּרְזֶל֙ 1 Here, **the iron** represents the metal part of the ax, which is the sharp part. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the blade of the ax”
19:5 kjm2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וְנָשַׁ֤ל הַבַּרְזֶל֙ מִן־הָעֵ֔ץ וּמָצָ֥א אֶת־רֵעֵ֖הוּ 1 Here, Moses speaks of **the iron** part of the ax as if it were a person who could find a person. He means that the metal part of the ax hits and cuts the **neighbor**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and the iron detaches from the wood and hits his neighbor”
19:5 lvr0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וָמֵ֑ת ה֗וּא 1 The pronoun **he** refers to the “neighbor.” If this is not clear for your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and his neighbor dies”
19:5 wlkf rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns יָנ֛וּס 1 The pronoun **he** refers to the “killer.” If this is not clear for your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the killer shall flee”
19:5 l3mr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וָחָֽי 1 The implication is that the family members of the dead person would try to kill the manslayer, so the people of those **cities** would protect the killer so that he can **live**. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and the avenger would not be able to kill him there”
19:6 mr4x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo פֶּן 1 Moses is using the word **lest** to introduce a hypothetical condition as a warning for a negative consequence. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “In case”
19:6 y8e5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יִרְדֹּף֩ גֹּאֵ֨ל הַדָּ֜ם אַחֲרֵ֣י הָרֹצֵ֗חַ כִּי־יֵחַם֮ לְבָבוֹ֒ וְהִשִּׂיג֛וֹ כִּֽי־יִרְבֶּ֥ה הַדֶּ֖רֶךְ 1 The implication is that, if there are no roads to the cities of refuge, it will be difficult for a killer to travel to a safe city. Then, the avenger of blood might overtake the killer before the killer arrives at the city. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers, as modeled by the UST.
19:6 qzap rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns לְבָבוֹ֒ & וְהִכָּ֣הוּ 1 The pronouns **his** and **he** refer to “the avenger of blood.” If this is not clear for your readers, you could repeat the phrase. Alternate translation: “the heart of the avenger … and the avenger strikes him”
19:6 dpt3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יֵחַם֮ לְבָבוֹ֒ 1 Here, **heart** refers to a person’s inner being and emotions. In this case, the desire is to fear Yahweh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his emotions are heated”\n
19:6 p7ba rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יֵחַם֮ 1 Here, **heated** means “become angry.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “has become angry”
19:6 nbgp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְהִכָּ֣הוּ נָ֑פֶשׁ 1 The implication is that the avenger of blood murdered the killer. He harmed the killer to the point of taking his **life**. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and he kills him”
19:6 ytbp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְהִכָּ֣הוּ 1 Here, **strike** means “injure” or “harm.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and he injures him”
19:6 z4dg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְלוֹ֙ אֵ֣ין מִשְׁפַּט־מָ֔וֶת כִּ֠י לֹ֣א שֹׂנֵ֥א ה֛וּא ל֖וֹ מִתְּמ֥וֹל שִׁלְשֽׁוֹם 1 The implication is that a killer who killed accidentally does not deserve execution. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “though that man did not deserve to die since he accidentally killed the other person and was not his enemy, and he had not planned to hurt the man”
19:7 raqo rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵאמֹ֑ר 1 Here, the word **saying** introduces direct speech. Consider natural ways of doing that in your own language.
19:7 t157 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes מְצַוְּךָ֖ לֵאמֹ֑ר שָׁלֹ֥שׁ עָרִ֖ים תַּבְדִּ֥יל לָֽךְ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “command you to select three cities for yourself”
19:7 vrq0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo שָׁלֹ֥שׁ עָרִ֖ים תַּבְדִּ֥יל לָֽךְ 1 The expression **Select three cities for yourself** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “Select three cities”
19:8-9 erqp rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical וְאִם־יַרְחִ֞יב יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהֶ֨יךָ֙ אֶת־גְּבֻ֣לְךָ֔ כַּאֲשֶׁ֥ר נִשְׁבַּ֖ע לַאֲבֹתֶ֑יךָ וְנָ֤תַן לְךָ֙ אֶת־כָּל־הָאָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר דִּבֶּ֖ר לָתֵ֥ת לַאֲבֹתֶֽיךָ & כִּֽי־תִשְׁמֹר֩ אֶת־כָּל־הַמִּצְוָ֨ה הַזֹּ֜את לַעֲשֹׂתָ֗הּ אֲשֶׁ֨ר אָנֹכִ֣י מְצַוְּךָ֮ הַיּוֹם֒ לְאַהֲבָ֞ה אֶת־יְהוָ֧ה אֱלֹהֶ֛יךָ וְלָלֶ֥כֶת בִּדְרָכָ֖יו כָּל־הַיָּמִ֑ים 1 Moses is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that Yahweh will only enable the Israelites to conquer more land if they **keep all these commandments**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “If you keep all these commandments to do them, which I am commanding you today—to love Yahweh your God and to walk in his ways all of the days, then Yahweh your God will enlarge your borders, as he has sworn to your fathers, and he will give to you all the land that he spoke about to give to your fathers”
19:8-9 l9h7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge וְאִם־יַרְחִ֞יב יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהֶ֨יךָ֙ אֶת־גְּבֻ֣לְךָ֔ כַּאֲשֶׁ֥ר נִשְׁבַּ֖ע לַאֲבֹתֶ֑יךָ וְנָ֤תַן לְךָ֙ אֶת־כָּל־הָאָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר דִּבֶּ֖ר לָתֵ֥ת לַאֲבֹתֶֽיךָ & כִּֽי־תִשְׁמֹר֩ אֶת־כָּל־הַמִּצְוָ֨ה הַזֹּ֜את לַעֲשֹׂתָ֗הּ אֲשֶׁ֨ר אָנֹכִ֣י מְצַוְּךָ֮ הַיּוֹם֒ לְאַהֲבָ֞ה אֶת־יְהוָ֧ה אֱלֹהֶ֛יךָ וְלָלֶ֥כֶת בִּדְרָכָ֖יו כָּל־הַיָּמִ֑ים וְיָסַפְתָּ֨ לְךָ֥ עוֹד֙ שָׁלֹ֣שׁ עָרִ֔ים עַ֖ל הַשָּׁלֹ֥שׁ הָאֵֽלֶּה 1 If it is more natural in your language to simplify the relationship between the hypothetical conditions, you could do so combining [verses 8-9](../19/08). See the UST for an example.
19:8 ge7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יַרְחִ֞יב יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהֶ֨יךָ֙ אֶת־גְּבֻ֣לְךָ֔ 1 The implication is that Yahweh will enlarge the **borders** of Israel by enabling them to possess more land. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Yahweh your God gives you more land”
19:8 d84s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis נִשְׁבַּ֖ע לַאֲבֹתֶ֑יךָ 1 Moses is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “he has sworn to your fathers that he would do”
19:8 i4kn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לַאֲבֹתֶ֑יךָ & לַאֲבֹתֶֽיךָ 1 Moses is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to your predecessors … to your predecessors”
19:9 ggn7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אָנֹכִ֣י מְצַוְּךָ֮ 1 Moses is telling the Israelites the commands from Yahweh. Yahweh is the original source of the commands. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “I am commanding you on behalf of Yahweh”
19:9 jg6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְלָלֶ֥כֶת בִּדְרָכָ֖יו 1 Here Moses is speaking of commandments as if they were **ways**, and he is saying that obeying commandments is like walking on those ways. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and to obey all his commandments”\n
19:9 te3l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כָּל־הַיָּמִ֑ים 1 Here, **all of the days** is an idiom that means “always.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “always”
19:9 pa3n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְיָסַפְתָּ֨ לְךָ֥ עוֹד֙ שָׁלֹ֣שׁ עָרִ֔ים עַ֖ל הַשָּׁלֹ֥שׁ הָאֵֽלֶּה 1 The implication is that the Israelites must choose **three more cities** of refuge in the part of the land that Yahweh will give them later. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “then you shall add three more cities for yourself in that additional land, besides these three cities”
19:10 t02o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְלֹ֤א יִשָּׁפֵךְ֙ דָּ֣ם נָקִ֔י 1 The implication is that, if the Israelites cities for people who kill someone accidentally to flee to, then the avengers of blood will not be able to kill them. As a result, Israelites will keep innocent people from dying. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “And you shall help prevent the spilling of innocent blood by choosing cities of refuge”
19:10 nw4x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְלֹ֤א יִשָּׁפֵךְ֙ דָּ֣ם נָקִ֔י 1 Here, **spill blood** is an idiom that means “kill someone.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And you shall not kill an innocent person”
19:10 lbjr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy דָּמִֽים 1 Here, **bloodshed** represents the killing of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a person’s death”
19:10 jrj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom עָלֶ֖יךָ 1 Here, something being **upon** someone is an idiom that means “one’s responsibility.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your responsibility”
19:11-12 k0s0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical וְכִֽי־יִהְיֶ֥ה אִישׁ֙ שֹׂנֵ֣א לְרֵעֵ֔הוּ וְאָ֤רַב לוֹ֙ וְקָ֣ם עָלָ֔יו וְהִכָּ֥הוּ נֶ֖פֶשׁ וָמֵ֑ת וְנָ֕ס אֶל־אַחַ֖ת הֶעָרִ֥ים הָאֵֽל & וְשָֽׁלְחוּ֙ זִקְנֵ֣י עִיר֔וֹ 1 Moses is describing a hypothetical situation in order to tell the Israelites what they should do if it takes place. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “In the case that there is a man who hates his neighbor and ambushes him and rises up against him and strikes him, and he dies, and he flees into one of these cities—then the elders of his city must send out”
19:11 vzh1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לְרֵעֵ֔הוּ 1 Here, **neighbor** means “fellow community member.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “someone living in his community”
19:11 cd1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns לוֹ֙ & עָלָ֔יו וְהִכָּ֥הוּ & וָמֵ֑ת 1 The pronouns **him** and **he** refer to the “neighbor.” If this is not clear for your readers, you could repeat the noun from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “his neighbor … against him and strikes him … and his neighbor dies”
19:11 zhj9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְנָ֕ס 1 The pronoun **he** refers to the “man who hates his neighbor.” If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “and the killer flees”
19:11 k2et rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְקָ֣ם עָלָ֔יו 1 Here, **rises up against** is an idiom that means “attacks.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and attacks him”
19:11 e73a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְהִכָּ֥הוּ נֶ֖פֶשׁ 1 The implication is that the man murdered his neighbor. He harmed his neighbor to the point of taking his **life**. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and kills him”
19:11 lywr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְהִכָּ֥הוּ 1 Here, **strike** means “injure” or “harm.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and he injures him”
19:12 y76n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְשָֽׁלְחוּ֙ זִקְנֵ֣י עִיר֔וֹ 1 Moses is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “then the elders of his city shall send a representative out”
19:12 v4zd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns עִיר֔וֹ & אֹת֖וֹ & אֹת֗וֹ & וָמֵֽת 1 The pronouns **him**, **he**, and **his** refer to the killer. If this is not clear for your readers, you could repeat the noun from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “the killer’s city … the killer … him … then the killer shall die”
19:12 dvxf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִשָּׁ֑ם 1 Here, **there** refers to the city of refuge that the killer fled to. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “from the city of refuge”
19:12 wm9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְנָתְנ֣וּ אֹת֗וֹ בְּיַ֛ד גֹּאֵ֥ל הַדָּ֖ם 1 Here, **hand** represents control. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and hand him over to the redeemer of blood”
19:12 s6si rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וָמֵֽת 1 The implication is that “the redeemer of blood” will execute the killer. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “then the redeemer of blood shall execute him”
19:13 nzj3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לֹא־תָח֥וֹס עֵֽינְךָ֖ עָלָ֑יו 1 Here, **Your eye shall not pity him** is an idiom that means “do not feel sorry for him.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not let your heart soften towards him” or “Do not have compassion on him”
19:13 bf7g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy דַֽם 1 Here, **blood** represents the responsibility for a wrongful killing such as murder. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the guilt of murdering”
19:13 hp52 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj הַנָּקִ֛י 1 Moses is using the adjective **innocent** as a noun to mean innocent people that have been murdered. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “innocent people”
19:14 il44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֹ֤א תַסִּיג֙ גְּב֣וּל רֵֽעֲךָ֔ 1 The implication is that someone would **displace the boundary** of their **neighbor** in order to take their neighbor’s land as their own. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “You must not take land away from your neighbor by displacing the borders of his land”\n
19:14 tpam rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy גְּב֣וּל 1 Here, **boundary** represents stones or other objects that people use to mark the boundary of their land. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the boundary markers of”
19:14 q6cx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit גָּבְל֖וּ רִאשֹׁנִ֑ים 1 The implication is that previous generations divided the land into portions and placed stones to mark the boundaries of each portion of land. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “previous generations set the bounds”
19:14 ut9g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo אֲשֶׁ֥ר גָּבְל֖וּ רִאשֹׁנִ֑ים 1 The expression **of which he first set the bounds** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “which he first set”
19:14 eo2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּנַחֲלָֽתְךָ֙ 1 Here, **inheritance** refers to the specific portion of land that each family receives. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “in the portion of land”
19:14 pean rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo בָּאָ֕רֶץ אֲשֶׁר֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ נֹתֵ֥ן לְךָ֖ לְרִשְׁתָּֽהּ 1 The expression **in the land that Yahweh your God is giving to you to possess it** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “in the land that Yahweh your God is giving to you”
19:15 j3fr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לֹֽא־יָקוּם֩ עֵ֨ד & בְּאִ֗ישׁ 1 Here, **rise up against** is an idiom that means “bring up a case against.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “witness shall not bring a case against another man”
19:15 dme5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet לְכָל־עָוֺן֙ וּלְכָל־חַטָּ֔את בְּכָל־חֵ֖טְא אֲשֶׁ֣ר יֶֽחֱטָ֑א 1 The terms **iniquity** and **sin** mean similar things. Moses is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “for any sin at all”
19:15 hv5m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy פִּ֣י & פִּ֥י 1 Here **mouth** represents the words that someone says. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the testimony of … the testimony of”
19:15 immw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יָק֥וּם דָּבָֽר 1 Here, **a matter may be raised** is an idiom that means “a case against someone may be brought.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a case may be brought against someone”
19:15 b9c6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יָק֥וּם דָּבָֽר 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “may a judge hear a case”
19:16-17 xylb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical כִּֽי־יָק֥וּם עֵד־חָמָ֖ס בְּאִ֑ישׁ לַעֲנ֥וֹת בּ֖וֹ סָרָֽה & וְעָמְד֧וּ שְׁנֵֽי־הָאֲנָשִׁ֛ים אֲשֶׁר־לָהֶ֥ם הָרִ֖יב 1 Moses is describing a hypothetical situation in order to tell the Israelites what they should do if it takes place. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “In the case that a false witness rises up against a man to testify falsehood against him, then the two men that have the controversy must stand”
19:16 ece2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עֵד־חָמָ֖ס 1 The implication is that the **witness** is **false** because he is accusing someone of a sin that did not happen. The **false witness** is attempting to harm that person. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “a false witness wants to cause trouble for someone and”
19:16 zqg3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יָק֥וּם & בְּאִ֑ישׁ 1 Here, **rise up against** is an idiom that means “bring up a case against.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “bring a case against a man”
19:16 eg4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit סָרָֽה 1 The implication is that “false witness” testifies a **falsehood** that the accused man committed a sin that deserves a punishment of death. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “a false sin”
19:17 l9ti rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit שְׁנֵֽי־הָאֲנָשִׁ֛ים אֲשֶׁר־לָהֶ֥ם הָרִ֖יב 1 The implication is that the **two men** disagree about whether the accused man sinned or not. Thus, **the controversy** is about what really happened. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the accuser and the accused who disagree about what happened”
19:17 d8nf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְעָמְד֧וּ שְׁנֵֽי־הָאֲנָשִׁ֛ים אֲשֶׁר־לָהֶ֥ם הָרִ֖יב 1 Here, **stand** means “present the case to the court and listen to their decision.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “then the two men that have the controversy shall bring their case”
19:17 vwfz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֣י & לִפְנֵ֤י 1 Here, **faces** represents the presence of people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before … before”
19:17 zkvt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְהַשֹּׁ֣פְטִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִהְי֖וּ 1 The implication is that there will be **judges** at the place of worship who will make decisions for all of Israel. The **judges** serve for a limited period of time, then other judges replaces them. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and the judges who will be in office”
19:17 u1d9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis יִהְי֖וּ בַּיָּמִ֥ים הָהֵֽם 1 Moses is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply the implied words if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “will be serving at the place of worship in those days”
19:18 cr9r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְדָרְשׁ֥וּ הַשֹּׁפְטִ֖ים הֵיטֵ֑ב 1 The implication is that **the judges** need to **thoroughly** investigate what truly happened. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “And the judges must work very hard to determine what happened”
19:18 kgt4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo וְהִנֵּ֤ה עֵֽד־שֶׁ֨קֶר֙ 1 This phrase is introducing a hypothetical condition. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “and if, behold, the witness is false”
19:19 b5ya rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַעֲשִׂ֣יתֶם ל֔וֹ כַּאֲשֶׁ֥ר זָמַ֖ם לַעֲשׂ֣וֹת לְאָחִ֑יו 1 The implication is that the false witness must receive the punishment for the sin that he had accused **his brother** of doing. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “then you must punish the false witness in the same way as he wanted you to punish the other man”
19:19 cias rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ל֔וֹ & זָמַ֖ם & לְאָחִ֑יו 1 The pronouns **him**, **he**, and **his** refer to the witness who falsely testified against his **brother**. If this is not clear for your readers, you could repeat the phrase from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “to the false witness … he had planned … to his brother”
19:19 zzr8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּבִֽעַרְתָּ֥ הָרָ֖ע מִקִּרְבֶּֽךָ 1 Here Moses is speaking of **evil** as if it were a physical object one could **remove** from a community of people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and do not allow evil to occur among you”
19:20 a23d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְהַנִּשְׁאָרִ֖ים 1 Here, **remnant** refers to the rest of the people. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Then everyone else”
19:20 iekj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis יִשְׁמְע֣וּ וְיִרָ֑אוּ 1 Moses is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the chapter if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “will hear about the punishment and fear that they might also be punished”
19:20 f3xq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo וְלֹֽא־יֹסִ֨פוּ לַעֲשׂ֜וֹת ע֗וֹד כַּדָּבָ֥ר הָרָ֛ע הַזֶּ֖ה 1 The expression **and will not continue to do anymore as this evil thing among you** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “and will not do anymore this evil thing”
19:20 lv0h כַּדָּבָ֥ר הָרָ֛ע הַזֶּ֖ה 1 Alternate translation: “such an evil thing as this”
19:21 z5fm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְלֹ֥א תָח֖וֹס עֵינֶ֑ךָ 1 Here, **your eye shall not pity him** is an idiom that means “do not feel sorry for him.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And do not let your heart soften towards him” or “And do not have compassion on him”
19:21 nz4x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit נֶ֣פֶשׁ בְּנֶ֗פֶשׁ עַ֤יִן בְּעַ֨יִן֙ שֵׁ֣ן בְּשֵׁ֔ן יָ֥ד בְּיָ֖ד רֶ֥גֶל בְּרָֽגֶל 1 The implication is that the punishment for a sin must be as severe as the harm that the sinner caused. For example, if someone takes *a life** through murder, then they must lose their **life** through execution. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “someone who takes a life must lose their life, someone who gouges out an eye must lose their eye, someone who knocks out a tooth must lose a tooth, someone who cuts off a hand must lose a hand, and someone who cuts off a foot must lose a foot”
20:intro qq8m 0 # Deuteronomy 20 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Yahweh’s protection\nIsrael was not to worry about the power and strength of other nations. Instead, they were to trust in the power of Yahweh. He is the source of their military strength and protection. This is why a priest leads them into battle, rather than a military commander. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])\n\n### Holy war\n\nIsrael’s conquering of the Promised Land was unique in history. It was a type of holy war and had special rules. This war was really Yahweh’s punishment against the sin of the Canaanite people. If the people were not completely destroyed, they would cause Israel to sin. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “What man is there”\nThis phrase is used several times to introduce a rhetorical question. The questions are intended to tell the readers that Yahweh only wants soldiers who are completely dedicated to fighting for him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Excused from fighting\n\nIn ancient Israel, men were excused from fighting in battle for several different reasons. Some of these reasons are mentioned in this chapter. Apparently, needing to establish a new house, the need to harvest a field and cowardice were possible excuses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
20:1 r5j1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit see horses, chariots 0 People considered an army with many horses and chariots to be very strong. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit.
20:1 ta4q he who brought you up out of the land of Egypt 0 Yahweh brought the people from Egypt to Canaan. It was common to use the word “up” to refer to traveling from Egypt to Canaan. Alternate translation: “Yahweh who led you out from the land of Egypt”
20:3 fy5i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism Do not let your hearts faint. Do not fear or tremble. Do not be afraid of them 0 These four expressions all mean the same thing and strongly emphasize that they are not to be afraid. If your language does not have four ways to express this concept, you may use less than four.
20:3 e17d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Do not let your hearts faint 0 Here “hearts” represents people’s courage. For a heart to faint is an idiom that means “Do not be afraid.” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
20:4 mdt8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Yahweh your God is the one who is going with you to fight for you against your enemies 0 Yahweh defeating the enemies of the people of Israel is spoken of as if Yahweh were a warrior who would fight along with the people of Israel.
20:5 i6ss rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit The officers must speak 0 One of the officers’ jobs was to decide who could leave the army. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit.
20:5 x2xn What man is there … Let him go and return to his house 0 Alternate translation: “If any soldier here has built a new house and has not dedicated it, he should go back to his house”
20:5 ti4c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo so that he does not die in battle and another man dedicates it 0 The officer is describing a situation that could possibly happen to a soldier. Alternate translation: “so that, if he dies in battle, another man will not dedicate his house instead of him”
20:6 vr9v Is there anyone who has planted … Let him go home 0 Alternate translation: “If any soldier here has a new vineyard, but has not yet harvested its grapes, he should go back to his house”
20:6 tal6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo so he will not die in battle and another man enjoy its fruit 0 The officer is describing a situation that could possibly happen to a soldier. Alternate translation: “so that, if he dies in battle, another man will not harvest its fruit instead of him”
20:7 n1rz What man is there who is engaged to marry a woman … Let him go home 0 Alternate translation: “If any soldier here has promised to marry a woman, but has not yet married her, he should go back to his house”
20:7 c3bq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo so that he does not die in battle and another man marries her 0 The officer is describing a situation that could possibly happen to a soldier. Alternate translation: “so that, if he dies in battle, another man does not marry her instead of him”
20:8 bjh6 What man is there who is fearful or fainthearted? Let him go and return to his house 0 Alternate translation: “If any soldier here is afraid and not brave, he should go back to his house”
20:8 xs8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet fearful or fainthearted 0 Both of these words mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “afraid to fight in battle”
20:8 vra8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom his brother’s heart does not melt like his own heart 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “another Israelite does not become afraid like he is afraid”
20:8 j8t4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy brother’s heart … his own heart 0 Here “heart” represents a person’s courage.
20:9 bl8n they must appoint commanders over them 0 Alternate translation: “the officers must appoint people to be commanders and to lead the people of Israel”
20:10 gc68 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy When you march up to attack a city 0 Here “city” represents the people. Alternate translation: “When you go to attack the people of a city”
20:11 yd6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy open their gates to you 0 Here “gates” refers to the city gates. The phrase “open their gates to you” represents the people surrendering and allowing the Israelites to enter their city. Alternate translation: “let you enter their city peacefully”
20:11 lru9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive all the people who are found in it 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all the people in the city”
20:12 c8y1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy But if it makes no offer of peace 0 Here “it” refers to the city which represents the people. Alternate translation: “But if the people of the city do not surrender” or “But if the people of the city do not accept your offer of peace”
20:15 yvw9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy all the cities 0 Here “cities” represents the people. Alternate translation: “all the people who live in cities”
20:16 wi9a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor In the cities of these peoples that Yahweh your God is giving you as an inheritance 0 The cities in Canaan that Yahweh is giving to the people is spoken of as if the cities were the people’s inheritance.
20:16 ql5j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes you must save alive nothing that breathes 0 Alternate translation: “you must not let any living thing stay alive.” This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “you must kill every living thing”
20:18 ya8k to act in any of their abominable ways … their gods 0 Alternate translation: “to act in abominable ways like the people in these nations have done with their gods”
20:18 i63g If you do, you will sin against Yahweh your God 0 Alternate translation: “If you act like these people, you will sin against Yahweh your God”
20:19 m55u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion For is the tree of the field a man whom you should besiege? 0 This rhetorical question is to remind the people of what they should already know. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “For fruit trees are not people, so they are not your enemy.”
21:intro qfb6 0 # Deuteronomy 21 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Elders\n\nOlder men were required to lead the people of Israel and help to administer justice. These men would function as judges, which would later become a more official position. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])\n\n### Peace in Israel\n\nThe rules and instructions in this chapter help to ensure peace in Israel. This is not a military peace. Instead, it is about establishing peace within Israel and among the people.
21:1 z641 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive If someone is found killed 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If someone finds a person whom someone else has killed”
21:1 w5dt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive it is not known who has attacked him 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “nobody knows who attacked him”
21:2 kj57 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive him who has been killed 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “him whom someone has killed” or “the dead body”
21:4 c4aq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom running water 0 This is an idiom for water that is moving. Alternate translation: “a stream”
21:4 cc7w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive a valley that has been neither plowed nor sown 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a valley where nobody has plowed the ground or planted seeds”
21:5 k6ht must come forward 0 Alternate translation: “must come to the valley”
21:5 f1vj for Yahweh your God has chosen them to serve him 0 Alternate translation: “because the priests are the ones whom Yahweh your God has chosen to serve him”
21:5 et1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you Yahweh your God 0 Moses speaks to the Israelites as if he were speaking to one man, so the word “your” is singular.
21:5 dtv4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy in the name of Yahweh 0 Here the metonym “in the name of” refers to Yahweh and his authority. Alternate translation: “as one who says and does what Yahweh himself would say and do”
21:5 d9ju Yahweh and to decide every case of dispute and assault by their word 0 Alternate translation: “Yahweh, and they will be the ones who settle all disagreements and cases of violence”
21:6 sd84 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the heifer whose neck was broken 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the heifer whose neck the priests broke”
21:7 hzz3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche Our hands have not shed this blood 0 Here “hands” are a synecdoche for the whole person and “shed this blood” is a metonym for killing an innocent person. Alternate translation: “We did not kill this innocent person” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
21:7 p19h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche neither have our eyes seen it 0 Here “eyes” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “and we did not see anyone kill this person”
21:8 n8mm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses continues to tell the elders what they should say when they wash their hands over the heifer. He speaks to them as if he were speaking to one man, so the words “you” and “your” are singular.
21:8 zi6q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor whom you have redeemed 0 Yahweh rescuing the people of Israel from being slaves in Egypt is spoken of as if Yahweh paid money to redeem his people from slavery.
21:8 h6er rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom do not put guilt for innocent bloodshed in the midst of your people Israel 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “do not treat your people Israel as if they are guilty of killing an innocent person”
21:8 ay2y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Then the bloodshed will be forgiven them 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then Yahweh will forgive his people Israel for the death of an innocent person”
21:9 jt76 you will put away the innocent blood from your midst 0 Alternate translation: “you will not be guilty any more of killing an innocent person”
21:9 xm7q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor what is right in the eyes of Yahweh 0 The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “what is right in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considers to be right”
21:10 wt6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses continues speaking to the people of Israel as if he were speaking to one man, so the words “you” and “your” are singular.
21:13 vnh6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses continues speaking to the people of Israel as if he were speaking to one man, so the words “you” and “your” are singular.
21:13 b55v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit she will take off the clothes she was wearing 0 She will do this after the man brings her to his house and when she shaves her head and cuts her fingernails and toenails as mentioned in [Deuteronomy 21:12](../21/12.md). The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “she will take off the clothes of her people and put on Israelite clothes”
21:13 b4yf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive when she was taken captive 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when you took her captive”
21:13 r54x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism After that you may lie with her 0 This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “After that you may have sexual relations with her”
21:14 ft5h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit But if you take no delight in her 0 You may need to make explicit that the man sleeps with the woman. Alternate translation: “But if you sleep with her and then decide that you do not want her as your wife”
21:15 v2gp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive one is loved and the other is hated 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: This could mean: (1) “the man loves one of his wives and he hates the other wife” or (2) “the man loves one wife more than he loves the other wife”
21:15 jg5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive if the firstborn son is of her that is hated 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if the firstborn son belongs to the wife whom the man hates”
21:16 f8q7 then on the day that the man 0 Alternate translation: “when the man”
21:16 ym4g the man causes his sons to inherit what he possesses 0 Alternate translation: “the man gives his possessions to his sons as an inheritance”
21:16 zf5n he may not make the son of the beloved wife the firstborn before the son of the hated wife 0 Alternate translation: “he may not treat the son of the beloved wife as if he were the firstborn instead of the son of the hated wife”
21:17 jb7c a double portion 0 Alternate translation: “twice as much”
21:17 njj9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom that son is the beginning of his strength 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “that son is the one who shows that the man can become the father of sons”
21:18 m9cz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy who will not obey the voice of his father or the voice of his mother 0 Here “voice” is a metonym for what a person says. Alternate translation: “who will not obey what his father or mother say”
21:20 xgq4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses continues speaking to the people of Israel as if they were one man, so all instances of “you” are singular.
21:20 v2fh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy he will not obey our voice 0 Here “voice” is a metonym for what a person says or a synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “he will not do what we tell him to do” or “he will not obey us” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
21:21 y2jq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj you will remove the evil from among you 0 The adjective “evil” can be translated as a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “you must remove from among the Israelites the person who does this evil thing” or “you must execute this evil person”
21:21 eax8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy All Israel 0 The word “Israel” is a metonym for the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “All the people of Israel”
21:21 dpr6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit will hear of it and fear 0 The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “will hear about what happened to the son and be afraid that the people will punish them also”
21:22 bv2t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses continues speaking to the people of Israel as if he were speaking to one man, so the words “you” and “your” are singular.
21:22 nh6m If a man has committed a sin worthy of death 0 Alternate translation: “If a man has done something so bad that you need to punish him by killing him”
21:22 h9vx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive he is put to death 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you execute him” or “you kill him”
21:22 hfw9 you hang him on a tree 0 This could mean: (1) “after he has died you hang him on a tree” or (2) “you kill him by hanging him on a wooden post”
21:23 y9lb bury him the same day 0 Alternate translation: “bury him on the same day as when you execute him”
21:23 ztq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive for whoever is hanged is cursed by God 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) “because God curses everyone whom people hang on trees” and (2) “people hang on trees those whom God has cursed.”
21:23 i54a do not defile the land 0 by leaving something God has cursed hanging in the tree
22:intro hk1i 0 # Deuteronomy 22 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Order in Israel\n\nThe instructions in this chapter help to maintain order in this chapter. The people are to have integrity. The people’s sin will result in serious punishment. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n### Virgin woman\n\nIf a woman was not a virgin, she was not considered to be worth marrying. The man who slept with her was responsible for providing for her since she will not be able to find a husband to provide for her. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:1 b8pa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
22:1 z51n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom hide yourself from them 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “act as if you do not see them” or “go away without doing anything”
22:3 ez2b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
22:3 hk97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom you must not hide yourself 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “you must not act as if you do not see that he has lost something” or “you must not go away without doing anything”
22:4 zc1c you must surely help him to lift it up again 0 Alternate translation: “you must help your fellow Israelite lift the animal back up onto its feet”
22:6 ciu1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
22:7 f4iz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor prolong your days 0 Long days are a metaphor for a long life. See how you translated these words in [Deuteronomy 4:26](../04/26.md). Alternate translation: “be able to live a long time”
22:8 yyd6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
22:8 f2cy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy so that you do not bring blood on your house 0 Blood is a symbol for death. Alternate translation: “so that it will not be the fault of your household if someone dies”
22:9 c3ah rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
22:9 de7h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy so that the whole harvest is not confiscated by the holy place 0 The words “holy place” is a metonym for the priests who work in the holy place. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the priests in Yahweh’s holy place do not take away the whole harvest” or “so that you do not defile the whole harvest and the priests do not allow you to use it” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:11 a4tf rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown linen 0 thread made from the flax plant
22:12 f6fs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the word “you” here is singular.
22:14 qkl1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns puts a bad reputation on her 0 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **reputation**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “makes other people think she is a bad person”
22:14 pd58 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism but when I came near to her 0 This is a polite way of saying “to have sexual relations with someone.” Alternate translation: “but when I slept with her”
22:14 l34f I found no proof of virginity in her 0 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **proof**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “she could not prove to me that she was a virgin”
22:15 k5i1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns must take proof of her virginity 0 The abstract nouns “proof” and “virginity” can be translated with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “must take something that proves that she has never had sexual relations”
22:17 i7ju rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit he has accused her of shameful things 0 The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “he has accused her of having slept with someone before he married her”
22:17 m954 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns I did not find in your daughter the proof of virginity 0 The abstract nouns “proof” and “virginity” can be translated as verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “Your daughter could not prove that she has never had sexual relations”
22:17 bhe3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns But here is the proof of my daughter’s virginity 0 The abstract nouns “proof” and “virginity” can be translated as verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “But this proves that my daughter has never had sexual relations”
22:17 sdd9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Then they will spread the garment out before the elders of the city 0 The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “And then the mother and father will show the clothing with the bloodstain to the elders as proof that she was a virgin”
22:19 q46p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns has caused a bad reputation for a virgin of Israel 0 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **reputation**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “has caused people to think that a virgin of Israel is a bad person”
22:20 h9vv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive that the proof of virginity was not found in the girl 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the man did not find proof that the girl was a virgin”
22:20 ut1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns the proof of virginity 0 The abstract nouns “proof” and “virginity” can be translated as verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “something that proves that the girl has never had sexual relations”
22:21 n3u5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj you will remove the evil 0 The adjective “evil” can be translated as a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “you must remove from among the Israelites the person who does this evil thing” or “you must execute this evil person”
22:22 tr9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the word “you” is singular.
22:22 gj36 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive If a man is found 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If someone finds a man”
22:22 jwc2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism lying with 0 This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “having sexual relations with”
22:23 a6yj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the word “you” is singular.
22:24 h5rb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit because he violated his neighbor’s wife 0 The Israelites at that time thought of a man and woman who had engaged each other for marriage as husband and wife. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “because he slept with a girl who belongs to a fellow Israelite”
22:24 h8jh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj you will remove the evil from among you 0 The adjective “evil” can be translated as a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “you must remove from among the Israelites the person who does this evil thing” or “you must execute this evil person”
22:25 y33y then only the man who lies with her must die 0 Alternate translation: “then you must only kill the man who lay with her”
22:26 x3q2 there is no sin worthy of death in the girl 0 Alternate translation: “you are not to punish her by killing her for what she did”
22:26 xrs6 For this case is like when a man attacks his neighbor and kills him 0 Alternate translation: “Because this situation is like the situation when somebody attacks another person and kills him”
22:27 qqe5 For he found her in the field 0 Alternate translation: “Because the man found the girl working in the field”
22:28 s17p but who is not engaged 0 Alternate translation: “but whose parents have not promised another man that she will marry him”
22:28 i4cs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism lies with her 0 This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “has sexual relations with her”
22:28 m9ah rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive if they are discovered 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if somebody finds out what happened”
22:29 tr9z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney fifty shekels of silver 0 A shekel weighs eleven grams. Alternate translation: “fifty pieces of silver” or “550 grams of silver” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
22:29 yb82 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom He may not send her away during all his days 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “He must never divorce her during his entire life”
22:30 hh8b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit must not take his father’s wife as his own 0 The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “must not marry his father’s former wife, even if she is not his mother”
23:intro rn7c 0 # Deuteronomy 23 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The assembly of Yahweh\n\nThis was probably the corporate worship of Yahweh, when the people would come together to worship him.\n\n### Racial superiority\n\nYahweh viewed Israel as superior to the other nations of Canaan. In many cultures, this may be seen as immoral. It must be remembered that the instructions of this chapter are very remote from the modern world. These people groups were always sinful and idolatrous. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
23:1 r8v9 man injured by crushing or cutting off 0 Alternate translation: “man whose private body parts someone has crushed or cut off”
23:1 z8kb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom may enter the assembly of Yahweh 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “may be a full member of the Israelite community”
23:2 eh16 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal as far as to the tenth generation of his descendants 0 This “tenth” is the ordinal number for ten. Alternate translation: “even after ten generations of the illegitimate child’s descendants”
23:3 zk3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom may not belong to the assembly of Yahweh 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “may not be a full member of the Israelite community”
23:3 upu4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal as far as to the tenth generation of his descendants 0 This “tenth” is the ordinal number for ten. Alternate translation: “even after ten generations of his descendants”
23:4 sk15 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit they did not meet you with bread and with water 0 The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “they did not welcome you by bringing you food and drink”
23:4 l814 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you against you … curse you 0 Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the word “you” here is singular.
23:5 nd5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
23:5 zpa9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom would not listen 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “did not pay attention”
23:5 ag3p turned the curse into a blessing for you 0 Alternate translation: “had him bless you and not curse you”
23:6 nk42 You must never seek their peace or prosperity 0 This could mean: (1) “You should never make a peace treaty with the Ammonites and the Moabites” or (2) “You must not do anything to cause things to go well for those 2 people groups to enable them to prosper” .
23:6 nxp6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom during all your days 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “as long as you are a nation”
23:7 erl6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
23:8 iwm4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal The descendants of the third generation that are born to them may belong to the assembly of Yahweh 0 This “third” is the ordinal number for three. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “If an Edomite or an Egyptian comes to live in the Israelite community, his grandchildren may become full members of that community” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:9 ffs3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you When you march out as an army against your enemies, then you must keep yourselves 0 Moses speaks here to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” are singular.
23:10 fmm7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism any man who is unclean because of what happened to him at night 0 This is a polite way of saying that he had an emission of semen. Alternate translation: “any man who is unclean because he had an emission of semen while he was asleep”
23:12 myh9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
23:13 sn2i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism when you squat down to relieve yourself 0 This is a polite way of saying to defecate. Alternate translation: “when you squat down to defecate”
23:15 ba2u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
23:15 cfk6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit a slave who has escaped from his master 0 The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “a slave from another country who escaped from his master and came to Israel”
23:17 kr1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
23:17 cmz6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism cultic prostitute … among any of the daughters … among the sons 0 This could mean: (1) Moses openly forbids women and men to perform sexual acts as part of temple service or (2) Moses uses a euphemism to forbid women and men to perform sexual acts to receive money.
23:18 i3pv You must not bring the wages of a prostitute … into the house 0 Alternate translation: “A woman who earns money as a prostitute must not bring that money … into the house”
23:19 ad32 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
23:19 z4pg interest of money … anything that is lent on interest 0 Alternate translation: “you must not charge interest when you lend somebody money, food, or anything else”
23:20 ubn8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom all that you put your hand to 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “all that you do”
23:21 nbs8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
23:21 q8a9 you must not be slow in fulfilling it 0 Alternate translation: “you must not take a long time to fulfill the vow”
23:21 cns1 for Yahweh your God will surely require it of you 0 Alternate translation: “because Yahweh your God will blame you and punish you if you do not fulfill your vow”
23:22 g92k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit But if you will refrain from making a vow, it will be no sin for you 0 The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “But, if you do not make a vow, you will not sin because you will not have a vow to fulfill”
23:23 d5bw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom That which has gone out from your lips 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “The words you have spoken”
23:23 mp5l according as you have vowed to Yahweh your God 0 Alternate translation: “whatever you have vowed to Yahweh your God that you will do”
23:23 cj72 anything that you have freely promised with your mouth 0 Alternate translation: “anything that people have heard you promise to do because you wanted to do it”
23:23 qm3v with your mouth 0 Alternate translation: “so that people heard you say it”
23:24 gy1x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
23:24 ris3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit but do not put any in your basket 0 The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “but you may not put any grapes in your bag to take them away with you”
23:25 em5k When you go into your neighbor’s ripe grain 0 Alternate translation: “When you walk through your neighbor’s field where there is grain growing”
23:25 v1t5 you may pluck the heads of grain with your hand 0 Alternate translation: “then you may eat the kernels of grain with your hand”
23:25 jv7v but do not put a sickle to your neighbor’s ripe grain 0 Alternate translation: “but do not cut down your neighbor’s ripe grain and take it with you”
23:25 q13q sickle 0 a sharp tool that farmers use to harvest wheat
24:intro l5h3 0 # Deuteronomy 24 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter continues the teaching about how to maintain justice in Israel. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “No man may take a mill or an upper millstone as a pledge”\nA millstone was the way a person made a living. To take a person’s millstone was to take away the way they earned money and produced food. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n### Lending money\n\nLending money to fellow Israelites was a way to help them out. It was not intended to be a way to make money off their brothers. This chapter gives limitations regarding the lending of money.
24:1 t3lr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet When a man takes a wife and marries her 0 The phrases “takes a wife” and “marries her” mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “When a man marries a woman”
24:1 a5ki rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche if she finds no favor in his eyes 0 Here the “eyes” represent the whole person. Alternate translation: “if he decides that he does not like her”
24:1 bk83 because he has found some unsuitable thing in her 0 Alternate translation: “because for some reason he has decided that he does not want to keep her”
24:1 t5b8 he must write her a certificate of divorce 0 Alternate translation: “he must give his wife an official paper saying that they are not married anymore”
24:2 s8m8 she may go and be another man’s wife 0 Alternate translation: “she may go and marry another man”
24:3 i2hq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses continues speaking to the people of Israel about a woman who gets a divorce and marries another man. Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
24:3 x5th If the second husband hates her 0 Alternate translation: “If the second husband decides that he hates the woman”
24:3 n5zv certificate of divorce 0 This is an official paper saying that the man and woman are not married anymore. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 24:1](../24/01.md).
24:3 fwe1 puts it into her hand 0 Alternate translation: “gives it to the woman”
24:4 pjf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit after she has become impure 0 The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “after she has become unclean by the divorce and remarriage to another man”
24:4 wx6u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification You must not cause the land to become guilty 0 The land is spoken of as if it could sin. Alternate translation: “You must not spread guilt around in the land”
24:5 e825 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive neither may he be commanded to go on any forced duty 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and no one is to force him to live away from his home and do any kind of work”
24:6 sp1u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy for that would be taking a person’s life as a pledge 0 The word “life” is a metonym for what a person needs to keep himself alive. Alternate translation: “because he would be taking from the man what the man needs to make food for his family”
24:7 pj12 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
24:7 q93t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom If a man is found kidnapping 0 This is an idiom for “If a man kidnaps.” It can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “If you find a man kidnapping” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
24:7 jx4a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj you will remove the evil from among you 0 The adjective “evil” can be translated as a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “you must remove from among the Israelites the person who does this evil thing” or “you must execute this evil person”
24:8 s2sl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you Take heed … you carefully observe 0 Moses speaks to the Israelites here as if they were one man, so the word “you” and the command “take heed” are singular.
24:8 a4y7 Take heed regarding any plague of leprosy 0 Alternate translation: “Pay attention if you suffer from leprosy” or “Pay attention if you have leprosy”
24:8 g4nu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive every instruction given to you which the priests, the Levites, teach you 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all of the instructions that I have given you and that the priests, who are Levites, teach you to do”
24:8 bq6f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you teach you … you will act 0 Moses here speaks to the Israelites as a group, so these instances of the word “you” are plural.
24:9 dz97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you Call to mind what Yahweh your God 0 Moses speaks to the Israelites here as if they were one man, so the word “your” and the command “call to mind” are singular.
24:9 svp3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you you were coming out 0 Moses here speaks to the Israelites as a group, so the word “you” is plural.
24:9 rhd1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom Call to mind 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “Remember”
24:10 g9z2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
24:12 igs8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
24:12 p99v you must not lie down to sleep with his pledge in your possession 0 Alternate translation: “you must not keep his coat overnight” or “you must return his pledge before you lie down to sleep”
24:12 ub2f his pledge 0 This refers to what he has promised that he would give you if he did not pay back the loan. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 24:10](../24/10.md).
24:13 ak4z restore to him the pledge 0 Alternate translation: “give him back what he has given you to show that he will pay back the loan”
24:13 b8d7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit so that he may sleep in his cloak and bless you 0 The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “so that he will have his coat to keep himself warm when he sleeps, and he will be grateful to you”
24:13 rg78 cloak 0 This is a coat or other clothing that keeps a person warm at night. This was probably the “pledge” Moses was speaking of in [Deuteronomy 24:10–12](./10.md).
24:13 ju2d it will be righteousness for you before Yahweh your God 0 Alternate translation: “Yahweh your God will approve of the way you handled this matter”
24:14 wp93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
24:14 siq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet poor and needy 0 These two words have similar meanings and emphasize that this is a person who cannot help himself.
24:14 pkc6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche within your city gates 0 Here “city gates” mean towns or cities. Alternate translation: “in one of your cities”
24:15 en53 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom the sun must not go down on this unsettled matter 0 This is an idiom. The Israelites considered the new day as starting when the sun went down. Alternate translation: “you should pay the man on the same day he does the work”
24:15 qhi5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit for he is poor and is counting on it 0 The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “because he is poor and depends on his wages to buy his food for the next day”
24:16 f9w8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive The parents must not be put to death for their children 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must not execute the parents because of something bad that one of their children did”
24:16 dm6q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive neither must the children be put to death for their parents 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language, Alternate translation: “and you must not execute the children because of something bad that their parents did”
24:16 kpm3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive everyone must be put to death for his own sin 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you should only execute a person because of something bad that he did himself”
24:17 jt5p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
24:17 v5c5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor You must not use force to take away the justice that is due the foreigner or the fatherless 0 Moses speaks of justice as if it were a physical object that a stronger person can violently pull away from a weaker person. Alternate translation: “You must not treat a foreigner or the fatherless unfairly”
24:17 e6gp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit nor take the widow’s cloak as a pledge 0 A lender would take something from the borrower to ensure that she would pay him back. He was not allowed to take her coat because she needed it to stay warm. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “and do not take a widow’s cloak as a pledge because she needs it to stay warm”
24:18 w91c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom call to mind 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “remember”
24:19 x6d4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
24:19 t9e2 When you reap your harvest in your field 0 Alternate translation: “When you cut down the grain in your field”
24:19 im2p an omer of grain 0 Some versions translate this as “a sheaf.” Either translation refers to stalks of grain, enough to be easily carried, possibly tied in a bundle.
24:19 nzd1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis it must be for the foreigner, for the fatherless, or for the widow 0 You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “you must leave the sheaf so a foreigner, an orphan, or a widow can take it”
24:19 xe9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche in all the work of your hands 0 Here “hands” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “in all the work that you do”
24:20 e142 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis When you shake your olive tree 0 You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “When you shake the branches of your olive tree, causing the olives to fall to the ground so you can pick them up”
24:20 e3tn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis it will be for the foreigner, for the fatherless, or for the widow 0 You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “the olives that stay on the branches are for foreigners, orphans, and widows to pick and take with them”
24:21 qg17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
24:21 h98g What is left over will be for the foreigner, for the fatherless, and for the widow 0 Alternate translation: “The grapes that you do not pick will be for the foreigner, the fatherless, and the widow to pick”
24:21 qsd7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun for the foreigner, for the fatherless, and for the widow 0 These refer to groups of people. Alternate translation: “for foreigners, for those who are fatherless, and for the widows”
24:22 jte9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom call to mind 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “remember”
25:intro e9vi 0 # Deuteronomy 25 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter continues to teach about justice in Israel. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “A perfect and just weight you must have”\nIn the ancient Near East, money was weighted on a scale. If a persons weight was off, they were robbing people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
25:2 m44y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive If the guilty man deserves to be beaten 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If the judge orders them to beat the guilty man”
25:2 b3ki rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive be beaten in his presence 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will watch them beat him”
25:2 iku9 with the ordered number of blows, as was his crime 0 Alternate translation: “the number of times he has ordered because of the bad deed he did”
25:3 e1n2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers The judge may give him forty blows 0 Alternate translation: “The judge may say that they should beat the guilty person 40 times”
25:3 p5e2 but he may not exceed that number 0 Alternate translation: “but the judge may not order them to beat him more than 40 times”
25:3 n2km for if he should exceed that number and beat him with many more blows 0 Alternate translation: “because if the judge orders them to beat him many more than 40 times”
25:3 l8ju rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive then your fellow Israelite would be humiliated before your eyes 0 This may be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “then the judge would humiliate your fellow Israelite in front of all of the people of Israel”
25:3 s8b7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche humiliated before your eyes 0 Here the people are represented by their “eyes” to emphasize what they see. Alternate translation: “humiliated, and you would all see it”
25:5 e3vx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive then the wife of the dead man must not be married off to someone 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “then the family of the dead man must not let the widow marry someone”
25:5 y2p8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism shall go in to her 0 This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “shall have sexual relations with her”
25:6 tf4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy will succeed in the name of that man’s dead brother 0 The word “name” is a metonym for the person’s family line. Alternate translation: “will continue the family line of that man’s dead brother”
25:6 d4l7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy so that his name will not perish from Israel 0 The word “name” is a metonym for the person’s family line. Alternate translation: “so that his family line will not disappear from Israel”
25:7 hf36 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit must go up to the gate to the elders 0 The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “must go up to the city gate where the elders judge cases”
25:7 v965 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy refuses to raise up for his brother a name 0 Here “name” refers to the memory of someone through his descendants. Alternate translation: “refuses to give his brother a son”
25:7 d9aj he will not perform the duty of a husband’s brother to me 0 Alternate translation: “he will not do what a husband’s brother is supposed to do and marry me”
25:8 sx4h I do not wish to take her 0 Alternate translation: “I do not wish to marry her”
25:9 e9kq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy who does not build up his brother’s house 0 Here “house” is a metonym for the family. Alternate translation: “who does not give his brother a son and continue his brother’s family line”
25:10 hsh9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit The house of him whose sandal has been taken off 0 Here removing the sandal symbolizes that the brother would not receive any of the property of his dead brother. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The house of him whose sandal his brother’s widow took off his foot” or “The family of a man who did not marry the wife of his dead brother” or “The family whom everyone despises” or “The family who is shameful” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
25:11 qu3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
25:11 fd81 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy out of the hand of him who struck him 0 Here “hand” refers to power or control. Alternate translation: “so the one who struck him will not strike him again” or “from the man who hit him”
25:12 lc9r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche your eye must have no pity 0 Here “eye” means the whole person. Alternate translation: “you should not feel sorry for her” or “you must not show her mercy”
25:13 m4mm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
25:13 bt47 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit You must not have in your bag different weights, a large and a small 0 The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. You can also make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “You must not cheat people by using a weight that is larger than you say it is when you buy things and by using a weight that is smaller than you say it is when you sell things” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
25:14 bt5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit You must not have in your house different measures, a large and a small 0 The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. You can also make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “You must not cheat people by using a measure that is larger than you say it is when you buy things and by using a measure that is smaller than you say it is when you sell things” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
25:15 q2jf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses continues speaking to the people of Israel about using fair weights and measures when buying and selling. He speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
25:16 xsn1 For all who do such things, all that act unrighteously 0 Alternate translation: “because everyone who cheats people by using different sized weights and measures”
25:17 za5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so except where noted the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
25:17 fs1s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom Call to mind what Amalek did to you 0 This is an idiom, and “Amalek” is a metonym for the Amelikite people. Alternate translation: “Remember what the Amalekites did to you” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
25:17 y9yn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you as you came out 0 The word “you” here is plural.
25:18 bv3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet faint and weary 0 These words have similar meanings and emphasize how tired the people were. Alternate translation: “tired and exhausted”
25:18 ig25 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit he did not honor God 0 The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “he was not afraid of God’s punishment” or “he did not respect God”
25:19 gv8d you must blot out the remembrance of Amalek from under heaven 0 Alternate translation: “you must kill all of the Amalekites so that nobody will remember them anymore”
26:intro t97p 0 # Deuteronomy 26 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter recalls the great events of Israel’s history when Yahweh brought them out of Egypt.
26:1 yl9f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
26:2 epa3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal some of the first of all the harvest 0 Alternate translation: “some of the first fruits of the harvest” or “some of the first crops of the harvest.” This “first” is the ordinal number for one.
26:3 wq9z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
26:5 u2nt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
26:5 tpv8 My ancestor was a wandering Aramean 0 This is the beginning of the statement that the Israelite male should make when bringing his basket.
26:5 tq54 a wandering Aramean 0 This refers to Jacob, who was the ancestor of all the Israelites. He lived for many years in Aram-Nahairam, a region located in Syria.
26:5 k6c8 stayed there 0 Alternate translation: “lived the rest of his life there”
26:5 fi9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy There he became 0 The word “he” is a metonym for “Jacob’s descendants.”
26:5 bu5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet a great, mighty 0 These words mean basically the same thing. They emphasize that Israel became a large and powerful nation. Alternate translation: “very great”
26:6 ujn6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet treated us badly and afflicted us 0 These two phrases say basically the same thing. They emphasize that the Egyptians acted very harshly.
26:6 c31y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive treated us 0 Here “us” refers to the people of Israel that were living in Egypt. The speaker includes himself as one of the people whether he lived in Egypt or not.
26:7 yr33 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy he heard our voice 0 Here “voice” refers to the whole person and his cries or prayers. Alternate translation: “he heard our cries” or “he heard our prayers”
26:7 g82f our affliction, our labor, and our oppression 0 Alternate translation: “that the Egyptians were afflicting us, that we were doing very hard work, and that the Egyptians were oppressing us”
26:8 bl9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive Yahweh brought us 0 Here “us” refers to the people of Israel that were living in Egypt. The speaker includes himself as one of the people whether he lived in Egypt or not.
26:8 qdu1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor with a mighty hand, with an outstretched arm 0 Here “a mighty hand” and “an outstretched arm” are metaphors for Yahweh’s power. See how you translated these words in [Deuteronomy 4:34](../04/34.md). Alternate translation: “by showing his mighty power”
26:8 r6wp with great fearsomeness 0 Alternate translation: “with acts that terrified the people who saw them”
26:9 e5yf a land that flows with milk and honey 0 This is an idiom. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 6:3](../06/03.md). Alternate translation: “a land where plenty of milk and honey flow” or “a land that is excellent for cattle and farming”
26:10 w7qd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses continues telling the Israelites what they must say when they bring theire first crops to Yahweh. He speaks to them as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
26:10 i91e first of the harvest 0 Alternate translation: “first fruits of the harvest” or “first crops of the harvest”
26:10 w4db You must set it down 0 Alternate translation: “You must set the basket down.”
26:11 n6y8 you must rejoice in all the good that Yahweh your God has done for you 0 Alternate translation: “you must rejoice and be grateful for all the good things that Yahweh your God has done for you”
26:12 m35u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
26:12 hy2p rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal in the third year 0 This “third” is the ordinal number for three. Every three years the people of Israel gave a tenth of the harvest to the poor.
26:12 w7jj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche eat within your city gates and be filled 0 Here “gates” means towns or cities. Alternate translation: “so that those within your towns may have enough food to eat”
26:14 at8m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit when I was impure 0 Here “impure” means the person is unclean according to the Law. God does not allow an unclean person to touch the tithe he is giving to God. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “when I was unclean according to the Law” or “when the law says I cannot touch it”
26:14 i6zz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy I have listened to the voice of Yahweh my God; I have obeyed everything you have commanded me to do 0 Here “voice of Yahweh” is a metonym for what Yahweh says. Both statements share similar meanings. They emphasize that the person has obeyed all of God’s commands. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
26:15 q1e2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet from the holy place where you live, from heaven 0 These two phrases mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “from heaven, your holy dwelling place”
26:15 y7c5 a land flowing with milk and honey 0 This is an idiom. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 6:3](../06/03.md). Alternate translation: “a land where plenty of milk and honey flow” or “a land that is excellent for cattle and farming”
26:16 q8i6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
26:16 lvb6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy with all your heart and with all your soul 0 Here “heart” and “soul” are metonyms for a person’s inner being. These two phrases are used together to mean “completely” or “earnestly.” See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 4:29](../04/29.md). (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
26:17 v3dx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism that you will walk in his ways and keep his statutes, his commandments, and his decrees, and that you will listen to his voice 0 The words “walk,” “keep,” and “listen” have similar meanings here. Here “voice” refers to what God has said. Alternate translation: “that you will completely obey everything Yahweh commands” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
26:18 c7hk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
26:19 q8jb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom he will set you high above 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he will make you more important than” or “he will make you greater than”
26:19 p58x he will set you high above all the other nations that he has made, and you will receive praise, fame, and honor 0 This could mean: (1) “he will cause you to become greater than any other nation that he has established, and he will enable you to praise him and honor him” or (2) “he will have people praise you more than they praise every other nation that he has made; people will say that you are better than any other nation, and they will honor you.”
26:19 lg4i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor You will be a people that is set apart to Yahweh your God 0 Yahweh choosing the people of Israel to belong to him in a special way is spoken of as if Yahweh set them apart from all other nations. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh your God will set you apart from other nations” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:intro uy69 0 # Deuteronomy 27 General Notes\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “May the man be cursed”\nThis phrase is repeated several times in this chapter. This parallelism serves as a warning to the Israelites when they will live in the Promised Land. This is part of the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
27:1 mu7e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so except where noted, the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
27:1 ya1q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you command you today 0 Moses is speaking to the Israelites as a group, so the word “you” is plural.
27:2 yul5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you you will pass 0 Moses is speaking to the Israelites as a group, so the word “you” is plural.
27:2 c7s3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit plaster them with plaster 0 Plaster is usually a mixture of lime, sand, and water that is spread on something. It dries to form a hard, smooth surface on which a person can write. Alternate translation: “spread plaster on them” or “make them so you can write on them”
27:3 yd13 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom a land flowing with milk and honey 0 This is an idiom. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 6:3](../06/03.md). Alternate translation: “a land where plenty of milk and honey flow” or “a land that is excellent for cattle and farming”
27:4 rjy8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
27:4 l6gl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you you have passed … set up … I am commanding you 0 Moses is addressing the Israelites as a group, so the instances of “you” and the command “set up” are plural.
27:4 gk8x plaster them with plaster 0 Alternate translation: “spread plaster on them” or “make them so you can write on them.” See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 27:2](../27/02.md).
27:4 vvi2 Mount Ebal 0 This is a mountain near Shechem. See how you translated it in [Deuteronomy 11:29](../11/29.md).
27:5 ebq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit you must raise no iron tool to work the stones 0 This refers to the chisels that would make the stones smoother, in order that they might fit together better. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “you will not shape the altar stones with iron tools”
27:6 c115 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
27:6 y47u unworked stones 0 stones in their natural shape that no one has shaped with metal tools
27:8 fa2n write on the stones 0 This refers to the stones they were to set up on Mount Ebal and cover with plaster. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 27:2](../27/02.md) and [Deuteronomy 27:4](./04.md).
27:9 dv5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
27:10 q49w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy obey the voice of Yahweh your God 0 Here the metonym “voice of Yahweh” refers to what he says. Alternate translation: “obey what Yahweh your God says”
27:12 p66t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy These tribes 0 Here the metonym “tribes” refers to the people from the tribes of Simeon, Levi, Judah, Issachar, Joseph, and Benjamin. Alternate translation: “The people from these tribes”
27:15 pp2u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive May the man be cursed … sets it up in secret 0 This is the statement the Levites must shout to all the people of Israel. It may be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “May Yahweh curse the person … sets it up in secret”
27:15 ne2d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom the work of the hands of a craftsman 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “something a man has made”
27:16 igu1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive May the man be cursed 0 This may be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “May Yahweh curse the man”
27:17 api7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit who removes his neighbor’s landmark 0 The full meaning of the statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “who takes land away from his neighbor by moving the markers on the borders of his land”
27:18 f4in rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive May the man be cursed 0 This may be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 27:16](../27/16.md). Alternate translation: “May Yahweh curse the man”
27:19 b9gc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor uses force to take away the justice due to a foreigner … widow 0 Moses speaks of justice as if it were a physical object that a stronger person can violently pull away from a weaker person. Your language might have one word that means “use force to take away.” See how you translated these words in [Deuteronomy 24:17](../24/17.md). Alternate translation: “treats a foreigner … widow unfairly”
27:20 s47r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive May the man be cursed 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 27:16](../27/16.md). Alternate translation: “May Yahweh curse the man”
27:20 jzl8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit he has taken away his father’s rights 0 When a man marries a woman, only he has the legal right to sleep with her. The full meaning of this statement may be made explicit. Alternate translation: “he has taken away his father’s legal rights”
27:22 zer5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive May the man be cursed 0 This may be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 27:16](../27/16.md). Alternate translation: “May Yahweh curse the man”
27:22 rhp9 the daughter of his father, or with the daughter of his mother 0 This means a man cannot sleep with his sister, even if she has a different mother or father.
27:24 n57s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive May the man be cursed 0 This may be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 27:16](../27/16.md). Alternate translation: “May Yahweh curse the man”
27:26 z9xa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive May the man be cursed 0 This may be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 27:16](../27/16.md). Alternate translation: “May Yahweh curse the man”
28:intro f2wv 0 # Deuteronomy 28 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Blessings and warnings\n\nThis chapter explains some of the blessings and warnings associated with Israel’s obedience to the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
28:1 cg2q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
28:1 f13g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy to the voice of Yahweh your God 0 Here the metonym “voice of Yahweh” refers to what he says. Alternate translation: “to what Yahweh your God says”
28:1 gb5d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor set you above 0 Moses speaks of being important or being great as if it were being physically higher, as on a higher hill. Alternate translation: “make you more important than” or “make you greater than”
28:2 w8tx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor All these blessings will come on you and overtake you 0 Moses describes the blessings as a person who would attack them by surprise or chase and catch them. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will bless you like this in ways that will completely surprise you, and it will be as if you cannot escape having him bless you” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
28:3 wiv2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
28:3 uv27 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Blessed will you be 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will bless you”
28:3 z33g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism in the city … in the field 0 This merism means that Yahweh will bless them everywhere.
28:4 t3s8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom the fruit of your body, and the fruit of your ground, and the fruit of your beasts 0 These idioms for “your children, and your crops, and all your animals” form a merism for everything the Israelites valued. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
28:4 t45f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet the fruit of your beasts, the increase of your cattle, and the young of your flock 0 This doublet is three ways of saying that Yahweh will make the Israelites’ animals many and strong. Alternate translation: “all of your animals along with the calves of the cattle and the lambs of the flocks”
28:5 w512 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
28:5 mk51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Blessed will be 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will bless”
28:5 lu31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy your basket and your kneading trough 0 Israelites used a basket to carry grain. A “kneading trough” was a bowl they used to mix the grain and make bread. Alternate translation: “all the food you grow and all the food you eat”
28:6 cm5f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism when you come in … when you go out 0 This merism refers to all of life’s activities everywhere they go.
28:7 ky89 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
28:7 p5y5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive cause your enemies who rise up against you to be struck down before you 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “cause you to defeat the armies that attack you”
28:7 x6u8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom seven ways 0 This is an idiom. The actual number could be more or less than seven. Alternate translation: “in many different directions”
28:8 ppz6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Yahweh will command the blessing to come on you in your barns 0 Moses describes Yahweh blessing the Israelites as if Yahweh were commanding a person to attack them by surprise. Alternate translation: “When Yahweh blesses you, you will be surprised by how much grain you have in your barns” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
28:8 r2ab rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom in all that you put your hand to 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “in everything you do”
28:9 xw3n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
28:9 a5t2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Yahweh will establish you as a people that is set apart for himself 0 Yahweh choosing the people of Israel to belong to him in a special way is spoken of as if Yahweh put them in a place different from the place all other nations live in. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will make you a holy people that belongs to him”
28:10 k3wc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy you are called by the name of Yahweh 0 Here the metonym “called by the name of Yahweh” means belonging to him. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has called you his own” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
28:11 jw4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
28:11 i27w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom in the fruit of your body, in the fruit of your cattle, in the fruit of your ground 0 This is an idiom. See how you translated these words in [Deuteronomy 28:4](../28/04.md). Alternate translation: “with children, animals, and crops”
28:12 rc3i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor his storehouse of the heavens 0 Moses speaks of the clouds from which the rain falls as if they were a building where he stores the rain. Alternate translation: “the clouds”
28:12 lb4j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche all the work of your hand 0 The word “hand” is a synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “all the work that you do”
28:13 czu1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
28:13 am9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the head, and not the tail 0 This metaphor describes the nation of Israel as an animal and means the Israelites will always be the leaders over other nations and never the servants following behind them. The Israelites will be superior in power, money, and honor.
28:13 dhn1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you I am commanding you 0 Moses is speaking to all the Israelites, so the word “you” is plural.
28:14 ce8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor if you do not turn away from any of the words that I am commanding you today, to the right hand or to the left, so as to go after other gods to serve them 0 Disobeying Yahweh and worshiping other gods is spoken of as if a person physically turned and went in a different direction from Yahweh’s words. Alternate translation: “if you do not disobey what I am commanding you today by serving other gods”
28:15 k4bm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
28:15 x89v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the voice of Yahweh your God 0 Here the metonym “voice of Yahweh” means what Yahweh says. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh your God is saying”
28:15 g8p4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor then all these curses will come on you and overtake you 0 Moses describes the curses as a person who would attack them by surprise or chase and catch them. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will curse you like this in ways that will completely surprise you, and it will be as if you cannot escape having him curse you” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
28:16 gl2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
28:16 nf28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Cursed will you be 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will curse you”
28:16 rs5i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism in the city … in the field 0 This merism means that Yahweh will bless them everywhere. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 28:3](../28/03.md).
28:17 ii5p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy your basket and your kneading trough 0 The Israelites used a basket to carry grain. A “kneading trough” was a bowl they used to mix the grain and make bread. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 28:5](../28/05.md). Alternate translation: “all the food you grow and all the food you eat”
28:18 k7ip rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
28:18 nhd7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Cursed will be 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will curse”
28:18 ewg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom the fruit of your body, the fruit of your ground 0 This is an idiom for “your children, your crops.” See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 28:4](../28/04.md).
28:18 xsg2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet the increase of your cattle, and the young of your flock 0 This doublet is two ways of saying that Yahweh will make the Israelites’ animals many and strong. Alternate translation: “the calves of the cattle and the lambs of the flocks”
28:19 mk23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism when you come in … when you go out 0 This merism refers to all of life’s activities everywhere they go. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 28:6](../28/06.md)
28:20 p97u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
28:20 bcy3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom in all that you put your hand to 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “in everything you do”
28:20 srg3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive until you are destroyed 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “until your enemies destroy you”
28:22 tj8c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
28:22 c1zz infectious diseases, with fever, with inflammation 0 Alternate translation: “diseases and burning fevers that will make you weak.” These all refer to diseases that cause people to grow weak and die.
28:22 su4y with drought 0 Alternate translation: “with lack of rain”
28:22 k5ew mildew 0 mold that grows on crops and causes them to rot
28:22 btm2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification These will pursue you 0 Moses speaks of the bad things that would happen to the Israelites as if they were people or animals who would chase after the Israelites. Alternate translation: “You will suffer from them”
28:23 alx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
28:23 xf1q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor skies … will be bronze 0 Moses speaks of the skies being like bronze because there will be no rain. Alternate translation: “skies … will give no rain”
28:23 eb3i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the earth … will be iron 0 Moses speaks of the earth being like iron because no crops will grow. Alternate translation: “nothing will grow from the ground”
28:24 zt41 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive until you are destroyed 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “until it destroys you”
28:25 b1re rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
28:25 z7yb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Yahweh will cause you to be struck down before your enemies 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will cause your enemies to strike you down”
28:25 yfp6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers will flee before them seven ways 0 This means the Israelites will be afraid and panic and run away from their enemies. See similar wording in [Deuteronomy 28:7](../28/07.md). Alternate translation: “you will flee in seven directions”
28:25 v9pl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom seven ways 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “in many different directions”
28:25 k6ms rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive You will be tossed to and fro among all the kingdoms 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The peoples of the other nations will drive you from one nation to another”
28:27 wb3q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
28:27 kvf6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive from which you cannot be healed 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “from which no one will be able to heal you”
28:29 we8c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile You will grope about at noonday like the blind grope in the darkness 0 Alternate translation: “You will be like blind people who grope in darkness even at noonday.” The Israelites will have a difficult life even when everyone else is enjoying life.
28:30 zt5j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
28:31 gh8u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Your ox will be slain before your eyes 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You will watch as someone kills your ox”
28:31 rf3y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive your donkey will be forcibly taken away from before you and will not be restored to you 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone will take your donkey by force and will not give it back”
28:31 b24n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Your sheep will be given to your enemies 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will give your sheep to your enemies” or “I will allow your enemies to take your sheep”
28:32 wy9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
28:32 mic6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Your sons and your daughters will be given to other peoples 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will give your sons and your daughters to other peoples” or “Your enemies will take your sons and daughters”
28:32 c24q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche your eyes will look for them the entire day, but will fail with longing for them 0 Here “your eyes” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “you will grow tired as you constantly watch for them and long to see them again”
28:32 lap6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy There will be no strength in your hand 0 Here the metonym “strength in your hand” refers to power. “Alternate translation: “You will be powerless to do anything about it”
28:33 xbz3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
28:33 db4k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy a nation 0 Here the metonym “a nation” means the people from a nation. Alternate translation: “people from a nation”
28:33 hvh1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet you will always be oppressed and crushed 0 The words “oppressed” and “crushed” mean basically the same thing. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will always oppress and crush you” or “they will oppress you continually” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
28:35 e9zv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive from which you cannot be cured 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that no one will be able to cure”
28:36 k4cu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
28:37 dwn5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet of horror, a proverb, and a byword, among all the peoples where Yahweh will lead you away 0 Here the words “proverb” and “byword” mean basically the same thing. This can be translated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: “of horror. The people, in the places where Yahweh will send you, will make up proverbs and bywords about you” or “of horror. Yahweh will send you to peoples who will laugh at you and ridicule you”
28:38 lcl4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
28:40 ht5h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses continues describing God’s curses if the people disobey him. He speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
28:40 fi15 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit your olive trees will drop their fruit 0 You may need to make explicit that the fruit drops before it is ripe. Alternate translation: “your olive trees will drop their fruit before the fruit is ripe” or “the olives will fall off your olive trees before they are ripe”
28:42 if6w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
28:43 cew2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun The foreigner who is 0 This does not mean a specific foreigner but refers to foreigners in general. Alternate translation: “The foreigners who are”
28:43 j1wi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom rise up above you higher and higher; you yourself will come down lower and lower 0 This idiom means foreigners will have more power, money, and honor than the Israelites.
28:44 ls98 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun He will … to him 0 This does not mean a specific foreigner (verse 43) but refers to foreigners in general. Alternate translation: “They will … to them”
28:44 wu98 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor he will be the head, and you will be the tail 0 This means foreigners will have more power and authority than the Israelites. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Deuteronomy 28:13](../28/13.md).
28:45 lv3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
28:45 l54e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor All these curses will come on you and will pursue and overtake you until you are destroyed 0 Moses describes the curses as a person who would attack them by surprise or chase and catch them. See how you translated something similar in [Deuteronomy 28:2](../28/02.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh will curse you like this in ways that will completely surprise you, and it will be as if he is chasing you and you cannot escape having him curse you” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
28:45 sp9j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy to the voice of Yahweh your God 0 Here the words “voice of Yahweh” are a metonym for what Yahweh said. Alternate translation: “to what Yahweh your God said”
28:45 tb8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet his commandments and his regulations 0 The words “commandments” and “regulations” are a doublet for “all that Yahweh has commanded you to do.”
28:47 epc2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
28:47 qt75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet joyfulness and gladness of heart 0 Here “joyfulness” and “gladness of heart” mean the same thing. They emphasize that the people should have been very glad to worship Yahweh.
28:48 y9ia rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor He will put a yoke of iron on your neck 0 This is a metaphor for Yahweh allowing the enemy to treat the Israelites cruelly and make them slaves.
28:49 b5tt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
28:49 yl1h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet from far away, from the ends of the earth 0 These two phrases mean the same thing and emphasize that the enemy will come from a nation that is very far away from Israel.
28:49 j169 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom from the ends of the earth 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “from places that you know nothing about”
28:49 bjy5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile like an eagle flies to its victim 0 This means the enemy will come suddenly and the Israelites will not be able to stop them.
28:50 hsb9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy a nation with a fierce face that does not respect the aged and does not show favor 0 The word “nation” is a metonym for the people of that nation. Alternate translation: “a nation whose people have fierce expressions, who do not respect the aged and do not show favor”
28:51 n115 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive until you are destroyed 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “until they destroy you” or “until they leave you with nothing”
28:52 e3i5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses continues describing the army that will attack the Israelites if they do not obey Yahweh. He speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
28:52 x2h9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche you in all your city gates 0 Here the phrase “city gates” represents a city. Alternate translation: “your cities”
28:53 vca7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the fruit of your own body, the flesh of your sons and of your daughters 0 Here “the flesh of your sons and of your daughters” explains the metaphor “the fruit of your own body.” The people will be so hungry after the enemy army surrounds their city that they will eat their own children. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
28:53 swr5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the fruit of your own body 0 This speaks of children as if they were fruit that was produced by the bodies of their parents. Alternate translation: “your own children”
28:54 z4kd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
28:54 g9qb who is tender and very delicate among you—he 0 Alternate translation: “who is tender and very delicate among you—even he.” Moses is saying that not only those one would expect to eat their children, but even the last person one would expect to eat his own children will eat his children.
28:55 h7kb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche all your city gates 0 Here “city gates” represents the cities themselves. Alternate translation: “all your cities”
28:56 x19d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
28:56 ayv7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you The tender and delicate woman among you … tenderness—she 0 Alternate translation: “The tender and delicate woman among you … tenderness—even she.” Moses is saying that not only those one would expect to eat their children, but even women of noble birth and normally very gentle, whom one would never expect to eat their children, will eat their children. The word “you” here is singular.
28:56 sw1r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole who would not venture to put the bottom of her foot on the ground for delicateness and tenderness 0 Moses is exaggerating. He is emphasizing that this noble woman is so rich and lives in such luxury that she would not allow herself to get dirty.
28:56 u5mz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns for delicateness and tenderness 0 The abstract nouns “delicateness” and “tenderness” can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “because she is so delicate and tender”
28:57 lnt8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche within your city gates 0 Here “city gates” represents the cities themselves. Alternate translation: “within your cities”
28:58 x9pf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
28:58 sw6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive that are written 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that I have written”
28:58 uak2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy this glorious and fearful name, Yahweh your God 0 Here the metonym “name” refers to Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: “Yahweh your God who is glorious and awesome”
28:59 tu25 Yahweh will make your plagues terrible, and those of your descendants 0 Alternate translation: “Yahweh will send terrible plagues on you and your descendants” or “Yahweh will make sure that you and your descendants suffer from terrible plagues”
28:60 l1p3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
28:60 c4kp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom He will bring on you again all the diseases of Egypt 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “He will make sure that you again suffer from the diseases of Egypt”
28:60 qu7d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom they will cling to you 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the diseases will not stop, and no one will be able to heal you of them”
28:61 ds4x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole every sickness and plague that is not written 0 Here “every” is a generalization that means “many.” If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “even other sicknesses and plagues that I have not written” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
28:61 p5ww rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive until you are destroyed 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “until he has destroyed you”
28:62 l59v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you You will be left … you were like … you did not listen 0 Moses is speaking to the Israelites as a group, so all instances of “you” are plural.
28:62 hu58 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile you were like the stars of the heavens in number 0 This means that in the past there were many Israelites.
28:62 j7ul rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy to the voice of Yahweh 0 Here the metonym “voice of Yahweh” refers to what Yahweh says. Alternate translation: “to what Yahweh says”
28:63 mhe6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you Yahweh once rejoiced over you … multiplying you … rejoice over you in making you perish and in destroying you. You will be plucked 0 Moses is speaking to the Israelites as a group, so all instances of “you” are plural.
28:63 b3je Yahweh once rejoiced over you in doing you good, and in multiplying you 0 Alternate translation: “Yahweh once enjoyed doing you good and causing you to become many”
28:63 eu1a he will rejoice over you in making you perish 0 Alternate translation: “he will enjoy making you die”
28:63 imz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor You will be plucked off the land that you are going into to possess 0 Moses uses a metaphor to speak of the people as though they were fruit that Yahweh would take off a bush. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He will remove you from the land which you are entering to possess” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
28:63 le25 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you you are going 0 Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the word “you” is singular.
28:64 xuc8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you scatter you … you will worship … you have not known … you nor your ancestors 0 Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
28:64 l3nk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism from the one end of the earth to the other end of the earth 0 These two extremes together mean everywhere on earth. Alternate translation: “throughout the earth” or “all over the earth”
28:65 j125 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
28:65 g15k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche there will be no rest for the bottoms of your feet 0 Here the phrase “the bottoms of your feet” refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “you will have to continually wander because you have no permanent home where you can rest”
28:65 n83i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom Yahweh will give you there a trembling heart, failing eyes, and a soul that mourns 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will cause you to be afraid, without hope, and sad”
28:66 ckv2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom Your life will hang in doubt before you 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “You will not know whether you will live or die”
28:67 bik8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
28:67 wac6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom because of the fear in your hearts 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “because of the fear you are feeling”
28:67 u1ew rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche the things your eyes will have to see 0 Here “eyes” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “the terrifying things I will force you to see” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
28:68 et6c I had said 0 Here “I” refers to Yahweh.
29:intro if6j 0 # Deuteronomy 29 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter is a retelling of the covenant Yahweh made with Moses, along with its blessings and cursing. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
29:1 nsu8 These are the words that Yahweh commanded Moses to tell 0 This refers to words that Moses is about to speak.
29:1 b8p6 in the land of Moab 0 This is on the east side of the Jordan where the Israelites were staying before they entered the land of Canaan. “while they were in the land of Moab”
29:1 b7xy words that were added to the covenant … at Horeb 0 These additional commands were given to make Yahweh’s covenant apply better to the people once they were settled in their new land. These new commands did not belong to a different covenant, but rather were additions to the original covenant.
29:2 ya5p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche You have seen everything that Yahweh did before your eyes 0 Yahweh expected them to remember what Yahweh had done and they had seen it. Here the “eyes” represent the whole person and emphasize what the person has seen. Alternate translation: “You have seen all that Yahweh did so that you would see and remember what he did”
29:2 y1s6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you your eyes 0 Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the word “your” here is singular.
29:3 al38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche the great sufferings that your eyes saw 0 Here “eyes” emphasizes that Yahweh expected them to remember that they had seen it. Alternate translation: “you saw for yourselves that the people suffered terribly”
29:3 tl81 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet the signs, and those great wonders 0 The words “signs” and “wonders” both refer to the plagues that Yahweh had sent upon Egypt. Alternate translation: “and all of the powerful things that Yahweh did”
29:4 mh61 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Yahweh has not given you a heart to know, eyes to see, or ears to hear 0 The people do have hearts, eyes, and ears. This metonym says that Yahweh has not enabled them to understand from what they saw and heard who Yahweh is, and how and why they should obey him.
29:4 u59c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom given you a heart to know 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “enabled you to understand”
29:5 rbp5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers forty years 0 Alternate translation: “40 years”
29:5 g59z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you your sandals … your feet 0 Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the word “your” here is singular.
29:7 i2yh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive came out against us 0 Here “us” refers to Moses and the people of Israel.
29:9 ze3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism keep the words of this covenant and do them 0 These two phrases mean the same thing and emphasize that the people were to obey Yahweh’s commands. Alternate translation: “obey all the words of this covenant”
29:11 b36y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you among you in your camp … your wood … your water 0 Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
29:11 vw3v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun the foreigner who is among you in your camp, from him who cuts your wood to him who draws 0 There were many foreigners among the Israelites. Alternate translation: “the foreigners who are among you in your camp, from those who cut your wood to those who get your water”
29:12 p568 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
29:12 yb79 to enter into the covenant of Yahweh your God and into the oath that Yahweh your God is making with you today 0 Alternate translation: “to agree to the covenant and to swear that you will obey all that Yahweh your God commands”
29:13 nv7p a people for himself 0 Alternate translation: “a people group that belongs to him alone”
29:14 p3sa I am making 0 Here “I” refers to Yahweh. “Yahweh is making”
29:15 sv23 standing here with us 0 Here “us” refers to Moses and the people of Israel.
29:15 n738 those who are not here 0 Alternate translation: “our future descendants, who are not here”
29:16 ef56 we lived 0 Alternate translation: “we were slaves”
29:18 tf4z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche whose heart is turning away today from Yahweh our God 0 Here “heart” refers to the whole person, and “turning away” means to stop obeying. Alternate translation: “who no longer obeys Yahweh our God”
29:18 yq9n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor any root that produces gall and wormwood 0 Moses speaks of someone who secretly worships another God as if he were a root, and the evil deeds he does to serve that god, and which he encourages others to do, as a bitter plant that poisons people. Alternate translation: “any person who worships idols and causes others to disobey Yahweh”
29:19 ydt9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom bless himself in his heart 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “congratulate himself” or “encourage himself”
29:19 l8ar rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom though I walk in the stubbornness of my heart 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “even though I still refuse to obey Yahweh”
29:19 rq4s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor This would destroy the wet together with the dry 0 Here the words “wet” and “dry” are metaphors for the righteous people and the wicked people. This forms a merism for “everyone.” Alternate translation: “This would cause Yahweh to destroy both the righteous people and the wicked people in the land” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
29:19 qq8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj wet … dry 0 These nominal adjectives can be translated as nouns. Because the land was usually dry and the people needed rain so their crops would grow, these words are metaphors for “living … dead” or “good … bad.” Alternate translation: “wet things … dry things” or “good people … bad people” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
29:20 zp3x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the anger of Yahweh and his jealousy will smolder 0 Just as a fire can grow in intensity, so can God’s anger and Jealousy grow in intensity. Alternate translation: “Yahweh’s jealous anger will grow like a fire”
29:20 ud3q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys the anger of Yahweh and his jealousy 0 Here the word “jealousy” describes “the anger of Yahweh.” Alternate translation: Yahweh’s jealous anger”
29:20 c39z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive that are written 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that I have written”
29:20 v4lv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the curses that are written in this book will come on him 0 Moses describes the curses as a person who would attack them by surprise. See how you translated these words in [Deuteronomy 28:15](../28/15.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh will curse him with the curses written in this book in ways that will completely surprise him” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
29:20 h57e Yahweh will blot out his name from under heaven 0 This means God will completely destroy the person and his family. In the future people will not remember him. A similar phrase appears in [Deuteronomy 7:24](../07/24.md).
29:22 j9qf The generation to come, your children who will rise up after you 0 The words “your children … after you” tell who “the generation to come” is.
29:23 n8yz when they see that the whole land has become sulfur and burning salt 0 People put sulfur and salt on the soil to keep anything from growing. “when they see that Yahweh has burned the land with sulfur and salt”
29:23 g15s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive where nothing is sown or bears fruit 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “where no one can sow seed and the crops do not bear fruit”
29:23 bw2x like the overthrow of Sodom and Gomorrah 0 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **overthrow**, you can express the same idea with a clause. Alternate translation: “as when Yahweh completely destroyed Sodom and Gomorrah”
29:23 j85x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Admah and Zeboyim 0 These are names of cities that Yahweh destroyed along with Sodom and Gomorrah.
29:24 j5xg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations they will say together with all the other nations … mean? 0 This can be translated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “they will ask with all the other nations why Yahweh has done this to the land, and what the heat of this great anger means.”
29:24 z3lu they will say together with all the other nations 0 Alternate translation: “your descendants and the people of all the other nations will say”
29:24 v7xx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys What does the heat of this great anger mean? 0 The writer is communicating one idea through two words. Alternate translation: “What does this terrible anger mean?”
29:25 j9gr It is because they abandoned the covenant of Yahweh, the God of their ancestors 0 This is the answer to “Why has Yahweh done this to this land?” ([Deuteronomy 29:24](../29/24.md)). “Yahweh has done this to the land because the Israelites did not follow the promises and the laws of his covenant”
29:26 p4qx served other gods and bowed down to them 0 Alternate translation: “obeyed other gods and worshiped them”
29:27 p8ms rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the anger of Yahweh has been kindled against this land 0 Moses compares Yahweh being angry to someone starting a fire. This emphasizes God’s power to destroy whatever makes him angry, and it can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has became very angry with this land” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
29:27 p9t6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy this land, so as to bring on it 0 Here “land” is a metonym representing the people. Alternate translation: “the people of this land, so as to bring on them”
29:27 wp7h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive that are written 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that I have written”
29:28 q4kt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Yahweh has uprooted them from their land … and has thrown them 0 Israel is compared to a bad plant that Yahweh has pulled up and thrown out of a garden. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has removed them from their land … and has forced them to go”
29:28 jz72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet in anger, in wrath, and in great fury 0 The words “anger” and “wrath” and “fury” mean basically the same thing and emphasize the great intensity of Yahweh’s anger. Alternate translation: “in extremely great anger” or “because he was extremely angry”
29:29 d1e5 The secret matters belong alone to Yahweh our God 0 Alternate translation: “Some things Yahweh our God has not revealed, and only he knows them”
29:29 v7va rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive that are revealed 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that he has revealed”
29:29 ui8w we may do all the words of this law 0 Alternate translation: “we may do everything that this law commands us to do”
30:intro yx9f 0 # Deuteronomy 30 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nMoses begins to give final instructions to Israel before his death in anticipation of their entrance into the Promised Land. There were warnings and blessings associated with the people’s obedience to the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
30:1 rkk4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
30:1 pfr8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom When all these things have come on you 0 Here “these things” refer to the blessings and curses described in chapters 28–29. The phrase “have come on you” is an idiom that means to happen. Alternate translation: “When all these things happen to you”
30:1 k5mi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor that I have set before you 0 This speaks of the blessings and curses that Moses told the people as if they were objects that he set in front of them. Alternate translation: “that I have just now told you about”
30:1 rtn6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom call them to mind 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “remember them”
30:2 edl2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy obey his voice 0 Here “voice” is referring to what Yahweh says. Alternate translation: “obey what he says”
30:2 s239 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy with all your heart and with all your soul 0 Here “heart” and “soul” are metonyms for a person’s inner being. These two phrases are used together to mean “completely” or “earnestly.” See how you translated these words in [Deuteronomy 4:29](../04/29.md). (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
30:3 m7q5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns reverse your captivity 0 Alternate translation: “free you from your captivity.” If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **captivity**, you can express the same idea with a verbal clause. Alternate translation: “free you from those who had captured you”
30:4 icb7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
30:4 g129 If any of your exiled people are in the farthest places 0 Alternate translation: “Even those of your exiled people who are in the farthest places”
30:4 w6nm under the heavens 0 Alternate translation: “under the sky” or “on the earth”
30:6 iv7f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
30:6 dul8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor circumcise your heart 0 This is not a literal removal of flesh. It means God will remove their sin and enable them to love and obey him.
30:6 d25z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy with all your heart and with all your soul 0 Here “heart” and “soul” are metonyms for a person’s inner being. These two phrases are used together to mean “completely” or “earnestly.” See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 4:29](../04/29.md). (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
30:7 n367 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor will put all these curses on your enemies 0 Moses speaks of curses as though they were a load or a cover that someone could physically put on top of a person. Alternate translation: “will cause your enemies to suffer from these curses”
30:8 fpp4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy obey the voice of Yahweh 0 Here “voice” means what Yahweh says. Alternate translation: “obey what Yahweh says”
30:9 k3dd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
30:9 ws1q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche the work of your hand 0 Here “hand” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “in all the work you do”
30:9 r217 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom in the fruit of your body … in the fruit of your cattle … in the fruit of your ground 0 These three phrases are idioms for “in children … in calves … in crops.” See how you translated these words in [Deuteronomy 28:4](../28/04.md).
30:10 w16u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive that are written 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that I have written”
30:10 vv69 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy with all your heart and all your soul 0 Here “heart” and “soul” are metonyms for a person’s inner being. These two phrases are used together to mean “completely” or “earnestly.” See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 4:29](../04/29.md). (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
30:11 lxg9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
30:11 wls8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor neither is it too far for you to reach 0 Moses speaks of being able to understand what a commandment requires a person to do as if it were that person being able to reach a physical object. Alternate translation: “neither is it too difficult for you to understand what Yahweh requires you to do”
30:12 lu7s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Who will go up for us to heaven and bring it down to us and make us able to hear it, so that we may do it? 0 Here Moses uses a rhetorical question to emphasize that the people of Israel think that Yahweh’s commands are too difficult for them to know. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “Someone must travel to heaven to learn God’s commands and then return to tell us what they are so we can obey them.”
30:13 nd92 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
30:13 fw31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Who will go over the sea for us and bring it to us and make us to hear it, so that we may do it? 0 This rhetorical question continues the idea that the people of Israel think Yahweh’s commands are too difficult to know. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “Someone must travel across the sea to learn God’s commands and then return and tell us what they are.”
30:14 p17g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy in your mouth and your heart 0 This means that the people already know God’s commands and can tell them to others.
30:15 m7gm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
30:15 d23f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor I have placed before you 0 Putting something where another person can see it is a metaphor for telling someone about something. Alternate translation: “I have told you about”
30:15 bn6k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit life and good, death and evil 0 You can make clear the implicit information. Alternate translation: “what is good and will cause you to live, and what is evil and will cause you to die”
30:17 ej9a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses continues to speak to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
30:17 a2vl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche if your heart turns away … but instead are drawn away and bow down to other gods and worship them 0 Here “heart” refers to the whole person. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if you stop being loyal to God … and the people living in the land convince you to bow down and worship other gods” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
30:18 sr3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you to you today that you … you will not prolong your days 0 Moses speaks to the Israelites as a group.
30:18 ee9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor prolong your days 0 Long days are a metaphor for a long life. See how you translated these words in [Deuteronomy 4:26](../04/26.md). Alternate translation: “be able to live a long time”
30:19 t3ji rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so except where noted the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
30:19 gap6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy I call heaven and earth to witness 0 This could mean: (1) Moses is calling on all those who live in heaven and earth to be witnesses to what he says, or (2) Moses is speaking to heaven and earth as if they are people, and he is calling them to be witnesses to what he says (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
30:20 x4gp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet For he is your life and the length of your days 0 These phrases have the same meaning and are metonyms for Yahweh, emphasizing that he is the one who gives life and determines the length of people’s lifetimes. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is the only one who can enable you to live a long life” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
30:20 qi8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis swore to your ancestors 0 The ellipsis can be filled in. Alternate translation: “swore that he would give to your ancestors”
31:intro pki9 0 # Deuteronomy 31 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Final instructions\n\nIn the Ancient Near East, it was common for an important leader to give instructions for his people to follow after his death. In this chapter, Moses begins his final words to the people of Israel. These are words that he wants them to remember long after he is gone. This section also helped to make a smooth transition to Joshua’s leadership.
31:2 mb3i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers one hundred twenty years old 0 Alternate translation: “120 years old”
31:2 bvw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism I can no more go out and come in 0 Here the extremes “go out” and “come in” used together mean that Moses can no longer do what a healthy person can do. Alternate translation: “I am no longer able to go everywhere that you need to go, so I cannot be your leader any longer”
31:3 ep95 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you your God … before you … before you … you will dispossess … before you 0 Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
31:3 cll7 you will dispossess them 0 Alternate translation: “you will take their land”
31:3 p8q6 Joshua, he will go over before you, as Yahweh has spoken 0 Alternate translation: “Joshua will lead you across the river, as Yahweh promised”
31:4 b8wj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche he did to Sihon and to Og, the kings of the Amorites 0 Here “Sihon” and “Og” refer to two Kings of the Amorites and their armies. See how you translated these names in [Deuteronomy 1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “he did to Sihon and Og, the kings of the Amorites, and to their armies”
31:6 i5mi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you Yahweh your God … with you … fail you nor forsake you 0 Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
31:6 b7b9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes he will not fail you nor forsake you 0 This can be treated as litotes and translated positively. Alternate translation: “he will always fulfill his promise to you and will always be with you”
31:7 s174 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
31:7 r36v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy in the sight of all Israel 0 This means that all of the people of Israel were present. Alternate translation: “in the presence of all the Israelites”
31:7 ht4a Be strong and of good courage 0 Alternate translation: “Be strong and courageous.” See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 31:5](../31/05.md).
31:7 t7sv you will cause them to inherit it 0 Alternate translation: “you will help them take the land”
31:9 a6vj gave it out to the priests, the sons of Levi 0 Alternate translation: “gave it out to the Levites, who are the priests”
31:10 sy4p fixed for the cancellation of debts 0 Alternate translation: “for canceling debts”
31:10 d2me Festival of Shelters 0 Other names for this festival are “Feast of Tabernacles,” “Festival of Booths,” and “Feast of the Ingathering.” During harvest, farmers would set up temporary shelters in the field. This festival took place after the last harvest of the year. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 16:13](../16/13.md).
31:11 pt7m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you Yahweh your God … you will read 0 - Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
31:12 rtx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche your foreigner who is within your city gates 0 Here “city gates” represents the cities themselves. Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the instances of “your” here are singular. Alternate translation: “your foreigners who live in your cities” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
31:16 m76m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism you will sleep with your fathers 0 This is a polite way to say “you will die.” Alternate translation: “you will die and join your ancestors who have died before you”
31:16 d9q3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor will rise up and act like a prostitute 0 Being a prostitute is a metaphor for worshiping gods other than Yahweh. Alternate translation: “will start to be unfaithful to me”
31:17 l9kj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor my anger will be kindled against them 0 Yahweh compares his anger to someone starting a fire. This emphasizes God’s power to destroy whatever makes him angry. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will kindle my anger against them” or “I will become angry with them” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
31:17 zg57 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom I will hide my face from them 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “I will not help them”
31:17 zr99 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive they will be devoured 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will devour them” or “I will allow their enemies to devour them”
31:17 sz2f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor devoured 0 This is a metaphor for “completely destroyed.”
31:17 qw7g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification Many disasters and troubles will find them 0 This describes the disasters and troubles as if they were human. Alternate translation: “They will experience many disasters and troubles”
31:17 l3ge rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification Have these disasters not come upon us … midst? 0 This describes the disasters and troubles as if they were human. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “These disasters are destroying me … midst.” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
31:20 i9lu a land flowing with milk and honey 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “a land where plenty of milk and honey flow” or “a land that is excellent for cattle and farming” See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 6:3](../06/03.md).
31:21 z4dq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification When many evils and troubles come upon this people 0 Here evils and troubles are described as if they were human and could find people. Alternate translation: “When this people experiences many evils and troubles”
31:21 x1jh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification this song will testify before them as a witness 0 This speaks of the song as if it were a human witness testifying in court against Israel.
31:21 tb8b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive it will not be forgotten from the mouths of their descendants 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “their descendants will not forget to keep it in their mouths”
31:21 s5je rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive it will not be forgotten from the mouths of their descendants 0 This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “their descendants will remember to keep it in their mouths”
31:21 fly7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive it will not be forgotten from the mouths of their descendants 0 The idiom “forget it from the mouth” means to stop speaking about it. Alternate translation: “their descendants will not stop speaking about it to each other”
31:21 th4p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the plans that they are forming 0 What people plan to do is spoken of as if it were a physical object. Alternate translation: “what they plan to do”
31:21 y4kp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit the land that I promised 0 God’s promise of the land was to give it to the people of Israel. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “the land that I promised I would give to them”
31:23 g5sl Be strong and of good courage 0 Alternate translation: “Be strong and courageous.” See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 31:5](../31/05.md).
31:27 dc8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you your rebellion and your stiff neck 0 Moses speaks to the Levites as if they were one man, so the word “your” is singular.
31:27 yin7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion how much more after my death? 0 This rhetorical question emphasizes how rebellious the people were. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “you will be even more rebellious after I die.”
31:28 ge9z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche so that I may speak these words in their ears 0 Here “in their ears” means the people themselves. Alternate translation: “so that I may speak the words of this song to them”
31:28 rbf8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy call heaven and earth to witness against them 0 This could mean: (1) Moses is calling on all those who live in heaven and earth to be witnesses to what he says or (2) Moses is speaking to heaven and earth as if they are people, and he is calling them to be witnesses to what he says. A similar phrase appears in [Deuteronomy 30:19](../30/19.md). (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
31:29 h4je you will utterly corrupt yourselves 0 Alternate translation: “you will do what is completely wrong.” See how you translated these words in [Deuteronomy 4:16](../04/16.md).
31:29 w6b1 turn aside out of the path that I have commanded you 0 Alternate translation: “stop following the instructions I have given to you.” See how you translated these words in [Deuteronomy 9:12](../09/12.md).
31:29 yvi1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor what is evil in the sight of Yahweh 0 The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. Alternate translation: “what is evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considers to be evil”
31:29 i596 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche through the work of your hands 0 Here “your hands” means the people themselves. Alternate translation: “because of what you have made”
31:30 upf2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche Moses recited in the ears of all the assembly of Israel 0 Here “ears” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “Moses recited to all the people of Israel”
31:30 wx6q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis the words of this song 0 You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “the words of the song that Yahweh taught him”
32:intro pup6 0 # Deuteronomy 32 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 32:1–43.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Punishment\n\nThis chapter prophesies a time when Israel will be disobedient to Yahweh and he will have to punish them. This is meant to serve as a warning to the nation. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
32:1 bfi8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks a poetic song to the people of Israel.
32:1 hf89 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe Give ear, you heavens … Let the earth listen 0 Yahweh speaks to the heavens and earth as if they are there listening. This could mean: (1) Yahweh is speaking to the inhabitants of heaven and earth or (2) Yahweh is speaking to the heavens and earth as if they are persons.
32:2 zk7l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile Let my teaching drop down like the rain … and like the showers on the plants 0 This means Yahweh wants the people to eagerly accept his helpful teaching.
32:4 xcv2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor The Rock 0 This a proper name that Moses gives to Yahweh, who, like a rock, is strong and able to protect his people.
32:4 xtg1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor all his paths are just 0 Walking on a path is a metaphor for how a person lives his life. Alternate translation: “he does everything in a just way”
32:4 j65c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet He is just and upright 0 These two words mean basically the same thing and emphasize that Yahweh is fair and does what is right.
32:5 ehu3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks a poetic song to the people of Israel. Moses continues to use parallelism to emphasize what he is saying.
32:5 exs2 acted corruptly against him 0 Alternate translation: “opposed him by doing what is wrong.” See how you translated these words in [Deuteronomy 4:16](../04/16.md).
32:5 k81b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet a perverted and crooked generation 0 The words “perverted” and “crooked” mean basically the same thing. Moses uses them to emphasize how wicked the generation is. Alternate translation: “a completely wicked generation”
32:6 tfw7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Do you reward Yahweh in this way … people? 0 Moses uses a question to scold the people. Alternate translation: “You should give Yahweh proper praise … people.”
32:6 bwz6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet you foolish and senseless people 0 The words “foolish” and “senseless” mean the same thing and emphasize how foolish the people are for disobeying Yahweh. Alternate translation: “you extremely foolish people”
32:6 m2g1 your father … has created you … made you and established you 0 Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
32:6 aeq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Is he not your father, the one who has created you? 0 Moses uses a question to scold the people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is your father and the one who created you.”
32:7 ki4q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you Call to mind … think about … your father … show you … your elders … tell you 0 Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
32:7 a5hd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom Call to mind 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “Remember”
32:7 ksl4 days of ancient times 0 Alternate translation: “days of long ago.” Moses refers to the time period when the ancestors of the people of Israel were alive.
32:7 aba7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism think about the years of many ages past 0 This is a repetition of what Moses just said in the previous portion. Moses wants the people of Israel to focus on their history as a nation.
32:8 q59u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom gave the nations their inheritance 0 This is an idiom. “put the nations in the places where they would live.” Similar words, “giving to you as an inheritance,” appear in [Deuteronomy 4:21](../04/21.md).
32:8 vz2i he set the boundaries of the peoples, as he also fixed the number of their gods 0 God assigned each people group, together with its gods, to its own territory. In this way, he limited the influence of a people group’s idols.
32:9 zcj3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks a poetic song to the people of Israel. As he speaks to the Israelites, he talks about them as if they were someone else and as if they were one man.
32:9 j71r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism For Yahweh’s portion is his people; Jacob is his apportioned inheritance 0 These two phrases means basically the same thing and can be combined. Alternate translation: “The descendants of Jacob are Yahweh’s inheritance”
32:10 b2tx He found him … shielded him and cared for him … guarded him 0 You may need to translate this as if Moses were talking about the Israelites as many people. Alternate translation: “He found our ancestors … shielded them and cared for them … guarded them”
32:10 q44y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom he guarded him as the apple of his eye 0 This is an idiom. The apple of an eye refers to the dark part inside the eyeball that allows a person to see. This is a very important and sensitive part of the body. This means that the people of Israel are very important to God and something he protects. Alternate translation: “he protected him as something very valuable and precious” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
32:11 x9dv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks a poetic song to the people of Israel.
32:11 up27 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile As an eagle that guards her nest and flutters over her young, Yahweh spread out his wings and took them, and carried them on his pinions 0 This means Yahweh watched over and protected the Israelites while they were in the desert.
32:12 wp5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns led him … with him 0 Moses again speaks of the Israelites as “Jacob” ([Deuteronomy 32:9](./09.md)). You may need to translate as if Moses were speaking of the Israelites as many people. Alternate translation: “led them … with them”
32:13 kx8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks a poetic song to the people of Israel.
32:13 sq4v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom He made him ride on high places of the land 0 This is an idiom. The word “him” refers to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “Yahweh made them ride on high places of the land” or “Yahweh helped them take and occupy the land”
32:13 jg4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns made him ride … fed him … nourished him 0 Moses continues to speak of the Israelites as “Jacob” ([Deuteronomy 32:9](./09.md)). You may need to translate this as though Moses were speaking of the Israelites as many people. Alternate translation: “made our ancestors ride … fed them … nourished them”
32:13 t4p5 he fed him the fruits of the field 0 Alternate translation: “he brought him to a land with plenty of crops he could eat”
32:13 wlf5 he nourished him with honey from the rock, and oil from the flinty crag 0 The land had many wild bees, which produce honey, with hives inside rock holes. There were also many olive trees, which provide oil, and grow on rocks, hills, and mountains.
32:13 yp29 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor nourished him with honey 0 This is like a mother giving her breast to an infant. “allowed him to suck honey”
32:14 dg9l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks a poetic song to the people of Israel. He speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the word “you” here is singular. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
32:14 dt4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns He ate 0 Moses continues to speak of the Israelites as “Jacob” ([Deuteronomy 32:9](./09.md)). You may need to translate as though Moses were speaking of the Israelites as many people. Alternate translation: “Our ancestors ate”
32:15 g93y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses continues speaking his poetic song to the people of Israel.
32:15 i1m2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Jeshurun 0 Moses speaks of the Israelites as if they were a well-fed animal whose owner named it Jeshurun. You may add a footnote that says, “The name ‘Jeshurun’ means ‘upright one.’” If your language cannot speak of the Israelites as Jeshurun, you may refer to the Israelites as many people, as the UST does.
32:15 ly6m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the Rock of his salvation 0 This means Yahweh is strong like a rock and able to protect his people.
32:15 dy92 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the Rock 0 This a proper name that Moses gives to Yahweh, who, like a rock, is strong and able to protect his people. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 32:4](../32/04.md).
32:17 m59h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you your fathers 0 Moses is speaking to the Israelites as many people, so the word “your” is plural.
32:18 ch18 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you You have deserted … your father … you forgot … gave you 0 Moses is speaking to the Israelites as if they were one man, so all instances of “you” and “your” are singular.
32:18 mpu7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor You have deserted the Rock 0 Here Yahweh is called the rock because he is strong and protective. Alternate translation: “You have left the protective care of Yahweh”
32:18 ul7n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the Rock 0 This a proper name that Moses gives to Yahweh, who, like a rock, is strong and able to protect his people. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 32:4](../32/04.md).
32:18 y9b3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor who became your father … who gave you birth 0 This compares Yahweh to a father and a mother. This means God caused them to live and to be a nation. Alternate translation: “who fathered you … who gave life to you”
32:19 yfx6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks a poetic song to the people of Israel.
32:19 eca4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor his sons and his daughters 0 This refers to the people of Israel whom Yahweh gave life to and made into a nation.
32:20 jv62 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom I will hide my face from them 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “I will turn away from them” or “I will stop helping them”
32:21 pb9z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks a poetic song to the people of Israel. He continues to quote Yahweh’s words.
32:21 qj69 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit worthless things 0 You may need to make explicit what the “things” are. Alternate translation: “worthless idols”
32:22 wb8b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks a poetic song to the people of Israel. He continues to quote Yahweh’s words.
32:22 i1bl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor For a fire is kindled by my anger … foundations of the mountains 0 Yahweh compares his anger to a fire. This emphasizes his power to destroy what makes him angry.
32:22 nll8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive a fire is kindled by my anger and is burning … it is devouring … it is setting 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I start a fire because I am angry, and it burns … it is devouring … it is setting” or “when I am angry, I destroy my enemies like a fire, and I destroy everything on earth and in … I devour … I set”
32:23 g9k3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks a poetic song to the people of Israel. He continues to quote Yahweh’s words.
32:23 p1xb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor I will heap disasters on them 0 Yahweh speaks of bad things that would happen to the Israelites as if they were something like dirt that he could pile up on top of the Israelites. Alternate translation: “I will make sure that many bad things happen to them”
32:23 ys8x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor I will shoot all my arrows at them 0 Here Yahweh compares the bad things he will make sure happen to the Israelites to someone shooting arrows from a bow. Alternate translation: “I will do all I can do to kill them”
32:24 vr46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive They will be wasted by hunger 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **hunger**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “be hungry..” Alternate translation: “They will grow weak and die because they are hungry” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
32:24 sj74 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive They will … hunger and devoured by burning heat and bitter destruction 0 Here, **burning heat** could mean: (1) the Israelites will suffer from fevers or (2) the weather will be unusually hot during a drought or famine. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They will … hunger, and burning heat and terrible disasters will devour them” or “They will … hunger, and they will die from burning heat and terrible disasters”
32:24 l8d2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche I will send on them the teeth of wild animals, with the poison of things that crawl in the dust 0 The teeth and the poison are synecdoches for the animals that use these things to kill. Alternate translation: “I will send wild animals to bite them, and things that crawl in the dust to bite and poison them”
32:25 ci4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks a poetic song to the people of Israel. He continues to quote Yahweh’s words.
32:25 fy8e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Outside the sword will bereave 0 Here “sword” represents the army of the enemy. Alternate translation: “When the Israelites are outside, the enemy army will kill them”
32:25 kgf9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification terror will do so 0 Yahweh speaks of being afraid as if it were a person who comes into a house and kills those who live in it. Alternate translation: “you will die because you are afraid”
32:25 mhn4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism young man and virgin, the nursing baby, and the man of gray hairs 0 These terms describing people of different ages are combined to mean that all kinds of people will die.
32:26 p3ic rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations I said that I would … away, that I would … mankind. 0 This can be translated as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “I said, ‘I will … away, and I will … mankind.’”
32:27 b351 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks a poetic song to the people of Israel. He continues to quote Yahweh’s words.
32:27 vz7e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns the provocation of the enemy 0 This abstract noun can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “that the enemy would provoke me” or “that the enemy would cause me to be angry”
32:27 lw79 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns the enemy 0 Yahweh speaks of his enemies as if they are one man. Alternate translation: “my enemy” or “my enemies”
32:27 sbq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Our hand is exalted 0 Here “hand” represents the strength or power of a person. To be exalted is an idiom for defeating an enemy. Alternate translation: “We have defeated them because we are more powerful” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
32:28 uqg7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks a poetic song to the people of Israel. He continues to quote Yahweh’s words.
32:29 p62h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo Oh, that they were wise, that they understood this, that they would consider their coming fate 0 Moses states something that he wishes were true, but he knows that they are not wise and do not understand that their disobedience will cause Yahweh to bring this disaster on them.
32:29 c7cm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns their coming fate 0 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **fate**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “what is going to happen to them”
32:30 u5ex rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks a poetic song to the people of Israel. He continues to quote Yahweh’s words and tell them more of what they would have understood if they were wise ([Deuteronomy 32:29](../32/29.md)).
32:30 qr7h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion How could one chase a thousand … Yahweh had given them up? 0 Moses uses a question to scold the people for not being wise enough to understand why their enemies are defeating them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement as in the UST.
32:30 vu9l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers How could one chase a thousand, and two put ten thousand to flight 0 You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “How could 1 enemy soldier chase 1,000 of your men, and 2 enemy soldiers cause 10,000 of your men to run away” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
32:30 v82y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor unless their Rock had sold them 0 The word “Rock” refers to Yahweh who is strong and able to protect his people. Alternate translation: “unless Yahweh, their Rock, had handed them over”
32:30 tv28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor their Rock 0 Alternate translation: “The Rock” here is a proper name that Moses gives to Yahweh, who, like a rock, is strong and able to protect his people. Translate “Rock” as in [Deuteronomy 32:4](../32/04.md).
32:31 d2ny rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor our Rock 0 Alternate translation: “The Rock” here is a proper name that Moses gives to Yahweh, who, like a rock, is strong and able to protect his people. Translate “Rock” as in [Deuteronomy 32:4](../32/04.md).
32:32 a5z3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks a poetic song to the people of Israel. He continues to quote Yahweh’s words.
32:32 tch7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor For their vine comes from the vine of Sodom … clusters are bitter 0 Moses compares enemies who worship false gods to the wicked people who lived in Sodom and Gomorrah and to grapevines that produce poisonous fruit. This means their enemies are wicked and will cause the Israelites to die if the Israelites start to act like the people who live around them.
32:32 l3du rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor their vine comes from the vine of Sodom, and from the fields of Gomorrah 0 The vine is a metaphor for the people group. “it is as if their vine were a branch of the vines that grew in the fields of Sodom and Gomorrah” or Alternate translation: “they do evil the same way the people who lived in Sodom and Gomorrah did”
32:33 y87k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks a poetic song to the people of Israel. He continues to quote Yahweh’s words.
32:33 zwn7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Their wine is the poison of serpents and the cruel venom of asps 0 Moses continues comparing the enemies of the people of Israel to grapevines that produce poisonous fruit and wine. This means their enemies are wicked.
32:34 eti9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Is not this plan secretly kept by me, sealed up among my treasures? 0 This question emphasizes that Yahweh’s plans for the people of Israel are kept secret like a valuable treasure. The rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. It can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I know what I have planned to do to the Israelite people and to their enemies, and I have locked up those plans as someone would lock up his valuable possessions.” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
32:35 wr4g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks a poetic song to the people of Israel. This is the end of Moses’s quotation of Yahweh’s words that begins in [Deuteronomy 32:20](../32/20.md).
32:35 sg4m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet Vengeance is mine to give, and recompense 0 The words “vengeance” and “recompense” mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “I will have vengeance and punish Israel’s enemies”
32:35 jvl7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the things that are to come on them will hurry to happen 0 Yahweh speaks of the bad things that will happen to his enemies as if the bad things were people running eagerly to punish them. Alternate translation: “I will punish them quickly”
32:36 h6tb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses continues to speak a poetic song to the people of Israel.
32:36 z7w2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns For Yahweh will give justice to his people 0 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **justice**, you can express the same idea with an adjective or as an adverb. Alternate translation: “For Yahweh will do what is just for his people” or “For Yahweh will act justly towards his people”
32:37 y7ls rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks a poetic song to the people of Israel.
32:38 en77 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion The gods who ate the fat of their sacrifices and drank the wine of their drink offerings? 0 Here Yahweh mocks the people of Israel for offering sacrifices to other gods. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “The gods to whom the Israelites offered meat and wine have not come to help them.”
32:38 vtv4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony Let them rise up and help you; let them be your protection 0 Yahweh says this to mock the Israelites. He knows these gods cannot help them. Alternate translation: “These idols are not even able to get up and help or to protect you”
32:39 rkh6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks a poetic song to the people of Israel.
32:39 kii3 I, even I 0 Alternate translation: “I, I myself” or “I, I alone.” Yahweh repeats “I” to emphasize that only he is God.
32:40 wwk7 I lift up my hand to heaven and say 0 Alternate translation: “I lift up my hand to heaven and swear” or “I have taken an oath.” Lifting up the hand is a sign of making an oath.
32:40 la6k As I live forever 0 Alternate translation: “As certainly as I live forever” or “I swear by my life which is never-ending.” This statement assures the people that what God says in [Deuteronomy 32:41](../32/41.md)-[Deuteronomy 32:42](./42.md) will happen.
32:41 zb2k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks a poetic song to the people of Israel.
32:41 x382 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy When I sharpen my glittering sword 0 Alternate translation: “When I sharpen my shining sword.” This means God is preparing to judge and punish his enemies. Alternate translation: “When I am ready to judge my enemies”
32:41 yfw3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche when my hand begins to bring justice 0 Here “hand” represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “when I get ready to judge the wicked”
32:42 p1fx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks a poetic song to the people of Israel.
32:42 mma7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor I will make my arrows drunk with blood, and my sword will devour flesh with the blood 0 Yahweh speaks of arrows as if they were people to whom he could give alcohol and make them drunk, and of a sword as if it were a person who was so hungry that he would eat an animal before draining the blood out. These metaphors are metonyms for a soldier using arrows and a sword to kill many enemies. This in turn is a metaphor for Yahweh killing his enemies in war. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
32:43 mm3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 # General Information:\n\nThis is the end of Moses’ song.
32:43 hzi1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Rejoice, you nations 0 Moses addresses the peoples of all the nations as if they were there listening. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
32:43 h5mv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy for he will avenge the blood of his servants; he will render vengeance on his enemies 0 Here “blood of his servants” represents the lives of his innocent servants who were killed. Alternate translation: “for he will take revenge on his enemies, who killed his servants”
32:44 zdk4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche in the ears of the people 0 Here “ears” represents the people themselves and emphasizes that Moses wanted to make sure they heard the song clearly. Alternate translation: “to the people so they would be sure to hear it”
32:46 iw4n I have witnessed to you 0 This could mean: (1) “I have testified to you,” referring to what Yahweh has said he will do to the Israelites if they disobey, or (2) “I have commanded you,” referring to what Yahweh was commanding them to do.
32:46 a9uh your children 0 Alternate translation: “your children and descendants”
32:47 v8tt this is 0 Alternate translation: “this law is”
32:47 wd7v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes no trivial matter 0 This litotes can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “something very important”
32:47 i8bs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy because it is your life 0 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **life**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “live..” You may need to make explicit the metonymy of obeying the law, which represents the law itself. Alternate translation: “because you will live if you obey it”
32:47 a2bz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor prolong your days 0 Long days are a metaphor for a long life. See how you translated these words in [Deuteronomy 4:26](../04/26.md). Alternate translation: “be able to live a long time”
32:49 i56s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names mountains of Abarim 0 This is the name of a mountain range in Moab.
32:50 w499 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism be gathered to your people 0 This is a polite way of saying Moses’ spirit would join the spirits of his relatives in the world of the dead. Alternate translation: “join your ancestors who died before you”
32:50 gnq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Mount Hor 0 This is the name of a mountain on the border of Edom.
32:51 mwq1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Meribah 0 This is the name of the place in the desert where Moses disobeyed God.
32:51 fv5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names wilderness of Zin 0 This is the name of a wilderness on the southern border of Judah.
33:intro y2l8 0 # Deuteronomy 33 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic lines of Moses’ blessings in 33:1–29.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Families\n\nMoses gives a series of prophecies or instructions for each of the tribes of Israel and Israel overall. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
33:1 p6db rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses begins to bless the tribes of Israel. Moses speaks the blessing in the form of short poems.
33:2 b26n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Yahweh came from Sinai and rose from Seir upon them. He shined out from Mount Paran 0 Moses compares Yahweh to the rising sun. Alternate translation: “When Yahweh came from Sinai, he looked to them like the sun when it rises from Seir and shines out from Mount Paran”
33:2 v2fc In his right hand were flashes of lightning 0 Other This could mean: (1) “In his right hand were flames of fire” or (2) “He gave them a law of fire” or (3) “He came from the south, down his mountain slopes.”
33:3 dj5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 # General Information:\n\nThese verses are difficult to understand. Moses continues to bless the tribes of Israel, which he began to do in [Deuteronomy 33:2](../33/02.md). Moses speaks the blessing in the form of short poems.
33:3 uuu1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns all his holy ones are in your hand … your feet … your words 0 The pronouns “his” and “your” refer to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “all Yahweh’s holy ones are in his hand … his feet … his words”
33:3 sx8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy all his holy ones are in your hand 0 The hand is a metonym for power and protection. Alternate translation: “you protect all his holy people”
33:5 eer4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 # General Information:\n\nVerse 5 is difficult to understand. Moses continues to bless the tribes of Israel, which he began to do in [Deuteronomy 33:2](../33/02.md). The blessings are short poems.
33:7 e9mj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses continues to bless the tribes of Israel, which he began to do in [Deuteronomy 33:2](../33/02.md). The blessings are short poems.
33:7 hxx8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy to the voice of Judah 0 Here “voice of Judah” refers to the cries and prayers of the people of Judah. Alternate translation: “when the people of Judah pray to you”
33:7 v8f7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns be a help 0 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **help**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “help him to fight”
33:8 hq6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses continues to bless the tribes of Israel, which he began to do in [Deuteronomy 33:2](../33/02.md). The blessings are short poems.
33:8 f539 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you Your Thummim and your Urim 0 These were sacred stones the high priest carried on his breastplate and used at times to determine God’s will. Here “your” refers to Yahweh. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
33:8 d4cp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy your faithful one, the one whom you tested … with whom you struggled 0 Moses refers to the tribe of Levi as if it were one man.
33:8 p5zx your faithful one 0 Alternate translation: “the one who seeks to please you.”
33:8 l4zu Massah 0 See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 6:16](../06/16.md). Translator may add a footnote that says: “The name ‘Massah’ means ‘testing.’”
33:8 vr2z Meribah 0 See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 32:51](../32/51.md). Translator may add a footnote that says: “The name ‘Meribah’ means ‘argue’ or ‘quarrel.’”
33:9 a55p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses continues to bless the tribes of Israel, which he began to do in [Deuteronomy 33:2](../33/02.md). The blessings are short poems. He continues describing the tribe of Levi, which he began to do in [Deuteronomy 33:8](./08.md).
33:9 mi7x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet guarded … kept 0 These words both mean to watch over and to protect. They are often metaphors for “obeyed,” but here they should be translated literally because they refer to a time when the Levites literally killed people who were rebelling against Yahweh. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
33:10 n6nd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses continues to bless the tribes of Israel; the blessings are short poems. He continues to describe the tribe of Levi, which he began to do in [Deuteronomy 33:8](../33/08.md).
33:11 y1nd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses continues to bless the tribes of Israel; the blessings are short poems. He continues describing the tribe of Levi, which he began to do in [Deuteronomy 33:8](../33/08.md).
33:11 g9hx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche the work of his hands 0 Here the word “hands” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “all the work that he does”
33:11 qcv6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Shatter the loins of 0 The loins were considered the center of strength, and are here represent strength. Alternate translation: “Take away the strength of” or “Utterly destroy”
33:11 m34s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor rise up … rise up 0 This phrase is used twice as a metaphor. Alternate translation: “rise up to fight … cause any more trouble”
33:11 d2c2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom rise up against 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “fight against”
33:12 c4ca rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses continues to bless the tribes of Israel; the blessings are short poems.
33:12 wbv9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive The one loved by Yahweh lives 0 Here Moses is referring to the members of the tribe of Benjamin. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The ones whom Yahweh loves live”
33:12 rf48 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns lives in security 0 The abstact noun “security” can be translated using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “lives where no one can harm him”
33:12 t7re he lives between Yahweh’s arms 0 This could mean: (1) Yahweh protects the tribe of Benjamin with his power or (2) Yahweh lives in the hill region of the tribe of Benjamin. In both translations, it means Yahweh takes care of them.
33:13 bn1r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses continues to bless the tribes of Israel; the blessings are short poems.
33:13 vty3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy May his land be blessed by Yahweh 0 The word “his” refers to Joseph which represents the tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “May Yahweh bless their land” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
33:13 y87w with the precious things of heaven, with the dew 0 Alternate translation: “with the precious dew from the sky” or “with the precious rain from the sky”
33:13 rzk5 dew 0 water that forms on leaves and grass on cool mornings. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 32:2](../32/02.md).
33:13 xy69 the deep that lies beneath 0 This refers to the water under the ground.
33:14 tz8j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses continues to bless the tribes of Israel; the blessings are short poems. He continues to describe the tribe of Joseph, which he began to do in [Deuteronomy 33:13](../33/13.md).
33:14 xt79 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive May his land be blessed 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 33:13](../33/13.md). Alternate translation: “May Yahweh bless his land”
33:15 y6md rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit finest things … precious things 0 Moses is probably referring to food crops. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “the best fruits … the precious fruits”
33:16 rm3x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses continues to bless the tribes of Israel; the blessings are short poems. He continues to describe the tribe of Joseph, which he began to do in [Deuteronomy 33:13](../33/13.md).
33:16 t49i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive May his land be blessed 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 33:13](../33/13.md). Alternate translation: “May Yahweh bless his land”
33:16 sq7u its abundance 0 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **abundance**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “what it produces in large amounts”
33:16 z8v1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit him who was in the bush 0 The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, who spoke to Moses from the burning bush”
33:16 s176 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Let the blessing come on the head of Joseph 0 This metaphor is of a man putting his hand on the head of a son and asking God to bless the son. The man here is Yahweh. Alternate translation: “May Yahweh bless Joseph as a father blesses his son”
33:16 yvh8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche come on the head of Joseph, and on the top of the head of him 0 Here “head” and “top of the head” represent the whole person. Also, Joseph represents his descendants. Alternate translation: “be upon the descendants of Joseph” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
33:17 dw4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses continues to bless the tribes of Israel; the blessings are short poems. He continues to describe the tribe of Joseph, which he began to do in [Deuteronomy 33:13](../33/13.md).
33:17 h7um rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor The firstborn of an ox, majestic is he 0 The ox is a metaphor for something large and strong. The word “firstborn” is a metaphor for honor. Alternate translation: “People will honor Joseph’s descendants, who are many and powerful”
33:17 emy2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor his horns are the horns of 0 The horn is a metaphor for strength. Alternate translation: “he is as strong as”
33:17 s54w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor With them he will push 0 Pushing with his horns is a metaphor for strength. Alternate translation: “He is so strong that he will push”
33:17 nv6i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers ten thousands of Ephraim … the thousands of Manasseh 0 This means the tribe of Ephraim will be stronger than the tribe of Manasseh. Alternate translation: “the people of Ephraim, who number many times 10,000 … the people of Manasseh, who number many times 1,000”
33:18 g9eh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses continues to bless each tribe of Israel; the blessings are short poems. He speaks to the tribes of Zebulun and Issachar as if they were one man, so the word “your” and the command “rejoice” here are singular. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
33:18 m1l6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Rejoice, Zebulun, in your going out, and you, Issachar, in your tents 0 The people of Zebulun were located near the Mediterranean Sea. They traveled by sea and traded with other people. The people of Issachar preferred peaceful living and working the land and raising cattle. You can make clear the understood information.
33:19 bwp6 There will they offer 0 Alternate translation: “It is there that they will offer”
33:19 h5jn sacrifices of righteousness 0 Alternate translation: “acceptable sacrifices” or “proper sacrifices”
33:19 ime2 For they will suck the abundance of the seas, and from the sand on the seashore 0 This could mean: (1) they will trade with people across the sea or (2) they were beginning to use sand in making pottery.
33:19 cl5x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor For they will suck the abundance of the seas 0 The Hebrew word translated “suck” here refers to how a baby nurses at its mother’s breast. It means the people will gain wealth from the sea like a baby gets milk from its mother.
33:20 r21i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses continues to bless the tribes of Israel; the blessings are short poems.
33:20 sb7w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Blessed be he who enlarges Gad 0 This can stated in active form. Alternate translation: This could mean: (1) “May Yahweh bless Gad and give him much land to live in” or (2) “People should say that Yahweh is good because he has given Gad much land to live in”
33:20 qa5j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile He will live there like a lioness, and he will tear off an arm or a head 0 This means the people of Gad are strong and secure, and they will defeat their enemies in war.
33:21 ypm2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses continues to bless the tribes of Israel; the blessings are short poems. He continues to describe the tribe of Gad as one man, which he began to do in [Deuteronomy 33:20](../33/20.md).
33:21 nad9 the leader’s portion 0 This means a larger piece of land that a leader normally took.
33:21 nfg7 He came with the heads of the people 0 Alternate translation: “They met with all the leaders of the Israelites”
33:21 nt25 He carried out the justice of Yahweh and his decrees with Israel 0 Alternate translation: “They obeyed all that Yahweh had commanded the Israelites”
33:22 r6bu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses continues to bless the tribes of Israel; the blessings are short poems.
33:22 rjp5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Dan is a lion cub that leaps out from Bashan 0 The people of Dan are strong like a lion cub, and they attack their enemies who live in Bashan. You can make clear the understood information. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
33:23 xsb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses continues to bless the tribes of Israel; the blessings are short poems. He speaks of the descendants of Naphtali as if they were one man.
33:23 j9cl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor satisfied with favor 0 Yahweh being pleased with Naphtali is spoken of as if “favor” were food that Naphtali ate until he was no longer hungry. Alternate translation: “who has all the good things he desires because Yahweh is pleased with him”
33:23 xhj4 full of the blessing of Yahweh 0 Blessings are spoken of as if they were food that Naphtali ate until he could hold no more. Alternate translation: “whom Yahweh has blessed so that he has all he needs”
33:23 av3i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you take possession 0 Moses speaks as if the tribe of Naphtali is one man, so these words are singular.
33:23 q4kc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit the land to the west and south 0 This refers to the land around Lake Galilee. The full meaning of this statement may be made explicit.
33:24 b3kp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses continues to bless the tribes of Israel; the blessings are short poems.
33:24 frq4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit dip his foot in olive oil 0 Olive oil was used for food and for the skin of the face and arms. Feet were dirty, so to put the foot in olive oil was to ruin valuable oil. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “have so much olive oil that he can afford to waste it”
33:25 ht1b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you your city bars … your days … your security 0 Moses speaks to the tribe of Asher as if they are one man, so all instances of “your” are singular.
33:25 eim5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit May your city bars be iron and bronze 0 Cities had large bars across their gates to keep enemies out. The meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “May you be safe from attacks by your enemies”
33:26 wxb7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor rides through the heavens … on the clouds 0 This is an image of Yahweh riding on clouds through the sky like a king on his chariot riding through a battlefield. Alternate translation: “rides through the heavens like a king rides through a battlefield … on the clouds like a king on his chariot”
33:26 l9qh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you to your help 0 Alternate translation: “to help you.” Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the word “you” here is singular.
33:27 if2j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns The eternal God is a refuge 0 Here, **refuge** refers to a shelter or a place safe from danger. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **refuge**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “The eternal God will protect his people”
33:27 bk5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor underneath are the everlasting arms 0 The words “everlasting arms” are a metaphor for Yahweh’s promise to protect his people forever. Alternate translation: “he will support and take care of his people forever”
33:27 hrf2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture He thrust out … he said 0 Moses speaks of the future as if it were the past to emphasize that what he is saying will come true. AT “He will thrust out … he will say”
33:27 zfz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you before you … Destroy 0 Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the word “you” and the command “destroy” here are singular.
33:27 an79 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations he said, “Destroy!” 0 If this direct quotation would not work well in your language, you may change it to an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he will tell you to destroy them!”
33:28 c8xi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture Israel dwelt … Jacob’s spring was secure 0 This could mean: (1) Moses speaks of the future as if it were the past to emphasize that what he is saying will come true, “Israel will dwell … Jacob’s spring will be secure” or (2) Moses is blessing Israel, “May Israel dwell … and may Jacob’s spring be secure.”
33:28 cp65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Jacob’s spring 0 This could mean: (1) Jacob’s home or (2) Jacob’s descendants.
33:28 ze3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor let his heavens drop dew 0 The dew is spoken of as being so much that it is as if it were raining. This could mean: (1) Moses is blessing Israel, “may much dew cover the land like rain” or (2) Moses is telling what will happen in the future, “much dew will cover the land like rain.”
33:29 hn5q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 # General Information:\n\nMoses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular.
33:29 q9sn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Who is like you, a people saved by Yahweh … majesty? 0 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. It can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “There is no other people group like you, a people whom Yahweh has saved … majesty.” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
33:29 n3du rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism the shield … the sword 0 This merism speaks of Yahweh defending the Israelites from their enemies and enabling them to attack their enemies.
33:29 tm9a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the shield of your help 0 The word “shield” is a metaphor for Yahweh protecting and defending the Israelites. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **help**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “the one who protects you and helps you” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
33:29 cur3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the sword of your majesty 0 The word “sword” is a metaphor for the power to kill with the sword in order to win battles. Alternate translation: “the one who enables you to win battles and so have majesty”
33:29 ly3l you will trample down their high places 0 This could mean: (1) the Israelites will destroy the places where the other people worship false gods or (2) the Israelites will walk on the backs of their enemies when the Israelites defeat them.
34:intro kh67 0 # Deuteronomy 34 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter may have been written by Joshua, since it recorded Moses’ death. This chapter officially ends the revelation of the law of Moses, and life in the Promised Land is about to begin again. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
34:1 ayb8 Mount Nebo 0 This is the highest point of Mount Pisgah which is in the northern part of the Abarim mountain range. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 32:49](../32/49.md).
34:1 r9wl Pisgah 0 See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 3:17](../03/17.md).
34:9 g774 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Joshua … was full of the spirit of wisdom 0 The writer speaks as if Joshua were a container and the spirit were a physical object that could be put into a container. Alternate translation: “Yahweh enabled Joshua … to be very wise”
34:9 yd83 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Moses had laid his hands on him 0 The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Moses had laid his hands on him to set Joshua apart so Joshua would serve Yahweh”
34:10 t1l8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom Yahweh knew face to face 0 This is an idiom. It means Yahweh and Moses had a very close relationship.
See in Reader
